Case IH MAXXUM 110 EP 115 EP 120 EP 125 E Operator Manual

OPERATOR'S MANUAL
MAXXUM 110 EP , MAXXUM 115 EP , MAXXUM 120 EP , MAXXUM 125 EP ,

MAXXUM 130 EP , MAXXUM 140 EP
StV - TEST_MAXXUM-DRAFT
Issue date November 2011
EN
Contents
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
CE DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
METRIC AND IMPERIAL UNITS ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
TO THE OWNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
ENGINE IDENTIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
DRIVELINE IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
CAB IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
NOISE LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
PROGRAMMING TRACTOR FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
BEFORE OPERATING THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
INTERNATIONAL SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
VIBRATION LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
MACHINE STABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
INSTRUCTOR'S SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION (SCR) SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
2 SAFETY INFORMATION
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
BEFORE DRIVING THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
DRIVING THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
OPERATING THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
OPERATING THE P.T.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
OPERATING THE EXTERNAL CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
SERVICING THE TRACTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
DIESEL FUEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
PREVENTION OF FIRE OR EXPLOSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
FIRE EXTINGUISHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
PROTECTION OFFERED BY THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
INTENDED USE STATEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
SAFETY ASPECTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
SAFETY DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
3 CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS
ACCESS TO OPERATOR'S PLATFORM
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
CAB AIR FILTERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
IN CAB STORAGE (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
CABLE AND WIRING ROUTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
MOBILE TELEPHONE USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
IMPLEMENT MONITOR INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
CAB AIR PRESSURISATION MONITOR (where fitted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
OPERATOR'S SEAT
MECHANICAL SEAT DELUXE (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
AIR SUSPENSION SEAT (where fitted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
AIR SUSPENSION SEAT DELUXE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
INSTRUCTOR'S SEAT
INSTRUCTIONAL SEAT (where fitted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
FORWARD CONTROLS
KEY- START SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
HAZARD WARNING LIGHT SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
LIGHT-/ TURN LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
FOLLOW ME HOME LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
CLUTCH/ INCHING PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
FOOT THROTTLE PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
HAND THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
FOOT BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
STEERING COLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
LEFT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS

HANDBRAKE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS

SWITCH PANEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
REARWARD CONTROLS
SWITCHES ON C-PILLAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
FAST STEERING SYSTEM (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
CLIMATE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
OVERHEAD CONTROLS
SWITCH PANEL WORKLIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
RADIO (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
INTERIOR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ANALOGUE/ DIGITAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
GAUGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
INDICATOR AND WARNING LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
KEYPAD ENHANCED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
SELECTING OR CHANGING THE DISPLAY SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
GROUND SPEED CALIBRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
PERFORMANCE MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
ALARM FUNCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
ACCESSING STORED ERROR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
WARNING AND ADVISORY SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
COMMISSIONING THE UNIT
TRACTOR REFUELLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
STARTING THE UNIT

STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
GRID HEATER COLD START AID (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
FUEL HEATER (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
COOLANT IMMERSION HEATER (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
TRANSMISSION OIL HEATER (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
BOOSTING THE BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
STOPPING THE UNIT

STOPPING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
AUTOMATIC ENGINE SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
AUTOMATIC ENGINE SHUTDOWN WITH ENHANCED KEYPAD (where fitted) . . . . . 4-9
MOVING THE UNIT

OPERATING IN COLD TEMPERATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
LOW IDLE SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
5 TRANSPORT OPERATIONS
PREPARING FOR ROAD TRANSPORT
CARRYING THE TRACTOR ON A TRANSPORTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
SECURE THE HIGH VISIBILITY ROOF PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
RECOVERY TRANSPORT
TOWING THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
6 WORKING OPERATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
VARIABLE ENGINE POWER MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
CONSTANT ENGINE SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
AUTOMATED HEADLAND FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
QUICK GUIDE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
RECORDING AND RE-PLAYING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
RECORDING A SEQUENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
RE-PLAYING A SEQUENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
TRANSMISSION
SHUTTLE LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
SEMI POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
TRANSMISSION OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
TRANSMISSION DISPLAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
TRANSMISSION CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
SHUTTLE MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
AUTO TAKE OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
SPEED MATCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
AUTO SHIFT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
AUTO SHIFTING IN FIELD MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
AUTO SHIFTING IN ROAD MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
PROGRAMMING REVERSE GEAR RATIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
SETTING THE SHARP SHUTTLE FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
CREEPER GEARS (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
CREEPER GEARS (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
ERROR CODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
ERROR CODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
REAR POWER TAKE-OFF

P.T.O. OPERATING PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
CHANGING THE P.T.O. OUTPUT SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
ATTACHING P.T.O. DRIVEN EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
P.T.O. OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
THREE-SPEED P.T.O. SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
GROUND DRIVE P.T.O. (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
EXTERNAL P.T.O. CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
AUTO P.T.O. OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
FRONT POWER TAKE OFF

P.T.O. OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
REAR HITCH
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
EXTERNAL HITCH CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65
FRONT HITCH
SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
HITCH OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
AUXILIARY FRONT COUPLERS (where fitted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
EXTERNAL HITCH CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74
HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES

REMOTE CONTROL VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75
CONNECTING REMOTE CYLINDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-79
OPERATING WITH REMOTE VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81
JOYSTICK OPERATION WITH A FRONT LOADER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL WHEN USING REMOTE HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT . 6-84
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES (where fitted)

JOYSTICK OPERATION WITH A FRONT LOADER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-87
EXTERNAL EHR CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-89
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL WHEN USING REMOTE HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT . 6-90
HYDRAULIC POWER BEYOND PORT
HYDRAULIC POWER BEYOND FOR EXTERNAL SERVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-92
THREE POINT HITCH

ATTACHING THREE-POINT HITCH EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95
LIFT ROD ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-97
TOP LINK ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99
FLEXIBLE LINK END ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100
QUICK HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-101
LINKAGE STABILISER ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103
DRAWBARS AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS

DRAWBARS AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106
SWINGING DRAWBARS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-109
AUTOMATIC PICK-UP HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111
REAR TOW HITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-113
TRAILER BRAKING SYSTEMS

AIR-OPERATED TRAILER BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-119
AIR-OPERATED TRAILER BRAKES (Italy only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-122
TRAILER BRAKE BIAS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-123
AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY CONNECTOR (where fitted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-123
HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-124
HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKES (Italy only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-125
WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT

FRONT WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-126
FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129
STEERING STOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-130
FRONT AXLE OSCILLATION STOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-130
FRONT FENDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-131
REAR WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-133
FLANGE TYPE AXLE (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-133
BAR TYPE AXLE (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-136
BALLASTING AND TYRES

BALLASTING AND TYRES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140
IRON WEIGHTS (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-143
LIQUID BALLAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-146
TYRE INFLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-148
TYRE PRESSURES AND PERMISSIBLE LOADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-149
AUXILIARY POWER CONNECTIONS

DIAGNOSTIC SOCKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-151
TRAILER SOCKET ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-151
ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152
INTERNAL POWER CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152
EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154
7 MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
FUEL REQUIREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
BIODIESEL FUEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
ENGINE OIL CHANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
PROTECTIVE DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
LUBRICANTS AND COOLANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
CAPACITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
TRACTOR JACKING POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
MAINTENANCE CHART
Maintenance Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
WHEN THE WARNING LAMP LIGHTS

CHANGE ENGINE AIR CLEANER OUTHER ELEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
DRAIN FUEL SYSTEM WATER SEPARATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
EVERY 10 HOURS OR EACH DAY

CHECK ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
CHECK REMOTE CONTROL VALVE DRAIN BOTTLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
CHECK WINDSCREEN WASHER RESERVOIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
DRAIN AIR RESERVOIR ON AIR OPERATED TRAILER BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
FIRST 50 HOURS
SERVICE OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
EVERY 50 HOURS
CLEAN CAB AIR FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
CLEAN COOLER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
ALL GREASE FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
CHECK FRONT AND REAR WHEEL NUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
CHECK TYRE PRESSURES AND TYRE CONDITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
EVERY 100 HOURS

INSPECT POLY V-BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
INSPECT COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
EVERY 300 HOURS

CHECK BATTERY FLUID LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
ADJUST HANDBRAKE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
CHECK TRANSMISSION/REAR AXLE AND HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
CHECK 4WD FRONT AXLE DIFFERENTIAL AND HUBS OIL LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
CHECK FRONT P.T.O. GEARBOX OIL LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
EVERY 600 HOURS
CHANGE ENGINE OIL AND FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
CHANGE FUEL PRE-FILTER AND FUEL FILTER ELEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
CHANGE ENGINE AIR CLEANER OUTHER ELEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
CHANGE CHARGE PUMP OIL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
CHECK ENGINE AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
CHECK TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER PIPE COUPLINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
CLEAN DEF/ AdBlue INLINE FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
EVERY 1200 HOURS OR ANNUALLY

CHANGE CAB AIR FILTERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
CHANGE MAIN OIL FILTER CARTRIDGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
CHANGE TRANSMISSION/ REAR AXLE AND HYDRAULIC OIL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
CHANGE 4WD DIFFERENTIAL OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
CHANGE 4WD PLANETARY HUB OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
CHANGE FRONT P.T.O. GEARBOX OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
EVERY 1200 HOURS OR EVERY 2 YEARS

CHANGE DEF/ AdBlue INLINE FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
CHANGE ENGINE AIR CLEANER INNER ELEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
CHANGE ENGINE BREATHER FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
CHECK VALVE TAPPET CLEARANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
CHANGE ENGINE COOLANT FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
CHANGE AIR BRAKE DRIER RESERVOIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
CHANGE POLY V-BELTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61

CHANGE DEF/ AdBlue MAIN FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
EVERY 36 MONTHS
SERVICE AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
CLEANING THE TRACTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
FUEL SYSTEM PRE- FILTER AND WATER TRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
BLEEDING FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
CHECK BRAKE PEDAL LATCHING/UNLATCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
ADJUST CAB SUSPENSION (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
ADJUST AUTOMATICK PICK- UP HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
TRANSMISSION CLUTCH CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
HEADLIGHT AND WORKLAMP ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
BULB REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
FUSES AND RELAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
PROTECTING ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY
CHARGING OR WELDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
BATTERY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
STORAGE
TRACTOR STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
PREPARATION FOR USE AFTER STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
FAULT CODE RESOLUTION
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
ALARM(S)
FAULT CODES AND SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
SYMPTOM(S)
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
HYDRAULICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
THREE POINT HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
CAB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
9 SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
MINIMUM TURN RADIUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
AXLE DIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
MAXIMUM OPERATING ANGLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
MAXIMUM OPERATING WEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
VEHICLE TRACTOR WEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
CAPACITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
AIR CLEANER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
REAR POWER TAKE-OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
FRONT POWER TAKE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
THREE POINT HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
THREE POINT HITCH FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
REMOTE CONTROL VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
FRONT REMOTE VALVE COUPLERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
GROUND SPEED CHART SEMI POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
TRANSMISSION Power Shuttle - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
MINIMUM HARDWARE TIGHTENING TORQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
10 ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL REAR VIEW MIRRORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
AUXILIARY HEADLIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
11 FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

Service record 1st 50 hour, Owner copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Service record 1st 50 hour, Dealer copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
1 - GENERAL INFORMATION
CE DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY [25014822]
SS10D345 1
Here above is provided copy of the "EC" Declaration of Conformity (EC Declaration of Conformity acc to 2006/42/EC).
The EC Declaration of Conformity is the manufacturer's declaration about equipment compliance to relevant EU pro-
visions.
Please keep the original document in a safe place. Local authorities may require you to show this document in order
to assure compliance of your equipment.
Translation of this declaration in your own country language is provided on the original document.
1-1
For your better and easier understanding of the document you'll find original text reproduced hereafter together with
some notes.
Clause of EN
2006/42/EC EC Declaration of
Annex II conformity According
to Directive 2006/42/EC.
1.A.1 We, [1]
1.A.2 Represented by Guiseppe
Gavioli
CNH Europe Holding S.A.
13, Rue Aldringen
L- 1118 Luxembourg
1.A.3 declare under our sole
responsibility, that the
product:
Agricultural tractor
Trade Name: [2]
Model: [3]
Type: [4]
Serial Number: [5]
1.A.4 to which this declaration
relates, fulfils all the
relevant provisions of the
Directive 2006/42/EC,
amended by [6]
1.A.7 For the relevant
implementation of the
provisions of the Directive,
the following (harmonised)
standards have been
applied:
• ISO 26322-1 part 1 or

2
Other standards: see
Operators Manual
1.A.9 Place and date of the
declaration: [7]
1.A.10 Name and signature of the
authorised person: [8]
HEALTH AND SAFETY RELATED STANDARDS APPLIED TO YOUR TRACTOR

• ROPS PROTECTION is certified according to EN • HV (Heating, ventilation) cab is certified Category 1
15694. according to EN 15695-1.
• FOPS level on your tractor cab is certified according • NOISE EMISSION LEVELS are rated according to
to OECD Code 10. 77/311/EC.
• HVAC (Heating, ventilation Air Conditioning) CAB is • VIBRATION LEVELS are rated according to 78/764/
certified Category 1 according to EN 15695-1. EEC.
NOTE: See safety section 2 in this manual for further explanation and details on above mentioned standards and
specific terminology.
1-2
METRIC AND IMPERIAL UNITS ABBREVIATIONS [25014842]

Typical applications Metric unit Imperial unit
Name Symbol Name Symbol
Area (Land area)

hectare ha acre ac
square meter m² square foot ft²
square inch in²
square millimeter mm² square inch in²
Electricity
ampere A ampere A
volt V volt V
microfarad µF microfarad µF
ohm Ω ohm Ω
Force
kilonewton kN pound lb
newton N pound lb
Force per length
newton per meter N/m pound per foot lb/ft
pound per inch lb/in
Frequency
megahertz MHz megahertz MHz
kilohertz kHz kilohertz kHz
hertz Hz hertz Hz
Frequency − Rotational
revolution per minute r/min revolution per minute r/min ª
rpm rpm
Length
kilometer km mile mi
meter m foot ft
centimeter cm inch in
millimeter mm inch in
micrometer µm
Mass
kilogram kg pound lb
gram g ounce oz
milligram mg
Mass per Mass
milligram per kilogram mg/ kg
Power
kilowatt kW horsepower Hp
watt W Btu per hour Btu/hr
Btu per minute Btu/min
Pressure or stress (Force per area)
kilopascal kPa pound per square inch psi
inch of mercury inHg
pascal Pa inch of water inH2O
megapascal MPa pound per square inch psi
1-3
Typical applications Metric unit Imperial unit

Name Symbol Name Symbol
Temperature (other than Thermodynamic)

degrees Celsius °C degrees Fahrenheit °F
Time
hour h hour h
minute min minute min
second s second s
Torque (includes Bending moment, Moment of force, and Moment of a couple)
newton meter Nm pound foot lb ft
pound foot lb in
Velocity
kilometer per hour km/h mile per hour mph
meter per second m/s foot per second ft/s
millimeter per second mm/s inch per second in/s
meter per minute m/min foot per minute ft/min
Volume (includes Capacity)
cubic meter m³ cubic yard yd³
cu yd
liter l cubic inch in³
liter l US gallon US gal
UK gallon UK gal
US quart US qt
UK quart UK qt
milliliter ml fluid ounce fl oz
Volume per time (includes Discharge and Flow rate)
cubic meter per minute m³/min cubic foot per minute ft³/min
liter per minute l/min US gallon per minute US gal/min
milliliter per minute ml/min UK gallon per minute UK gal/min
Sound power level and Sound pressure level
decibel dB decibel dB
Glossary
Acronym Definition
DEF Diesel Exhaust Fluid
ISO International Organization for Standardization
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
NOx Nitrogen Oxide
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
SCR Selective Catalytic Reduction
ULSD Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel
% Percent
< Less than
> Greater than
1-4
TO THE OWNER [25014964]

GENERAL INFORMATION This manual does not contain all the information related
to periodical service, converting and repairs to be carried
This Manual has been prepared to assist you in the cor- out by professional service personnel.
rect procedure for running- in, driving and operating and
for the maintenance of your new tractor. Read this Man- The Table of Contents page(s) are provided to have an
ual carefully. Your tractor is intended for use in normal overview of main manual’s topics. A detailed alphabetic
and customary agricultural applications. index is available at the end of this manual for locating
specific items.
If at any time you require advice concerning your tractor,
do not hesitate to contact your authorised dealer. He has Normal operation
factory trained personnel, genuine manufacturers’ parts
and the necessary equipment to carry out all your service • Normal operation means the use of the tractor for
requirements. the purpose intended by the manufacturer by an op-
erator familiar with the tractor and the mounted or
The specification are provided for your information and towed equipment and complying with the informa-
guidance. For further information concerning your tractor tion for operation and safe practices, as specified
and equipment, consult your authorised dealer. by the manufacturer in this manual and by the de-
cals on the tractor and the equipment.
All data given in this manual is subject to production varia-
tions. Dimensions and weight are approximate only. The • Normal operation includes the preparation and stor-
illustrations do not necessarily show tractors in standard age of the tractor, swinging components into work
condition or imply that these features are available in all position and vice versa, adding or removing ballast
countries. For exact information about any particular trac- and picking up and setting off attachments.
tor, please consult your authorised dealer. Normal operation includes the adjustment and set-
•
ting of the tractor and equipment, for the specific
Your tractor has been designed and built to give maxi-
condition of the field and/ or the crop.
mum performance, economy and ease of operation under
a wide variety of operating conditions. Prior to delivery,
the tractor was carefully inspected, both at the factory and Routine service
by your dealer to ensure that it reaches you in optimum
condition. To maintain this condition and ensure trouble- • Routine service and maintenance means activities
free operation, it is important that the routine services, as that must be done daily by an operator familiar with
specified on page 7-14 of this Manual, are carried out at the tractor characteristics and complying with the in-
the recommended intervals. formation for routine service and safe practices, as
specified by the manufacturer in this manual and by
decals on the tractor, in order to maintain its proper
OPERATORS MANUAL STORAGE function. Routine service includes activities such as
fueling, cleaning, washing, topping up fluid levels,
The Operators Manual supplied with your tractor is an im-
greasing, replacing of consumable articles such as
portant source of information and should be stored safely.
lamp bulbs.
The manual is written specifically for your tractor so it is
important that you make a note of the print number and Converting, periodical service and repair
issue date which can be found on the cover. In the event
the manual is lost or damaged it can be replaced with the • Periodical service means activities that must be
correct version. done at defined intervals by trained personnel fa-
miliar with the tractor characteristics and which are
A storage pocket for the Operators Manual can be found complying with the information for periodical ser-
on the rear of the seat. The manual should be kept in this vice and safe practices, as partly specified by the
pocket at all times when not in use. manufacturer in this manual and in other Company
literature, in order to maintain the expected life time
ABOUT THIS MANUAL of the tractor.
• Converting means activities that must be done by
This manual gives information for use of your machine, as professional service personnel familiar with the trac-
intended and under the conditions foreseen by the manu- tor characteristics and complying with the informa-
facturer during normal operation and routine service and tion for converting, as partly specified by the manu-
maintenance. facturer in this manual, in assembly instructions or
in other Company literature, in order to fit the tractor
Read and understand; keep it in good condition and al- to a specific configuration.
ways safely store it in the provided pocket in the back of
your seat for later easy retrieval. • Repair means activities that must be done by pro-
fessional service personnel only familiar with the
1-5
tractor characteristics and complying with the infor- and 11-3). The first sheet (page 11-1) is your copy of the
mation for repair, as specified by the manufacturer service performed. The second sheet (page 11-3) is the
in the dealer’s workshop manual, in order to restore dealer’s copy and should be removed by the dealer after
the proper function of the tractor after a failure or the service has been carried out. Ensure that you and the
degradation of performance. dealer sign both copies.
CLEANING THE TRACTOR SERVICE PARTS

Your tractor is a state- of- the- art machine with sophisti- It should be pointed out that genuine parts have been ex-
cated, electronic controls. This should be taken into con- amined and approved by the Company. The installation
sideration when cleaning the tractor, particularly if using and/ or use of ‘non- genuine’ products could have nega-
a high pressure washer. Even though every precaution tive effects upon the design characteristics of your tractor
has been taken to safeguard electronic components and and thereby affect its safety. The Company is not liable
connections, the pressure generated by some of these for any damage caused by the use of ‘non- genuine’ parts
machines is such that complete protection against water and accessories. Only genuine replacement parts should
ingress cannot be guaranteed. be used. The use of non- genuine parts may invalidate le-
gal approvals associated with this product.
When using a high pressure washer, do not stand too
close to the tractor and avoid directing the jet at electronic It is prohibited to carry out any modifications to the trac-
components, electrical connections, breathers, seals, tor unless specifically authorised, in writing, by the After
filler caps, etc. Never direct a cold water jet at a hot Sales Service department of the Company.
engine or exhaust.
WARRANTY
Failure to comply with these rules will render the warranty
null and void. Your tractor is warranted according to legal rights in your
country and the contractual agreement with the selling
SAFETY dealer. No warranty shall, however, apply if the tractor
has not been used, adjusted and maintained according
The pages in Section 2 list the precautions to be observed to the instructions given in the Operator’s Manual.
to ensure your safety and the safety of others. Read the
safety precautions and follow the advice offered before USE OF BIODIESEL FUELS
operating the tractor.
NOTICE: Before using Biodiesel fuels in your tractor, refer
FIRST 50 HOUR SERVICE to the information on page 7-4 regarding the storage and
use of Bio diesel fuels.
In Section 11, at the back of this Manual, you will find the
50- hour service reports. EMISSION CONTROLS
NOTICE: It is important the 50 hour service is carried NOTE: The engine and fuel system on your machine is
out as recommended to ensure your tractor provides op- designed and built to government emissions standards.
timum performance and efficiency. Tampering by dealers, customers, operators and users is
strictly prohibited by law. Failure to comply could result
After you have operated the tractor for 50 hours, take in government fines, rework charges, invalid warranty, le-
your tractor, together with this Manual, to your dealer. He gal action and possible confiscation of the machine until
will then perform the factory recommended 50 hour ser- rework to original condition is completed. Engine service
vice and complete the service report sheets (pages 11-1 and/ or repairs must be done by a certified technician only!
1-6
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION [22301066]

The tractor and major components are identified using se-
rial numbers and/ or manufacturing codes.
Tractor identification data must be supplied to the dealer

when requesting parts or service and will also be needed
to aid in identifying the tractor if it is ever stolen.
The following provides the locations of the identification

data.
SS11H223 1
Vehicle Identification Plate

The vehicle identification plate (1) is located on the left-
hand radiator support. Record the information on the
sample identification plate provided below.
SS10D342 2
SS10M161 3
Tractor Identification
The serial number and model identification information is
stamped on the front support (1). These numbers are also
repeated on the vehicle identification plate reproduced
above.
BRL6441B 4
1-7
ENGINE IDENTIFICATION [22301086]

The engine serial number and date of manufacture are
stamped on the right- hand side of engine block (1) below
the manifold. Record the number below.
Engine Serial No.__________
BRJ4859B 1
The engine serial number is repeated on the information

plate located on the left side of the engine oil pan.
SS10K020 2
Further information relating to engine adjustments and

emission level compliance are also shown on the engine
information plate.
NOTE: The details displayed on the engine information
plate may change according to the country in which the
tractor is sold.
SS10M162 3
1-8
DRIVELINE IDENTIFICATION [22301516]

The serial number plate (1) is located on the right- hand
side of the transmission casing behind the battery carrier.
This number is repeated on the vehicle identification plate.

Record the information below for quick reference.
Semi Powershift Transmission

Driveline Serial No.__________
BRJ4857B 1
1-9
CAB IDENTIFICATION [22301568]

The cab serial number and other information is on the
OECD certification plate. One of these plates can be
found on the right- hand side of the cab exterior trim panel,
below the rear window. Record the serial number below
for quick reference.
Cab Serial No.__________ SS10K102 1
SS10K103 2
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION PLATE [25060852]

The Product Identification Number plate provides impor-
tant information on tractor and towed equipment weight
combinations. This plate can be found on the right- hand
side of the cab exterior trim panel, below the rear window.
The figures shown are the maximum permissible vehicle

and towing weights and should not be exceeded, to do so
may affect the safe operation of the tractor, see on page
6-106.
SS10D341 1
1 - 10
ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT [25014984]

Soil, air and water are vital factors of agriculture and life in general. Where legislation does not yet rule the treatment
of some of the substances which are required by advanced technology, common sense should govern the use and
disposal of products of a chemical and petrochemical nature.
The following are recommendations which may be of assistance:
• Become acquainted with and ensure that you un- cleaning agents, etc., with regard to their effect on
derstand the relative legislation applicable to your man and nature and how to safely store, use and
country. dispose of these substances. Agricultural consul-
tants will, in many cases, be able to help you as
• Where no legislation exists, obtain information from
well.
suppliers of oils, filters, batteries, fuels, anti freeze,
HELPFUL HINTS
• Avoid filling tanks using unsuitable containers or in- • Modern coolant mixtures, i.e. antifreeze and other
appropriate pressurised fuel delivery systems which additives, should be replaced every two years.
may cause considerable spillage. They should not be allowed to get into the soil but
should be collected and disposed of safely.
• If you are exposed to or come in contact with haz-
ardous chemicals you can be seriously injured. The • The air conditioning system contains gases that are
fluids, lubricants, paints, adhesives, coolant, etc. harmful to the environment when released into the
required for the function of your machine can be atmosphere. Do not attempt to service or repair the
hazardous. They may be attractive and harmful to system. Your dealer or air conditioning specialist
domestic animals as well as humans. has a special extractor for this purpose and will have
to recharge the system anyway.
• Dispose of all fluids, filters and containers in an en-
vironmentally safe manner according to local laws • Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling or
and regulations. Check with local environmental hydraulic system immediately.
and recycling centers or your dealer for correct dis- Do not increase the pressure in a pressurised circuit
•
posal information. Store fluids and filter in accor- as this may lead to the components exploding.
dance with local laws and regulations. Use only ap-
propriate containers for the storage of chemicals or • Protect hoses during welding as penetrating weld
petrochemical substances. splatter may burn a hole or weaken them, causing
the loss of oils, coolant, etc.
• Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contam-
inated fuels and/ or waste oils in ordinary heating • Keep out of reach of children or other unauthorized
systems. persons. Additional precautions are required for ap-
plied chemicals. Obtain complete information from
• Avoid spillage when draining off used engine the manufacturer or distributor of the chemicals be-
coolant mixtures, engine, gear box and hydraulic fore using them.
oils, brake fluids, etc. Do not mix drained brake flu-
ids or fuels with lubricants. Store them safely until
they can be disposed of in a proper way to comply
with local legislation and available resources.
1 - 11
NOISE LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET [22300863]

AIRBORNE NOISE EMISSION
In accordance with E.E.C. directives, the noise levels of tractors covered by this manual are as follows:
Tractors with Cab and Fixed Windscreen (low or high roof) with Air Cleaner Extraction System (all transmissions)
40 km/h 40 km/h 50 km/h

Noise level at operators ear stationary noise at engine
25 mph 25 mph ECO 31 mph
MAXXUM speed
closed1) open2) drive by noise
Annex II* Annex IV** Annex IV** Annex IV** Annex VI**
110 EP 71 dB (A) 78 dB (A) 82 dB (A) 80 dB (A) 81 dB (A) 79 dB (A) 2270 RPM
* Test results are in accordance with directive 2009/76/EC Annex II.

Maximum noise level at the operator’s ear with:
1) all cab windows and doors closed, tractor off load.
2) rear window and roof hatch open, tractor off load.
** Test results are in accordance with directive 2009/63/EC Annex VI.
PROGRAMMING TRACTOR FUNCTIONS [24301940]

Your tractor is equipped with a sophisticated electronic If changes have been made to any memory settings while
network system which utilizes various memory facilities to operating the tractor, pause for 5 s between key- off and
programme and control many of the tractor functions. The key- on to allow sufficient time for data to transfer between
operating memory temporarily stores settings and adjust- the operating memory and the main memory. Once trans-
ments made while operating the tractor and these are ferred, the new settings will remain unchanged until they
transferred to the main memory when you key- off (en- are re- programmed.
gine stop).
If you key- off and key- on again too quickly as data is

being transferred between the operating and main mem-
ories, some of the data may be lost or corrupted.
1 - 12
BEFORE OPERATING THE TRACTOR [24301725]

Before operating your tractor in the field it is important you Use the lower gear ratios when pulling heavy loads and
read the following information. avoid continuous operation at constant engine speeds.
Operating the tractor in too low a gear with a light load
NOTE: Before driving or operating the tractor, study the and high engine speed will waste fuel. You will save fuel
safety precautions in Section 2 of this manual. and minimise engine wear by selecting the correct trans-
mission ratio for each particular operation.
Read this section carefully for a thorough understanding
of operational requirements. It details the location and Check the instruments and warning lights frequently and
operation of the various instruments, switches and con- keep the radiator and various oil reservoirs filled to the
trols of your tractor. Even if you operate other tractors, recommended levels.
you should thoroughly read this section of the manual and
ensure that you are familiar with the location and function PRE- OPERATION CHECKS
of all the features of the tractor.
Before operating the tractor, ensure that you are thor-
Do not start the engine or attempt to drive or operate the oughly familiar with the location and operation of the con-
tractor until you are fully accustomed with all the controls. trols.
It is too late to learn once the tractor is moving. If in doubt
about any aspect of operation of the tractor, consult your Perform all daily lubrication and maintenance operations
authorised dealer. in accordance with Section 7.
RUNNING- IN PROCEDURE After completing the daily maintenance operations, per-

form a walk around visual inspection of the tractor. Pay
NOTICE: Your new tractor will provide long and depend- particular attention to the following items:
able service if given proper care during the 50 hour run-
ning- in period and if serviced at the recommended inter- • Poly ’V’ belt for cracks or damage.
vals. • Engine and exhaust areas for accumulation of de-
bris.
Avoid overloading the engine. Operating in too high a
gear under heavy load may cause excessive engine over- • Hoses, lines and fittings for leaks or damage.
loading. Overloading occurs when the engine will not re- • Tyres for damage
spond to a throttle increase.
• Hardware for looseness
Do not operate without a load on the engine. This can be • Driveline and hydraulic pump/ filter areas for leaks
as harmful to the engine as overloading. Vary the type of or debris accumulation
operation undertaken so that the engine is subjected to
heavy as well as light loads during the running- in period. Make any necessary repairs before using the tractor.
1 - 13
INTERNATIONAL SYMBOLS [25008928]

As a guide to the operation of the machine, various universal symbols have been utilized on the instruments, controls,
switches, and fuse box. The symbols are shown below with an indication of their meaning.
Thermostart Roof Draft

P.T.O.
starting aid beacon Control
Alternator Keep alive Transmission Accessory

charge memory in neutral socket
Creeper Implement
Fuel level Turn signals
gears socket
Automatic Turn signals Slow or %age

Fuel shut-off -one trailer low setting slip
Engine speed Turn signals Fast or high Hitch raise

(rev/min x 100) -two trailers setting (rear)
Front wind-
Ground Hitch lower
Hours recorded screen
speed (rear)
wash/wipe
Rear wind-
Engine oil Differential Hitch height
screen
pressure lock limit (rear)
wash/wipe
Rear axle
Engine coolant Heater temp- Hitch height
oil tem-
temperature erature control limit (front)
perature
Coolant Transmission Hitch dis-
Heater fan
level oil pressure abled
Hydraulic and
FWD
Tractor lights Air conditioner transmission
engaged
filters
Headlamp Air filter Remote
Warning!
main beam blocked valve extend
Headlamp Parking Hazard Remote

dipped beam brake warning lights valve retract
Brake fluid Variable Remote

Work lamps
level control valve float
Malfunction!
Stop Trailer Pressurised!
See Operator's
lamps brake Open carefully
Manual
Warning ! Malfunction!
Position
Horn Corrosive (alter-
Control
substance native symbol)
1 - 14
VIBRATION LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET [25015288]

HAZARDS RELATED TO VIBRATION EXPOSURE
NOTE: The Whole Body Vibration level will depend on a NOTE: More information about Whole Body Vibration
lot of parameters, some of them machine related, others (WBV) on agricultural tractors can be found on specific
terrain related and many driver related. The properties of publications and related risks may be covered by local
the track or field surface and the driving speed will be the regulations; in order to correctly estimate statistics values
predominant parameters. based on your everyday activity on the tractor please
use a specific measuring devise, such as a triaxial seat
WARNING accelerometer.
Machine vibration caused by improper ma-
NOTE: Please visit www.cema-agri.org/WBV to get fur-
chine maintenance could injure an operator.
ther documentation on Whole body vibrations risks.
Follow ALL of the precautions listed below.
Failure to comply could result in death or se-
rious injury.
W0443A
• Make sure, the machine is in good condition and

that the service interval work has been carried out
correctly.
• Check the tyre pressure, the steering and the brake
system.
• Check that the operator’s seat and adjustment con-
trols are in good condition and then adjust the seat
to suit the operator’s size and weight.
• Operate all controls consistently so the machine
works smoothly and modify your driving to suit
working conditions.
• During travel, adjust your speed and slow down if
necessary.
In compliance with EU standard, 78/764/EEC you can find

in the table below the vibration levels measured for seats
used on your tractor model.
Seat model / type Vibration* at (testing mass)

Light weight operator Heavy weight operator
GRAMMER MSG 95G/741 1.24 m/s² (4.07 ft/s²) 1.1 m/s² (3.61 ft/s²)
GRAMMER MSG 95GL/741 0.91 m/s² (2.99 ft/s²) 1.06 m/s² (3.48 ft/s²)
GRAMMER MSG 85/731 1.22 m/s² (4.00 ft/s²) 0.85 m/s² (2.79 ft/s²)
GRAMMER MSG 93/731 1.21 m/s² (3.97 ft/s²) 1.05 m/s² (3.44 ft/s²)
* Corrected weighted vibration acceleration
1 - 15
MACHINE STABILITY [25015418]

WARNING
Driving hazard!
To prevent machine instability, ALWAYS consider and follow the machine stability requirements in this
manual.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0452A
The following procedure describes the requirements for

machine stability and how to calculate the required front
mounted and rear mounted ballast.
For the ballast refer also to the ballast recommendations

in this manual.
For the maximum permitted operating weights refer to the

vehicle weights in this manual.
The following procedure and calculation is based on the

machine on even ground.
WARNING
Roll-over hazard!
ALWAYS be aware of the effect of inclines and
steep hills on machine stability. Operating,
handling, and braking performance may be af-
fected. Adjust ballast and driving speed ac-
cordingly to ensure stable and accurate steer-
ing, and to ensure the required brake perfor-
mance in critical situations.
rious injury.
W0444A
1 - 16
NECESSARY DATA TO EVALUATE STABILITY
SS11D001 1
Legend
To get this Value Refer to:
MT Mass of the unladen tractor = Tractor with standard equipment, This manual
minimum fuel, no weights or liquid ballast, no operator and single
wheel equipment
MF Front axle load unladen tractor This Manual
MR Rear axle load unladen tractor This Manual
a Distance Centre of Gravity front load to front axle centre Manual of the equipment or to
measure
b Wheelbase This Manual
c Distance rear axle centre to lower hitch point of three point linkage This Manual or to measure
d Distance Centre of Gravity rear load to lower hitch point of three Manual of the equipment or to
point linkage measure
e Distance rear axle centre to centre of gravity (COG) of MT (mass To calculate (Formula on following
of unladen tractor) pages)
BF Mass of front mounted equipment or front mounted ballast Manual of the equipment or to
measure
BR Mass of rear mounted equipment or rear mounted ballast Manual of the equipment or to
measure
MPT max Maximum permissible mass of the laden tractor This manual
MPF max Maximum permissible front axle load This manual
MPR max Maximum permissible rear axle load This manual
NOTE: 1. Equipment weight together with its filling must be added to laden values (seed drills, fertilizer spreaders,
etc.).
NOTE: 2. Ballasting weight in the centre of the front or rear tires, either solid or liquid, must be added to MF, MR and
MT.
NOTE: 3. In case of an unbalanced trailer, the value c is the distance between the centre of the rear axle and the
hitching point, the value d is 0 and BR is the vertical load of the trailer on the hitch.
1 - 17
CONSTANT PARAMETERS
0.2 Minimum ratio: actually Legal
axle load of laden front requirement
axle/ mass of the unladen
tractor
0.45 Minimum ratio: actually Legal
axle load of laden rear axle/ requirement
mass of the unladen tractor
REQUIRED FRONT BALLAST

To Calculate
BFr Ballast required at the front when carrying
a load BR at the rear
CALCULATION OF BFr
MT*e = MF*b
e = (MF*b)/MT
BR*(c+d) - (MT *e) + (MPF *b) = BFr*(a+b)
MPF > 0.2*MT
MPF value must be higher than 0.2*MT
BFr>[BR*(c+d- (MF*b)+(0.2*MT*b)]/(a+b)
REQUIRED REAR BALLAST

To Calculate
BRr Ballast required at the rear when carrying a
load BF at the front
SS09J017 2
CALCULATION OF BRr
MT*b (b- e) = MR*b
BF*a - MT *(b- e)+ (MPR*b) = BRr*(b+c+d)
MPR > 0.45*MT
MPR value must be higher than 0.45*MT
BRr> [(BF*a) - (MR *b)+(0.45 *MT *b)]/(b+c+d)
1 - 18
AXLE LOAD LIMITS

TO CALCULATE
MPF MPF < MPF max
MPR MPR < MPR max
MPT MPT < MPT max
CALCULATION OF MPF
(MPF*B) - BF*(A + B) - (MT*E)+ BR*(C + D)
MPF = [BF *(A+B)+ (MF*B) - BR*(C+D)]/B < MPF MAX
CALCULATION OF MPT
MPT = BF + MT + BR < MPTMAX
CALCULATION OF MPR
MRT = MPT - MPF < MPR max
SS09J017 3
1 - 19
INSTRUCTOR'S SEAT [25016000]

WARNING
Misuse hazard!
Only use the instructional seat for training new operators or when a technician is diagnosing a prob-
lem. The occupant must wear a seat belt. Do not allow others to ride in the seat. The ROPS may
not provide enough protection for the seat occupant. See SAFETY INFORMATION, Instructional seat
safety.
W0446A
The extra seat provided in the cab of the tractor is installed

in order to allow only a trainer or a trainee to be seated
safely while teaching a new Operator or by dealer per-
sonnel when monitoring the function of the tractor. It is
not meant for road transportation of a passenger or for
transferring passengers between fields or during opera-
tion in the field.
Instructional Seat Safety

1. Passengers are not permitted to ride on the ma-
chine.
2. The instructional seat is to be used only when train-
ing a new operator or when a service technician is
diagnosing a problem.
3. When required for the purposes of training or diag-
nostics, only one person may accompany the oper-
ator, and that person must be seated in the instruc-
tional seat.
4. When the instructional seat is occupied, the follow-
ing precautions must be followed:
• Machine should be driven only at slow speeds and

over level ground.
• Avoid driving on highways or public roads.
• Avoid quick starts or stops.
• Avoid sharp turns.
• Always wear correctly adjusted seat belts.
• Keep doors closed at all times.
1 - 20
SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION (SCR) SYSTEM [25033120]

What is Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)?
Your machine is equipped with additional components to comply with European exhaust emissions requirements. The
main components of the SCR system include the SCR catalyst, the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® injection
unit, the DEF/AdBlue® tank, and the DEF/AdBlue® dosing control unit.
How does Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) work?

During combustion, harmful Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) molecules are formed in the exhaust. By injecting a DEF/AdBlue®
solution into the exhaust prior to a catalyst, the NOx can be converted to harmless elemental Nitrogen and water. This
happens when the NOx molecules react inside the catalyst with the heat generated by the engine and the ammonia
in the DEF/AdBlue® solution.
During cold engine operation at low engine coolant and ambient air temperatures, water vapor will be visible from the
exhaust when the engine operates. This water vapor will resemble steam or light white smoke and will dissipate as
the engine and machine components warm and is considered normal.
What is Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® ?

DEF/AdBlue® is a non-toxic aqueous urea solution ( 32.5 %) with a slight ammonia odor used to chemically reduce
NOx emissions from heavy-duty diesel powered vehicles. DEF/AdBlue® is neither explosive nor harmful to the en-
vironment and is classified under the minimum-risk category of transportable fluids.
DEF/AdBlue® quality is defined by ISO 22241-1. The American Petroleum Institute (API®) has a voluntary certifica-
tion program for DEF/AdBlue®. To ensure DEF/AdBlue® satisfies the requirements of ISO 22241, look for the API®
DEF Certification Mark™ whenever you purchase DEF/AdBlue®.
1 - 21
Finding Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®

Your authorized dealer is fully equipped to accommodate all your DEF/AdBlue® needs.
Case IH Agriculture
Toll free number: 00800 2273440
Country Toll free fax Local number E-mail
Italy 800872685 02 44412 245 [email protected]
(0039)
La chiamata è gratuita. Tuttavia, con alcuni gestori europei le chiamate da telefono cellulare sono a pagamento.
Per qualsiasi informazione sulle tariffe, consultare in anticipo il proprio gestore telefonico. In caso di difficoltà a
chiamare il numero verde, è possibile rivolgersi anche al numero 02 44412 245.

United Kingdom 8003457994 02030245589 [email protected]
(0044)
The call is free. However some European Operators may apply a charge, if the call is made from a mobile phone.
For any information about charge rate, please enquire in advance from your provider. Should you have difficulties
getting through to the free phone number, you can also call 02030245589.

Republic of Ireland 1800409688 014073444 [email protected]
(00353)
The call is free. However if you call from a mobile phone please dial 014073444. Please be aware that a call made
from a mobile phone will not be free but will be charged to you. For any information about charge rate, please
enquire in advance from your provider.

France 0800912855 0157323205 [email protected]
(0033)
L’appel est gratuit. Toutefois, certains opérateurs européens peuvent facturer l’appel s’il provient d’un téléphone
portable. Pour plus d’informations sur les tarifs, veuillez vous renseigner à l’avance auprès de votre opérateur.
Si vous rencontrez des difficultés à joindre la ligne téléphonique gratuite, vous pouvez également appeler le
0157323205.

Spain 900948925 912754406 [email protected]
(0034)
La llamada es gratuita. No obstante, con algunos operadores europeos la llamada puede ser de pago si se
efectúa desde un teléfono móvil. Para obtener mayor información acerca de las tarifas, consulte previamente a su
proveedor. Si tiene problemas para comunicar con el número de teléfono gratuito, puede llamar al número de
pago 912754406.

Germany 08001812440 06951709288 [email protected]
(0049)
Der Anruf ist gebührenfrei. Bei Anruf aus dem Mobilnetz könnten einige europäische Netzbetreiber Gebühren
berechnen. Bitte erfragen Sie die Tarife zuvor bei Ihrem Anbieter. Falls Sie Probleme bei der Anwahl der
Freecall-Nummer haben sollten, empfehlen wir Ihnen den Anruf unter unserer kostenpflichtigen Rufnummer
06951709288.

Austria - 0179567159 [email protected]
(0043)
Der Anruf ist gebührenfrei. Bei Anruf aus dem Mobilnetz könnten einige europäische Netzbetreiber Gebühren
berechnen. Bitte erfragen Sie die Tarife zuvor bei Ihrem Anbieter. Falls Sie Probleme bei der Anwahl der
Freecall-Nummer haben sollten, empfehlen wir Ihnen den Anruf unter unserer kostenpflichtigen Rufnummer
0179567159.
1 - 22

Belgium 080080605 022006111 [email protected]
(0032)
Benelux - NLO
Dit is een gratis nummer. Als u echter met een gsm vanuit België of Luxemburg telefoneert, kiest u 022006111 voor
België en 03420808282 voor Luxemburg. Merk op dat telefoneren met een gsm niet gratis is, maar voor eigen
rekening gebeurt. Voor informatie in verband met het prijstarief neemt u best vooraf contact op met uw provider.
Benelux - BFO
L’appel est gratuit. Toutefois, si vous appelez de Belgique ou du Luxembourg à partir d’un téléphone portable,
veuillez appeler le 022006111 pour la Belgique et le 03420808282 pour le Luxembourg. Veuillez noter qu’un appel
à partir d’un téléphone portable ne sera pas gratuit mais vous sera facturé. Pour plus d’informations sur le tarif,
veuillez vous renseigner à l’avance auprès de votre opérateur.

Luxembourg 80027824 03420808282 [email protected]
(00352)
Benelux - NLO
Benelux - BFO

Denmark 80 888046 038322992 [email protected]
(0045)
Opkaldet er gratis. Visse europæiske udbydere pålægger dog et gebyr, hvis opkaldet sker fra en mobiltelefon.
Kontakt venligst dit telefonselskab for oplysninger om takster. Hvis der er problemer med at komme igennem på
det gratis telefonnummer, kan du også ringe på 038322992.

Netherlands 0800 2273440 0202008277 [email protected]
(0031)
Benelux - NLO
Benelux - BFO

Portugal 800 844606 - -
-

Poland - 0223060102 [email protected]
-
1 - 23
For countries outside of the toll free access area, please use the table below:
Case IH Agriculture
Country Toll Number Spoken Language
Portugal 0044 2030245589
(00351)
Norway 0044 2030245589 English
(0047)
Sweden 0044 2030245589 English
(0046)
Finland 0044 2030245589 English
(00358)
Iceland 0044 2030245589 English
(00354)
Estonia 0044 2030245589 English
(00372)
Latvia 0044 2030245589 English
(00371)
Lithuania 0044 2030245589 English
(00370)
Czech Republic 00800 22734400 Czech
(00420)
Slovakia 0044 2030245589 English
(00421)
Slovenia 0044 2030245589 English
(00386)
Croatia 0044 2030245589 English
(00385)
Republic of Serbia 0044 2030245589 English
(00381)
Bosnia & Herzegovina 0044 2030245589 English
(00387)
Albania 0044 2030245589 English
(00355)
Macedonia 0044 2030245589 English
(00389)
Greece 0044 2030245589 English
(0030)
Bulgaria 0044 2030245589 English
(00359)
Romania 0044 2030245589 English
(0040)
Hungary 0044 2030245589 English
(0036)
Cyprus 0044 2030245589 English
(00357)
Malta 0044 2030245589 English
(00356)
Switzerland 00800 22734400 German
(0041) French
Italian
1 - 24
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® instrumentation warning

ATTENTION: The fuel system, exhaust after-treatment system, and engine on your machine are designed and built
to government emissions standards. Tampering by dealers, customers, operators, and users is strictly prohibited by
law. Failure to comply could result in government fines, rework charges, invalid warranty, legal action, and possible
confiscation of the machine until rework to original condition is completed. Engine service and/or repairs must be
done by a certified technician only!
Your machine is equipped with a warning system to inform the operator of the DEF/AdBlue® level, system malfunc-
tions, and engine power loss that may result from the SCR system for reducing exhaust emissions.
Warning symbols
Engine power loss occurring SCR failure
Engine stop Low DEF/AdBlue® level
Poor DEF/AdBlue® quality Warning/Fault light
Stop engine light
During normal operation of your machine, the instrument

cluster displays the DEF/AdBlue® fluid level (1) at all
times.
Warning lights and indicators will be illuminated with a

warning on the visual display. The display changes au-
tomatically to allow the operator to view the warning indi-
cator and display message.
For further information see on page 3-66.
SS11K077 1
1 - 25
Resetting the Selective Catalytic Reduction

(SCR) system
For DEF/AdBlue® storage tank fluid level faults, failures
which can cause engine power loss:
• The DEF/AdBlue® tank level must be raised above
15 % total volume.
• The key switch must be cycled to the OFF position
or throttle returned to low idle position.
For DEF/AdBlue® quality and SCR system technical

faults, failures which can cause engine power loss:
• To fully reset the system, the component/ failure
causing the fault must be repaired or replaced.
• Switching off the engine will reset the system and
the engine will restart at full power.
• If the same failure is re- detected within 40 h of en-
gine operation, the last active engine power loss
level will be activated.
• If the same failure is detected three consecutive
times within 40 h of engine operation, maximum
engine power loss will remain active after engine
restart until the system is repaired.
• Please contact your authorised dealer for service.
Emergency restart

NOTE: Emergency restarts are only enabled after the
engine has been commanded to low idle.
If full power loss is experienced, it may be possible for the

machine to move under its own power. Emergency re-
starts are available to provide the capability to move the
machine.
• Allows 30 s of operation without power loss.

• After 30 s the engine is automatically reduced to low
idle speed.
• There is no limit to the number of emergency re-
starts.
1 - 26
2 - SAFETY INFORMATION
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS [22303376]
A careful operator is the best operator. Most accidents can be avoided by observing certain precautions. To help
prevent accidents, read and take the following precautions before driving, operating or servicing the machine. Equip-
ment should be operated only by those who are responsible and instructed to do so.
Personal safety
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all
safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death or injury.
Throughout this manual , you will find the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION followed by special
instructions. These precautions are intended for the personal safety of you and those working with you.
Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual before you operate or service the machine.
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION, used with the safety alert symbol, indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in minor or moderate injury.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
Machine safety
NOTICE: Notice indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in machine or property damage.
Throughout this manual you will find the signal word Notice followed by special instructions to prevent machine or
property damage. The word Notice is used to address practices not related to personal safety.
2-1
Information
NOTE: Note indicates additional information which clarifies steps, procedures, or other information in this manual.
Throughout this manual you will find the word Note followed by additional information about a step, procedure, or
other information in the manual. The word Note is not intended to address personal safety or property damage.
ISO two panel pictorial symbol decals, if used, are de-
fined as follows:
• The first panel indicates the nature of the hazard.
• The second panel indicates the appropriate avoid-
ance of the hazard.
• Background color is YELLOW. Prohibition sym-
bols such as STOP, if used are RED.
BEFORE DRIVING THE TRACTOR [22303355]

1. Never operate the machine under the influence of
alcohol, drugs or while otherwise impaired.
2. Read the Operator’s Manual carefully before using
the machine. Lack of operating knowledge can lead
to accidents.
3. Only allow properly trained and qualified persons to
operate the machine. All persons who will be oper-
ating this machine shall possess a valid local ve-
hicle operating permit and/or other applicable lo-
cal age work permits.
4. Mount and dismount the machine only at desig-
nated locations that have handholds, steps or lad- SS10D116 1
ders. Do not jump off the machine. Face the ma-
chine when mounting and dismounting. Maintain a 9. Keep children away from the machine and farm ma-
three‐point contact with steps, ladders and hand- chinery at all times.
holds. Never mount or dismount from a moving ma- 10. Consult your dealer on changes, additions or mod-
chine. Do not use the steering wheel or other con- ifications that may be required for your machine.
trols or accessories as handholds when entering or
exiting the cab or operator’s platform. 11. Make sure all guards and shields are in good con-
dition and properly installed before operating ma-
5. To prevent falls, use the handrails and step plates chine. Never operate the machine with shields re-
when getting on and off the machine. Dirty or slip- moved. Always closed access doors or panels be-
pery steps, ladders, walkways and platforms can fore operating the machine.
cause falls. Make sure these surfaces remain clean
and clear of debris. 12. DO NOT make any adjustments (e.g. seat, steer-
ing, light, mirror, ...) while the machine is in motion.
6. Replace all worn, damaged or missing Decals. Ensure that all adjustments are locked prior to use.
7. Keep safety decals free of dirt or grime. Check the tightness of the securing screws and that
the adjustment controls are working properly. Fitting
8. Do not permit anyone but the operator to ride on and/or repairing the seat shall only be performed by
the machine except for driver training or instruction. skilled personnel.
When used for these purposes an additional seat
may be fitted in the cab. Passengers should not be
carried on the machine at any time.
2-2
DRIVING THE TRACTOR [22303505]

1. Comply with local laws and regulations.
2. ALWAYS sit in the driver’s seat while starting or driv-
ing the machine.
3. ALWAYS make sure work area is clear of other per-
sons or domestic animals (pets) before you start op-
erating this machine.
4. When driving on public roads, have consideration
for other road users. Pull over to allow faster traffic
to pass. Do not exceed the legal speed limit set in
your country for agricultural machines.
5. Use a rotating beacon and/ or Slow Moving Vehicle
warning when driving on public roads to indicate that SS10D118 2
the vehicle is slow moving and is a possible hazard. 12. Incorrect towing procedures can cause accidents.
6. Slow down and signal before turning. When towing a disabled machine follow the proce-
dure in this manual.
7. Use appropriate lighting to meet local regulations.
Dip the machine lights when meeting a vehicle at 13. Keep the machine in the same gear when going
night. Make sure the lights are adjusted to prevent downhill as would be used when going uphill. Do
blinding the driver of an oncoming vehicle. not coast or free wheel down hills.
8. Reduce speed before turning or applying the 14. For safe operation any towed vehicle whose total
brakes. Brake both wheels simultaneously when weight exceeds that of the towing machine must be
making an emergency stop. Make sure brake pedal equipped with a braking system that complies with
lock latch is engaged. Brake pedals must be locked the legal requirements of that country.
together for road travel to ensure correct operation 15. Never apply the differential lock when turning.
of trailer brakes, balanced operation of the machine When engaged, the differential lock will prevent the
brakes and four wheel braking. machine from turning.
16. Always check overhead clearance, especially when
transporting the machine. Watch where you are go-
ing, especially at row ends, on roads and around
trees and low overhanging obstacles. Be aware of
overhead structures or power lines and make sure
the machine and/or attachments can pass safely
under. Make sure the machine has sufficient clear-
ance to pass in all directions. Contact local author-
ities or utilities to obtain safe clearance distances
from high voltage power lines.
17. Pay attention to overhead power lines and hanging
obstacles. High voltage lines may require signifi-
SS10D117 1 cant clearance for safety.
9. On four wheel drive machines, the drive to the front 18. Retract raised or extended components, if neces-
axle is automatically engaged, to provide four wheel sary. Remove or lower radio antennas or other ac-
braking, when both footbrakes are applied. Own- cessories. Should a contact between the machine
ers should be aware of the effectiveness of four and an electric power source occur the following
wheel braking which greatly enhances braking per- precautions must be taken:
formance. Appropriate care should be exercised - Stop the machine movement immediately.
during fierce braking. - Apply the park brake, stop the engine and remove
the key.
10. Follow correct towing procedure for equipment with
- Check if you can safely leave the cab or your
or without brakes.
actual position without contact with electrical wires.
11. Use extreme caution and avoid hard application of If not, stay in your position and call for help. If
the machine brakes when towing heavy loads at you can leave your position without touching lines,
road speeds. jump clear of the machine to make sure you do not
make contact with the ground and the machine at
the same time.
- Do not permit anyone to touch the machine until
power has been shut off to the power lines.
2-3
19. To avoid overturns, drive the machine with care and 20. Use caution when operating the machine on slopes.
at speeds compatible with safety, especially when Raised equipment, full tanks and other loads will
operating over rough ground, when crossing ditches change the center of gravity of the machine. The
or slopes and when turning corners. machine can tip or roll over when near ditches and
embankments or uneven surfaces.
21. If the machine becomes stuck or the tyres are frozen
to the ground, reverse the machine out to prevent
overturning.
22. Use safety chains for trailed equipment when pro-
vided with machine or equipment.
23. Lift implements and attachments high enough
above ground to prevent accidental contact with
road.
SS10D119 3
OPERATING THE TRACTOR [22303574]

1. Apply the parking brake, place the P.T.O. control in 7. Before leaving the machine:
the ‘OFF’ position, the lift control lever in the down - Park machine on a firm level surface.
position, the remote control valve levers in the neu- - Put all controls in neutral or park lock position.
tral position and the transmission levers in neutral - Engage park brake, use wheel chocks if required.
before starting the machine. - Lower all hydraulic equipment-
Implements, Header, etc.
2. Do not start the engine or operate controls (other
- Turn off engine and remove key.
than externally located hydraulic lift or P.T.O.
switches, if fitted) while standing beside the ma-
chine. Operate controls only when seated in the op- When, due to exceptional circum-
erator’s seat, except for those controls expressly in- stances, you would decide to keep the en-
tended for use from other locations. gine running after leaving the Operator’s sta-
tion, then the following precautions must be fol-
3. Do not bypass the transmission and P.T.O. neutral lowed:
start switches. Consult your authorised dealer if 1. Bring the engine to low idle speed.
your neutral start controls malfunction. Use jump 2. Disengage all drive systems.
leads only in the recommended manner. Improper WARNING: Some components may con-
use can result in a machine runaway. tinue to run down after disengaging drive sys-
4. Avoid accidental contact with the gear shift levers tems. Make sure all drive systems are fully disen-
while the engine is running. Unexpected machine gaged. Failure to comply could result in death or se-
movement can result from such contact. rious injury.
3. Shift the transmission into neutral.
4. Apply the parking brake.
SS10D120 1
5. Do not get off the machine while it is in motion. SS10D121 2

6. If the power steering or engine ceases operating,
8. Do not park the machine on a steep incline.
stop the machine immediately as the machine will
be more difficult to control. 9. The cab is designed to provide the minimum noise
level at the operator’s ears and meets or exceeds
2-4
applicable standards in this respect. However, 15. Use only approved accessories and attach-
noise (sound pressure level) in the workplace can ments designed for your machine. Do not overload
exceed 85 dB (A) when working between buildings the machine and are operated and maintained
or in confined spaces, with cab windows open. Ex- in accordance with the instructions issued by the
posure to loud noises can cause hearing damage. equipment or accessory manufacturer.
Always wear hearing protection when operating
16. Remember that your machine, if abused or incor-
noisy equipment or when working in a noisy envi-
rectly used, can be dangerous and become a haz-
ronment.
ard both to the operator and to bystanders. Do not
10. Never operate engine in enclosed spaces as harm- overload or operate with attached equipment which
ful exhaust gases may build up. Exhaust fumes are is unsafe, not designed for the particular task or is
toxic and can cause death. poorly maintained.
11. Pull only from the pick- up hitch, swinging drawbar 17. Do not leave equipment in the raised position when
or the lower link drawbar in the lowered position. the vehicle is stopped or unattended. Raised equip-
Use only a drawbar pin that locks in place. Pulling ment and/or loads can fall unexpectedly and crush
from the machine rear axle or any point above the persons underneath. Never allow anyone to enter
axle may cause the machine to overturn. the area underneath raised equipment during oper-
ation.
18. Do not drive equipment near open fires.
19. Always wear a protective mask when working with
toxic spray chemicals. Follow the directions on the
chemical container.
20. DO NOT attempt to remove material from any part
of the machine while it is being operated or compo-
nents are in motion.
21. A person or pet within the operating area of a ma-
chine can be struck or crushed by the machine or
its equipment. DO NOT allow anyone to enter the
work area.
SS10D122 3
22. Always keep windows, mirrors, all light-
12. Always select Position Control when attaching
ing and Speed Indicator Symbol (SIS) clean to pro-
equipment and when transporting equipment. Be
vide the best possible visibility while operat-
sure hydraulic couplers are properly mounted and
ing the machine.
will disconnect safely in case of accidental detach-
ment of the implement.
Operator Presence Switch
13. If the front end of the machine tends to rise when
heavy implements are attached to the three- point 1. Your machine is equipped with an operator pres-
hitch, install front end or front wheel weights. Do ence switch to prevent the use of some features
not operate the machine with a light front end. while the operator is not in the operator’s seat.
2. The operator presence switch should never be dis-
connected or bypassed.
3. If the system is inoperable, the system must be re-
paired.
Electrical Storm Safety

1. Do not operate machine during an electrical storm.
2. If you are on the ground during an electrical storm,
stay away from machinery and equipment. Seek
shelter in a permanent, protected structure.
SS10D123 4 3. If an electrical storm should strike during operation,
remain in the cab. Do not leave the cab or opera-
14. Engage the clutch slowly when driving out of a ditch, tor’s platform. Do not make contact with the ground
gully or up a steep hillside. Disengage the clutch or objects outside the machine.
promptly if the front wheels rise off the ground.
2-5
OPERATING THE P.T.O. [22303606]

1. P.T.O. driven machinery can cause death or serious 4. When operating stationary P.T.O. - driven equip-
injury. Before working on or near the P.T.O. shaft ment, always apply the machine parking brake and
or servicing or clearing the driven machine, put the block the rear wheels front and back. When doing
P.T.O. lever in the disengage position, stop the en- stationary P.T.O. work, keep clear of all moving parts
gine and remove the key. and make sure appropriate guards are in place.
2. When operating P.T.O. - driven equipment, shut off 5. To avoid injury, do not clean, adjust, unclog or ser-
the engine, switch off the P.T.O. and wait until the vice P.T.O. driven equipment when the machine en-
P.T.O. stops before getting off the machine and dis- gine is running. Ensure that the P.T.O. is switched
connecting the equipment. off.
SS10D124 1 SS10D125 2
3. Do not wear loose clothing when operating the 6. Whenever a P.T.O. is in operation, a guard must be
power take- off or especially when near rotating in place to prevent death or injury to the operator or
equipment. bystanders.
OPERATING THE EXTERNAL CONTROLS [26162807]

• Activate the external control switches only while • DO NOT climb on the implement or between the
standing to the side of the tractor (outboard of the implement and the tractor when the external control
rear tires). DO NOT stand on or near the implement switches are enabled.
or between the implement and the tractor. Never extend arms, legs, any part of the body or
•
• Before leaving the tractor to operate the external any object into the area near the three point hitch or
control switches: implement while operating the external controls.
- Disengage the P.T.O. Never have an assistant working the opposite set
•
- Move the shuttle lever to the neutral or park lock of controls. When moving to the opposite set of
position. controls, move around the tractor or implement. DO
- Apply the parking brake. NOT cross between the implement and tractor.
- With the engine running, move the hand throttle
lever to the low idle position (fully rearwards).
• Before using the external control switches ensure
that no person or object is in the area of the imple-
ment or the hitch.
2-6
SERVICING THE TRACTOR [22303635]

1. Before you start servicing the machine, attach a ’Do jured by escaping refrigerant. Special equipment
Not Operate‘ warning tag to the machine in an area and instruments are required to service the air con-
that will be visible. ditioning system. See your authorised dealer for
service. The air conditioning system is under high
2. The cooling system operates under pressure which
pressure. Do not disconnect any lines. The release
is controlled by the expansion tank cap. Scalding
of high pressure can cause serious injury. Service,
can result from incorrect removal of coolant caps.
repair or recharging must be performed only by a
Cooling system operates under pressure. Hot
trained service technician.
coolant can spray out if a cap is removed while the
system is hot. Allow system to cool before remov- 9. Stop the engine before performing any service on
ing cap. When removing a cap turn it slowly to allow the machine.
pressure to escape before completely removing
10. Do not attempt to clean, lubricate, clear obstructions
the cap. Never remove the cap from the top of the
or make adjustments to the machine while it is in
radiator unless the expansion tank pressure cap
motion or while the engine is running.
has first been removed.
11. Hydraulic oil or diesel fuel leaking under pressure
can penetrate the skin, causing serious injury or in-
fection.
Unqualified persons should not remove or attempt
to adjust a pump, injector, nozzle or any other part
of the fuel injection or hydraulic systems. Failure to
follow these instructions can result in serious injury.
• Do not use your hand to check for leaks. Use a

piece of cardboard or paper to search for leaks.
SS10D126 1
3. Service machine on a firm level surface.

4. Engine, transmission, exhaust components and
hydraulic lines may become hot during operation.
Take care when servicing such components. Allow
surfaces to cool before handling or disconnecting
hot components. Wear protective equipment when
appropriate.
5. Do not smoke while refuelling the machine. Keep
SS10D127 2
any type of open flame away.
6. Keep the machine and equipment, particularly • Stop engine, remove key and relieve the pressure
brakes and steering, maintained in a reliable and before connecting or disconnecting fluid lines.
satisfactory condition to ensure your safety and • Make sure all components are in good condition and
comply with legal requirements. tighten all connections before starting the engine or
7. To prevent fire or explosion, keep open flames pressurizing the system.
away from battery or cold weather starting aids. To • If hydraulic fluid or diesel penetrates the skin, seek
prevent sparks which could cause explosion, use medical attention immediately.
jumper cables according to instructions.
8. Do not attempt to service the air conditioning sys-
tem. It is possible to be severely frost bitten or in-
2-7
12. Do not make any unauthorized modifica- 14. Keep area used for servicing the machine clean and
tions to your machine. dry. Clean up spilled fluids.
13. Continuous long term contact with used engine oil 15. Keep equipment clean and properly maintained.
or hydraulic fluid may cause skin cancer. Avoid
16. Dispose of all drained fluids and removed filters
long term contact and wash the skin promptly with
properly.
soap and water. It is recommended to wear suitable
gloves or use a rag. 17. Install guards and shields after servicing the ma-
chine.
WARNING 18. Close all access doors and install all panels after
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) re- servicing the machine.
quired. 19. Always make sure working area is clear of tool,
When assembling, operating, or servicing the parts, other persons and pets before you start oper-
machine, wear protective clothing and PPE ating the machine.
necessary for the particular procedure. Some
PPE that may be necessary includes protec- 20. Stop the engine and remove key before disconnect-
tive shoes, eye and/or face protection, hard ing or connecting electrical connections.
hat, heavy gloves, filter mask, and hearing 21. Replace damage or worn tubes, hoses, electrical
protection. wiring, etc.
22. When welding follow the instructions in the manual.
rious injury.
W0353A Always disconnect battery before welding on ma-
chine. Always wash your hands after handling bat-
WARNING tery components.
Entanglement hazard! 23. Unsupported hydraulic cylinders can lose pressure
Always keep hair and clothing away from mov- and drop the equipment causing a crushing haz-
ing parts. Do not wear loose clothing, jewelry, ard. Do not leave equipment in a raised position
or other items that could entangle with mov- while parked or during service, unless securely sup-
ing parts and/or levers. ported.
rious injury.
W0445A
Wheels and Tires

1. Handle with care and ensure, when stored, that they Explosive separation of the tire can cause serious
can not topple and cause injury. injury.
2. Make sure tires are correctly inflated. Do not ex- 6. DANGER: DO NOT weld to a wheel or rim until the
ceed recommended load or pressure. Follow in- tire is completely removed. Inflated tires can gen-
struction in the manual for proper tire inflation. erate a gas mixture with the air that can be ignited
by high temperatures from welding procedures per-
3. Tires are heavy. Handling tires without the proper
formed on the wheel or rim. Removing the air or
equipment could cause death or serious injury.
loosening the tire on the rim (breaking the bead) will
4. Never weld on a wheel rim with a tire installed. Al- NOT eliminate the hazard. This condition can exist
ways remove tire completely from rim prior to weld- whether tires are inflated or deflated. The tire MUST
ing. be completely removed from the wheel or rim prior
5. Always have a qualified tire technician service the to welding the wheel or rim. Failure to comply will
tires and rims. If a tire has lost all pressure, take the result in death or serious injury.
tire and rim to a tire shop or your dealer for service.
2-8
Handling the Battery

1. Always wear eye protection when working with bat- 8. Follow manufacturer’s instructions when storing
teries. and handling batteries.
2. Do not create sparks or have open flame near bat- 9. Battery post, terminals and related accessories con-
tery. tain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after
handling.
3. Ventilate when charging or using in an enclosed
area. 10. Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sul-
furic acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or cloth-
4. Disconnect Negative (‐) first and reconnect Nega-
ing. Antidote (external): Flush with water. Antidote
tive (‐) last.
(eyes): flush with water for 15 minutes and seek
5. When welding on the machine, disconnect both ter- medical attention immediately. Antidote (internal):
minals of the battery. Drink large quantities of water or milk. Do not in-
6. Do not weld, grind or smoke near a battery. duce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
7. When using auxiliary batteries or connecting 11. Keep out of reach of children and other unautho-
booster cables to start the engine, use the proce- rized persons.
dure shown in the Operator’s Manual. Do not short
across terminals.
DIESEL FUEL [22303698]

• Under no circumstances should gasoline, alcohol or
blended fuels be added to diesel fuel. These com-
binations can create an increased fire or explosive
hazard. In a closed container such as a fuel tank
these blends are more explosive than pure gaso-
line. Do not use these blends.
• Never remove the fuel cap or refuel with the engine
running or hot.
• Do not smoke while refuelling the tractor or when
standing near fuel. Keep any type of open flame
away.
• Maintain control of the fuel filler pipe nozzle when
filling the tank. SS10D129 1
• Do not fill the fuel tank to capacity. Fill only to the

bottom of the filler neck to allow room for expansion.
• Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.
• Always tighten the fuel tank cap securely.
• If the original fuel tank cap is lost, replace it with an
approved cap. A non- approved cap may not be
safe.
• Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.
• Arrange fuel purchases so that summer grade fuels
are not held over and used in the winter.
2-9
PREVENTION OF FIRE OR EXPLOSION [22303666]

1. Crop materials, trash, debris, bird nests or • When using auxiliary batteries or connecting
flammable material can ignite on hot surfaces. booster cables to start the engine, use the proce-
This risk can be minimised by frequent removal of dure shown in Section 4 of this manual. Do not
accumulated crop material from the machine. If oil short across terminals.
leaks appear, correct the fault by re- torquing the
• Do not short circuit the battery terminals with a metal
bolts or replacing the gaskets as necessary.
object.
2. Fuel or oil leaked or spills on hot surfaces or elec-
• Do not weld, grind or smoke near a battery.
trical components can cause a fire.
3. At least once each day and at the end of the day 5. Inspect the electrical system for loose connections
remove all trash and debris from the machine espe- or frayed insulation. Repair or replace loose or dam-
cially around hot components such as engine, trans- aged parts.
mission, exhaust, battery, etc. More frequent clean- 6. Sparks from the electrical system or engine exhaust
ing of your machine may be necessary depending can cause an explosion and fire. Before you oper-
on the operating environment and conditions. At ate the machine in an area with flammable dust or
least once each day, remove debris accumulation vapours, use a good ventilation system the remove
around moving components such as bearings, pul- the flammable dust or vapours.
leys, belts, gears cleaning fan, etc. More frequent
cleaning of your machine may be necessary de- 7. Use a non flammable cleaning solvent when clean-
pending on the operating environment and condi- ing parts on the machine.
tions. 8. A fire can cause injury or death. Always have a fire
extinguisher on or near the machine. Make sure
the fire extinguisher(s) is maintained and serviced
according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
9. If a fire extinguisher has been used, always
recharge or replace the extinguisher before oper-
ating the machine in conditions where a fire may
occur.
10. Do not store oily rags or other flammable material
on the machine.
11. Do not weld or flame cut any items that contain
flammable material. Clean items thoroughly with
non‐ flammable solvent before welding or flame cut-
SS10D128 1
ting.
4. Do not create sparks or have open flame near bat- 12. Do not expose the machine to flames, burning brush
tery. To prevent an explosion carry out the following: or explosives.
• Disconnect Negative (-) first and reconnect Nega- 13. Promptly investigate any unusual smells or odors
tive (-) last. that may occur during operation of the machine.
2 - 10
FIRE EXTINGUISHER [25015724]

DANGER
Fire hazard!
Always have a fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Keep the fire extinguisher in good condition
through routine maintenance and service according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0006A
Only operate your tractor when an approved fire extin-

guisher is installed.
The fire extinguisher designed location is identified on
your tractor with the decal shown in the accompanying
image.
Never alter its position.

Ensure to replace it or have it checked or refilled after
every usage.
The fire extinguisher is intended to help the operator ex-
tinguish small fires only. It is not intended for use on a fire
that is out of control, such as a fire that has reached the
ceiling or the operator. Do not attempt to extinguish a fire
that is too far advanced. SS10D343 1
To check if the extinguisher is still under pressure, pro-

ceed as follows:
1. Unscrew the pressure gauge from the valve

2. The needle will go from the green area to '0' in the
red area.
3. Rescrew the pressure gauge on the valve. The nee-
dle will go from '0' in the red field to the green field
- Operate the extinguisher form a safe distance.
- Pull the Pin at the top of the extinguisher.
- Aim at the base of the fire, not the flames.
- Squeeze the lever slowly. This will release the extin-

guishing agent; If the handle is released, the discharge
will stop.
- Sweep from side to side . Using a sweeping motion,

move the fire extinguisher back and forth until the fire is
completely out.
- Check for re- ignition of fire.
2 - 11
PROTECTION OFFERED BY THE TRACTOR [25015787]

COMFORT AND SAFETY INSIDE THE CAB
Definition of Cab Category 1

Cab is meeting the requirements defined in EN 15695- 1. ardous substances but only from external atmospheric
This means that the air delivery and filtration system does conditions (e.g. rain, wind, snow, etc)
not provide a specified level of protection against haz-
Definition of Cab Category 2

Cab is meeting the requirements defined in EN 15695- 2 cab is offering protection against dust but only partially
1. This means that the air delivery and filtration system from aerosols and vapours; for application of plant protec-
provides protection against dust and that the minimum dif- tion products (e.g. pesticides, fungicides, herbicides, ...),
ferential pressure is ensured. Necessary filtered fresh air please refer to the instructions provided by the supplier of
flow rate can be obtained using A/C system and adjusting the chemical agent as well as instructions provided by the
the maximum fan speed, provided that doors, windows sprayer’s manufacturer. Personal protective equipment
and hatches are closed (PPE) must be used when specified by these instructions.
The cab category 1 does not guarantee a full protection

against dust, aerosols and vapours. The cab category
OBSERVE FOLLOWING BASIC RULES

• Keep doors, windows and hatches closed during the room, and reserve it for a next spraying operation;
spraying operation. replace with a service part filter.
• To prevent the build- up of chemical residue inside • Active carbon filters must be properly stored in a
the cab, regularly clean the inside trim and floor cov- sealed plastic bag to preserve their functionality.
ering with a damp cloth. Use only genuine CNH filters and ensure that the
•
• Before re- entering the cab, remove all protective filter is correctly installed.
clothing worn when filling the sprayer with pesti- Check the condition of the sealing material and have
•
cides or when performing external adjustments. it repaired when required.
Store clothing away from the machine.
• Although it is possible to pressurize the cab interior
• Bring the wire harness of the remote sprayer control to reduce the intake of chemical vapor, follow the
box into the tractor cab. chemical manufacturer's recommended safety pro-
• Remove the outside air delivery cab filter after the cedures at all times.
spraying operation and store it in a dry, dust free
2 - 12
ROPS; FOPS; OPS PROTECTION
ROPS (roll over protection system)

The Protective Structure and interconnecting compo-
This tractor is provided with a ROPS cab, offering protec- nents are a certified system. Any damage, fire, corrosion
tion against roll over related hazards, all the same please or modification will weaken the structure and reduce your
consider the following: protection. If this occurs, the Protective Structure MUST
be replaced so that it will provide the same protection
• Do not use the tractor without wearing the seat re- as a new Protective Structure. Contact your dealer for
straint system during activities where roll over or tip Protective Structure inspection and replacement.
over hazards exist. The ROPS cab will only be fully
effective when the driver remains attached to his After an accident, fire, tip or roll over, the following MUST
seat. be performed by a qualified technician before returning
• Do not use the tractor beyond its limits of dynamic the machine to field or job site operation.
stability. High speed, abrupt manoeuvres and fast
and tight cornering will increase the risk of roll over. • The Protective Structure MUST be replaced.
• Be extremely cautious when working with the trac- • The mounting or suspension for the Protective
tor on forage silos without side concrete walls. Dual Structure, operator seat and suspension, seat belts
wheels or a wide track setting may improve the side- and mounting components and wiring within the
ways stability of the tractor. operator’s protective system MUST be carefully
inspected for damage.
ATTENTION • All damaged parts MUST be replaced.
The Protective Structure is a special safety component of DO NOT weld, drill holes, attempt to straighten or repair
your machine. the protective structure modification in any way can re-
duce the structural integrity of the structure which could
DO NOT attach any device to the Protective Structure for cause in DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY in the event of fire,
pulling purposes. DO NOT drill holes to the Protective tip, roll over, collision or accident.
Structure.
FOPS (FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTION SYSTEM)

FOPS certified cab is providing protection against falling Protection against penetrating objects (OPS) can be ob-
objects according to OECD code 10 standard; it is rec- tained only fitting a specific KIT, contact your dealer to
ommended to use a certified FOPS structure when work- verify whether an OPS certified KIT is available for your
ing with front- end loaders or in forestry applications; a tractor.
cab not FOPS certified is offering insufficient protection
against falling rocks, bricks or pieces of concrete. FORESTRY APPLICATIONS
FOPS level on your tractor cab is certified according to This tractor is not designed for heavy forestry applica-
OECD Code 10. tions; usage is prohibited unless a certified FORESTRY
KIT is installed; contact your dealer to verify whether a
OPS (objects- penetrating- system) forestry kit exists for this tractor model. Only a forestry
specific kit will provide necessary protection against
This tractor is not provided with OPS structure; please falling trees.
carefully read the following important information espe-
cially when working in a forestry environment.
2 - 13
INSTALLATION AND WORKING WITH FRONT LOADER ON TRACTORS

Please consider following precautions when working and/or loads can fall unexpectedly and crush per-
with a front end loader: sons underneath it.
• Do not use the front- end loader without taking pre- • Never use front- end loaders, loader buckets, forks,
cautions against falling objects. etc. or other lifting, handling or digging equipment
to lift persons. Do not use raised equipment as a
• Do not lift the front - end loader to a height from
work platform.
which objects may fall or roll on the driver. Load
items can fall off the Loader bucket or lifting equip- • Do not use the front- end loader in an area with
ment and crush the operator. Care must be taken overhead power lines. In case of contact with
when lifting a load. Use proper lifting equipment. overhead power lines, jump from the tractor without
Do not lift load higher than necessary. Lower loads making instant contact between tractor and ground.
to transport. Remember to leave appropriate clear- When possible, disconnect the power lines from
ance to the ground or other obstacles. the grounds.
• Always use the correct attachment (grab forks, • Do not leave equipment in raised position while
buckets, etc.) for the specific task to ensure that parked or during service, unless securely sup-
the load is securely kept in place. ported. Hydraulic cylinders must be mechanically
locked or supported it they are left in a raised posi-
• It is recommended to install a front- end loader with
tion for service or access.
a parallel guidance system and use it all the time;
this system will ensure that the load in the bucket • Loader buckets, forks, etc. or other lifting, handling
will remain horizontal, regardless of the height of the or digging equipment and its load will change the
lifting booms. center of gravity of the machine. This can cause
the machine to tip on slopes or uneven ground.
• Know the full area of movement of the machine and
equipment and do not enter or permit anyone to en- • Equipment and associated loads can block visibility
ter the area of movement while the machine is in and cause an accident. Do not operate with insuffi-
operation. Never enter or permit anyone to enter cient visibility.
the area underneath raised equipment. Equipment
2 - 14
INTENDED USE STATEMENT [25015900]

Your machine is designed according to European directives related to health and safety risks. Though it has been
designed to minimize all the potential risks it is mandatory to carefully read, understand and observe all the decals
and labels of the PPP (Plant Protection Product) and to always refer to information and descriptions outlined in this
manual to prevent all residual potential risks. In case you may need further assistance, please do not hesitate to
contact your dealer.
Your machine is designed and made to pull, to carry and to power a variety of mounted or towed equipment, although
within some physical limits. The working speed and performance may depend on a number of various parameters,
such as weather and terrain conditions. Though the machine is designed to perform in combination with a variety
of equipment, there may be a number of combinations of above parameters, for which there is severe degradation
of performance of the machine and/ or its mounted or trailed equipment. If you notice degradation of performance,
contact your dealer for assistance, he may have useful information for improvements, or a kit may be available to
enhance the performance.
Please carefully read and consider following precautions: provide you with all the information required for the
safe operation of the combination.
• DO NOT use this machine for any pur-
pose or in any manner other than as de- • Do not use the machine for pulling work, in cases
scribed in the manual, decals, or other prod- where you do not know whether the load will yield,
uct safety information provided with the ma- for instance when pulling stumps; the machine may
chine. These materials define the machine's in- flip over when the stump is not yielding.
tended use. Be cautious that the centre of gravity of the machine
•
• Do not use the machine beyond its limits of terrain may increase when loads on the front- end loader
gradient and stability. Using the machine beyond or the three point linkage are raised. In these con-
these limits may result in roll over or tip over. Ob- ditions, the machine may roll over earlier than ex-
serve the recommendations in this manual. pected.
• Travel speed should be such that complete control • Do not step down from the machine without shut-
and maintain the machine stability at all times. A ting down the P.T.O., shifting the transmission to
wet surface or other low adherence conditions may park or neutral and applying the park brake, un-
increase the braking distance or result in vehicle in- less continued P.T.O. operation is required for some
stability. Always adapt your traveling speed accord- equipment, such as pumps or wood chippers. The
ing to the load of the vehicle and the characteristics latter equipment may have an emergency stop de-
of the road. vice on the equipment itself, as human intervention
is needed during operation. However other equip-
• Do not use the machine near or on soft verges of
ment, engaged and driven by the machine will have
canals and brooks or banks and verges that are un-
no means to stop the power transmission, other
dermined by rodents. The machine may sink side-
than the P.T.O. clutch of the machine.
ways and roll over.
• You shall take the necessary precautions (e.g. as-
• Do not use the machine on brittle bridge- heads and
sistance) to always be aware of the possible pres-
poor bridge floors. These constructions may col-
ence of bystanders, certainly when manoeuvring in
lapse and cause roll over of the machine.
confined areas, such as the farmyard and sheds.
Always inspect the condition and carrying capacity
Keep people away from the machine during work.
of bridges and ramps prior to crossing
Ask bystanders to leave the field. There is not only
• Do not use equipment mounted on the machine, the risk to be overrun by the machine, but objects
which is not correctly matching and firmly fixed. ejected by some equipment mounted on the ma-
Such equipment may increase the risk for roll over chine, such as a rotary mower, may cause harm.
and hit the machine when coming loose. Ensure Stones may be thrown further than the mowed crop.
that the dimensions of the three- point linkage Pay the necessary attention while operating next to
interface of both the machine and the equipment public roads or footpaths. Thrown objects can get
are matching according to the categories defined projected outside the field and hit unprotected peo-
in ISO 730. Ensure that the dimensions and speed ple like bikers or pedestrians. Wait to cut the edge
of the P.T.O. shaft on the machines are matching of the field till it is clear of bystanders.
those of the equipment.
• Do not allow riders on the machine; do not allow
• Do not use the machine in combination with equip- people standing on the access way or step to the
ment, without having consulted the specific Oper- cab when the machine is moving. Your view to the
ator’s Manual provided with the equipment. The left will be obstructed and a rider risks to fall from the
machine is a universal tool to carry, tow and drive machine during unforeseen or abrupt movements.
a variety of equipment. This manual alone cannot
• Always stay clear form implements operating area
and especially do not stand between machine and
2 - 15
trailed vehicle either three- point linkage when op- the behaviour of the machine may become unpre-
erating lift controls; ensure no bystanders are near dictable.
to these operating areas. The machine has only one operator station and this
•
• Certain functions of your machine are controlled by is a one man operated vehicle. There is no need
software and some of them are safety related. Do for other people on or around the machine during
not attempt to modify or download software not cer- normal operation. Do not allow riders on the ma-
tified and distributed by the manufacturer. Electron- chine; do not allow people standing on the access
ical settings and logics may be destroyed and seri- way to the cab when the machine is moving. Your
ously affect the function of the machine. This may view to the left will be obstructed and a rider risks to
result in unpredictable and unsafe behaviour of the fall from the machine during unforeseen or abrupt
machine. Always refer to your dealer; he has the movements.
appropriate tools and data sets and owns the of- When the machine is taken out of service because
•
ficially released software versions and updates for it is damaged beyond repair or has reached the end
your machine. of its useful life, disassembly, scrapping and/or recy-
• Your machine may be equipped with a number of cling of components, fluids, etc. must be performed
sensors to control safety functions. Tripping these only by a qualified technician using service instruc-
sensors will result in a safe operation mode. Do not tions and in compliance with local laws and regula-
attempt to bypass any function on the machine. You tions.
will be exposed to serious hazards, and moreover,
Seat Belts
1. Seat belts must be worn at all times. • Replace all parts that have damage or wear.
2. Seat belts are part of your protective system and • Replace belts that have cuts that can make the belt
must be worn at all times. The operator must be weak.
held to the seat inside the frame in order for the Check that bolts are tight on the seat bracket or
•
protective system to work. mounting.
3. Seat Belt Inspection and Maintenance: If belt is attached to seat, make sure seat or seat
•
brackets are mounted securely.
• Keep seat belts in good condition.
• Keep seat belts clean and dry.
• Keep sharp edges and items that can cause dam-
age away from the belts. • Clean belts only with soap solution and warm water.
• Periodically check belts, buckles, retractors, teth- • Do not use bleach or dye on the belts, because this
ers, slack take‐up system and mounting bolts for can make the belts weak.
damage.
2 - 16
SAFETY ASPECTS [39537952]

Directive 2010/52EU safety aspects
Section 4.1
A Ergonomic position of the operator seat.
In order to gain maximum comfort and ergonomic positioning, make sure the seat is properly adjusted before
operating your vehicle. Doing so reduces the risks from whole body vibration. See 3-15 for specific adjustment
instructions. See page 1-15 for more information on risks from whole body vibration.
B Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning.
Carefully read and understand air-conditioning, heating and ventilation system operation as described in 3-35.
Only proper usage of the ventilation system can ensure the level of protection against hazardous substances
offered by your cab. The only way to obtain the necessary filtered fresh-air flow rate is to use the air-conditioning
system and adjust the maximum fan speed while keeping all doors, windows, and hatches completely closed.
C Starting and stopping the engine.
In order to operate your vehicle safely, you must read and understand all information related to starting and
stopping the engine as well as safe operation. See 4-3 and 4-8.
D Emergency exits.
The rear window of your tractor is an emergency exit, identified by a specific safety sign. See Safety signs .
E Boarding and leaving the tractor.
WARNING
Fall hazard!
Jumping on or off the machine could cause an injury. Always face the machine, use the handrails
and steps, and get on or off slowly. Maintain a three-point contact to avoid falling: both hands
on the handrails and one foot on the step, or one hand on the handrail and both feet on the steps.
W0141A
F Articulated tractors
WARNING
Uncontrolled equipment movement!
Moving the articulated tractor steering wheel can swing or move attached equipment. Do not move
the steering wheel until everyone is clear of the equipment.
W0906A
There is no clearance for persons when the tractor turns.
To prevent personal injury:

• Stay clear of the hinge area when engine is running.
• Shut off the engine before servicing the hinge area.
• Install the articulation cylinder locking blocks before lifting the tractor, transporting the tractor on another vehicle,
performing maintenance in the hinge area, or operating stationary Power Take-Off (P.T.O.) equipment. Be sure
to remove locking blocks before driving tractor.
• Keep driveline shields in place.
G Special tools.
No special tools are needed to use or maintain your machine. For services other than those listed in this manual,
please see your Case dealer.
2 - 17
H Service and maintenance.
DANGER
Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.
Do not operate this machine or perform any lubrication, maintenance, or repair on it until you
have read and understood the operation, lubrication, maintenance, and repair information.
D0010A
DANGER
Any unauthorized modifications made to this machine can have serious consequences. Consult
an authorized dealer on changes, additions, or modifications that may be required for this ma-
chine. Do not make any unauthorized modifications.
D0030A
WARNING
Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance,
service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components
you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.
W0138A
WARNING
If you do not understand a maintenance procedure, or doubt your ability to perform a mainte-
nance procedure correctly, see your authorized dealer.
W0157A
WARNING
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) required.
When assembling, operating, or servicing the machine, wear protective clothing and PPE neces-
sary for the particular procedure. Some PPE that may be necessary includes protective shoes,
eye and/or face protection, hard hat, heavy gloves, filter mask, and hearing protection.
W0353A
I Hydraulic hoses.
Although periodic inspection of hydraulic hoses is required, no operator-performed maintenance is necessary.

Refer to the general precautions for inspection in this manual (Maintenance chapter ).
J Towing the tractor.
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Incorrect towing procedures can cause accidents. When towing your machine, follow the procedure
in this manual.
W0476A
Refer to 5-2
K Jacking points.
Jacking points to lift unit are shown in 7-13.
2 - 18
L Batteries and fuel tank
Observe all precautions below. Refer to 7-33 for specific maintenance on battery. Refer to 4-1 for refueling
instructions.
WARNING
Explosive gas!
Batteries emit explosive hydrogen gas and other fumes while charging. Ventilate the charging
area. Keep the battery away from sparks, open flames, and other ignition sources. Never charge
a frozen battery.
W0005A
WARNING
Battery gas can explode!
To prevent an explosion: 1. Always disconnect the negative (-) battery cable first. 2. Always
connect the negative (-) battery cable last. 3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal
objects. 4. Do not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery.
W0011A
WARNING
Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Antidote (external): Flush with water. Antidote (eyes):
flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately. Antidote (internal): Drink
large quantities of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
W0111A
WARNING
Fire hazard!
When handling diesel fuel, observe the following precautions:
1. Do not smoke.
2. Never fill the tank when the engine is running.
3. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.
W0099A
WARNING
Fire hazard!
Do not add gasoline, alcohol, or blended fuels to diesel fuel, except as recommended in this
manual. Fuel combinations may increase fire and explosion hazards.
W0401A
WARNING
Fuel vapors are explosive and flammable.
Do not smoke while handling fuel. Keep fuel away from flames or sparks. Shut off engine and
remove key before servicing. Always work in a well-ventilated area. Clean up spilled fuel imme-
diately.
W0904A
M Overturning hazards.
Do not use the tractor beyond its limits of terrain gradient and stability, outlined in 2-12. Using the tractor beyond
these limits may result in roll-over or a tip-over. Observe the recommendations in this manual. Pay particular
attention when going down steep hills in a loaded condition.
Do not use the tractor near or on soft verges of canals and brooks or banks and verges that are undermined by
rodents. The tractor may sink sideways and roll-over.
2 - 19
Do not use the tractor on unstable bridge heads and poor bridge floors. These constructions may collapse and
cause roll-over of the tractor. Always inspect the condition and carrying capacity of bridges and ramps before
crossing.
Do not use the tractor without wearing the seat restraint system (seat belt) during activities where roll-over or
tip-over hazards exist. The Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS) cab or ROPS structure will only be fully
effective when the driver remains attached to their seat.
Do not use the tractor beyond its limits of dynamic stability. High speed, abrupt maneuvers and fast and tight
cornering will increase the risk of roll-over.
Do not use the tractor for pulling work, in cases where you do not know whether the load will yield, for instance,
when pulling stumps. The tractor may flip over backwards if the stump does not yield.
Be extremely cautious when working with the tractor on forage silos without side concrete walls. Dual wheels
or a wide track setting may improve the sideways stability of the tractor.
Be cautious that the center of gravity of the tractor may increase when loads on the front-end loader or the
three-point linkage are raised. In these conditions, the tractor may roll-over earlier than expected.
N Hot surfaces.
WARNING
Hot surface possible!
Wait for all components to cool before performing any operation.
W0251A
O Falling Objects Protective Structure (FOPS).
Your tractor is provided with a ROPS and a FOPS certified structure according to Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (OECD) code 10 standards.
P Hazardous substances.
The cab of your tractor corresponds to the category which is indicated in the tractor ROPS plate. This category
is specified in EN 15695-1:2009 and defines the protection level for the operator against potential hazardous
substances, such as fertilizers or plant protection products. For definitions, see 2-12.
Q Operators Protection Structure (OPS).
This tractor is not provided with an OPS-certified structure. Protection against penetrating objects (OPS) can
be obtained only by fitting a specific kit. Contact your dealer to verify whether an OPS-certified kit is available
for your tractor, especially for forestry applications.
Section 4.2
A Tractor implements.
The tractor is a universal tool to carry, tow and drive a variety of equipment. This manual alone cannot provide
you with all the information required for the safe operation of the various combinations.
WARNING
Equipment failure could cause accident or injury!
Use only authorized auxiliary hydraulic attachments. Always read and understand the manual or
instructions supplied by the manufacturer to avoid injury or damage. Understand the operation
and safety instructions before you attach, remove, or operate the attachment.
W0231A
B Three-point linkage.
2 - 20
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Always stay clear of the implement operating area. In particular, DO NOT stand between the tractor
and the trailed vehicle or either three-point linkage when operating lift controls. Make sure no by-
standers are within or near these operating areas.
W1087A
C Positioning of mounted machinery before leaving the tractor.
WARNING
Falling object hazard!
Lower all components, attachments, or implements to the ground before leaving the cab.
W0326A
D Power take-off.
Make sure that the tractor is fitted with the correct P.T.O. shaft for the speed selected. When using any implement
requiring a speed of 540 RPM, never select 1000 RPM, and vice versa.
WARNING
Machine damage can cause accidents!
Always use the recommended Power Take-Off (PTO) speed for the implement. Consult the im-
plement operator’s manual for the correct speed.
W0335A
E Power take-off guards.
WARNING
Entanglement hazard!
The Power Take-Off (PTO) guard must be installed when operating PTO-driven equipment.
W0322A
F Hydraulic coupling devices.
Refer to 6-79 for details and precautions related to operating the hydraulic system.
WARNING
Pressurized system!
Before disconnecting the couplers, you must:
-lower the connected attachments,
-stop the engine,
-move the control levers forward and backward to discharge pressure from the hydraulic system.
W0389A
G Lift capacity of the three-point linkage.
Maximum lift capacity of the three-point linkage is specified in “Specifications“ chapter of this manual. Do not
exceed this limit.
2 - 21
Determination of the total mass, the axle loads, the tire load carrying capacity and the necessary minimum
H
ballasting.
WARNING
Loss of control!
When operating at high road speeds, tire pressures and maximum load capacities recommended
by the manufacturer should be strictly followed. Consult your authorized dealer or tire supplier
for the correct pressures and load capacities of the tires fitted to your machine.
W0387A
TO CLARIFY:information about the determination of the total mass, the ,maximum axle loads, the tire load car-
rying capacity and the necessary minimum ballasting.
I Trailer braking systems.
All available trailer braking systems are shown in 6-119 and the following.
Always check compatibility with the trailed vehicles. Refer to the trailer manufacturer’s manual and recommen-
dations in addition to the information in this manual.
J Vertical load on the rear hitch.
MISSING.
K Implements with power take-off drive shafts.
All P.T.O. types available on this tractor, including type 3, have been designed according to ISO 500-1:2004(E).
The clearance zone angle is 60 °.
The clearance may be restricted by movable or detachable devices. The clearance zone on towing vehicles
shall be in accordance with ISO 6489 and ISO 5673–2.
L Data about maximum allowed trailed masses.
Maximum allowed trailer masses are provided on the trailer hitch plate show in “IU REF”. Data are repeated
beside the illustration as well as in the specification chapter on this manual.
M Area between tractor and trailed vehicle.
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Always stay clear of the implement operating area. In particular, DO NOT stand between the tractor
and the trailed vehicle or either three-point linkage when operating lift controls. Make sure no by-
standers are within or near these operating areas.
W1087A
Section 4.3
► Noise declaration
The noise values at the operator’s ear are measured according to Directive 2009/76/EC. The noise of the tractor
in motion is measured according to Annex VI of Directive 2009/63/EC.Specific values for your tractor can be
found in can be found in 1-12.
Section 4.4
► Vibration declaration
The vibration value is measured according to Directive 78/764/EEC and can be found in 1-15.
2 - 22
Section 4.5.1
► Working with front-end loader (risk of falling objects)
1. Hazards associated with front-end loader work are highlighted in 2-12.

2. When installing a front-end loader always refer to the loader manufacturer’s manual and recommendations in
addition to the information in this manual. Fixation points on your tractor, as well as the size and quality of the
hardware to be used are described in HITCH Front hitch - Operating.
3. TO CLARIFY:Tractors fitted with programmable hydraulic sequencing functions shall provide information on how
to connect the loader hydraulics so that this function is inoperable. See page 6-87.
Section 4.5.2
► Working in a forestry environment (risk of falling and/or penetrating objects)
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Your machine is NOT EQUIPPED FOR FORESTRY APPLICATIONS (heavy or light). See your dealer to
verify if a specific certified forestry kit exists and can be fitted on your machine.
W1088A
1. When using an agricultural tractor in a forestry application, the following hazards exist:
A. Toppling trees, primarily when a rear-mounted tree grab-crane is mounted at the rear of the tractor.
B Penetrating objects in the operator’s enclosure, primarily when a winch is mounted at the rear of the tractor.
2. A certified forestry kit should cover all the risks described above, and in particular offer protection against top-
pling trees by providing mesh or grids in front of the cab doors, roof and windows as well as the necessary
protection against falling objects (see item 4.1.(O) above for more information regarding FOPS level)
Section 4.5.3
► Working with crop sprayers, mounted or trailed (risk of hazardous substances).
The Cab certified as category 1 does not guarantee full protection against dust, aerosols and vapors. The Cab
certified as category 2 offers protection against dust, but only partially from aerosols and vapors. Please refer to
the instructions provided by the supplier of the chemical agent (e.g. pesticides, fungicides, herbicides, etc.), as
well as instructions provided by the sprayer manufacturer. Personal protective equipment (PPE) must be used
when specified by these instructions and also when inside the cab or for tractors without a cab Although the air
delivery system cannot offer full protection, partial protection can be achieved by following some basic rules.
Refer to 2-12 for further details
WARNING
Inhalation hazard! Risk to operators and bystanders.
For protection against hazardous dust, aerosols, and vapors, refer to the instructions provided
by the chemical agent supplier, the sprayer manufacturer, and the basic rules contained in this
manual.
W0043A
2 - 23
SAFETY DECALS [42786915]

The decals reproduced on the following pages were installed on your tractor in the positions indicated in the drawings
below. They are intended for your safety and for those working with you. Please take this Manual and walk around
your tractor, noting the location of the decals and their significance. Review the decals and operating instructions
detailed in this Manual with the machine operators. Clean decals and keep legible - do not use solvent, gasoline or
other harsh chemicals to clean decals. Replace all worn, damaged or missing decals. If a decal is on a part that is
replaced, make sure new part has the decal.
SS11K176 1
1. Location: Left and right- hand side of radiator
WARNING
Burn hazard!
Always remove the recovery tank cap BEFORE you re-
move the filler cap. Never remove either cap while the
engine is running or the coolant is hot. Stop the engine
and let the system cool. Using a thick cloth, loosen the
cap slowly and allow the pressure to escape. Read Op-
erator's Manual.
Part No.84269938
SS10J018 2
2 - 24
2. Location: Right- hand side of radiator
WARNING
Using a starting aid on a machine equipped with a cold
weather starting aid can cause an explosion.
Follow the Cold Weather Starting instructions contained
in this manual. DO NOT use ether or other flammable
starting aids.
Part No. 8603095
SS10J047 3
3. Location: Left and right- hand side of fan guard
WARNING
Moving parts!
Keep hands and clothing away from rotating fan and drive
belt.
Part No. 84269904
SS10J017 4
4. Location: Starter Motor
WARNING
Unexpected machine movement!
Use caution when jump starting the machine. Read Op-
erator’s manual.
Part No. 84270895
SS10J029 5
5. Location: Radar sensor mounting bracket
CAUTION
Eye injury hazard!
The radar ground speed sensor emits a low intensity mi-
crowave signal that will not cause any ill effects in normal
use. Although the signal intensity is low, do not look di-
rectly into the face of the sensor while in operation.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
Part No. 84270897
SS10J020 6
2 - 25
6. Location: Top of battery
DANGER
Battery contains corrosive acid! Battery gas can explode!
Wear eye protection. Avoid producing sparks. Read Op-
erator’s Manual.
SS10D230 7
7. Location: Right- hand side "A" pillar inside cab
WARNING
Driving hazard!
De- activate Turn Assist system before travelling on the
highway. Read Operator’s Manual.
Part No. 87594861
SS10J041 8
8. Location: Front of right- hand side control console
WARNING
Fall hazard!
Always use grab handles when entering or leaving the
platform/cab.
Part No. 81871702
SS10J042 9
9. Location: Hydraulic accumulator/s
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
High pressure hydraulic/gas accumulator. Follow service
manual instructions for removal or repair.
NOTE: The number and position of the hydraulic accumu-
lators may change according to tractor specification.
Part No. 82029751
SS10J045 10
2 - 26
10. Location: Rear of both fenders
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Activate the external hydraulic control switches only while
standing to the side of the machine (outboard of the tires).
DO NOT stand on or near the implement or between the
implement and machine.
Part No. 84269906
SS10J022 11
11. Location: Wheel chock
WARNING
When parking on a slope, push a wheel chock in front of
or behind one wheel.
SS10D293 12
12. Location: Left-hand side door
The decal identifies the emergency exit on your tractor;

use the hammer provided, located on the rear left hand
pillar to break the rear window glass.
Part No. 84276198
SS10J046 13
13. Location: Left- hand side door outside cab
WARNING
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) required.
Wear close fitting clothing and use all the Personal Pro-
tective Equipment (PPE) appropriate for the task.
Part No. 84275352
SS10J044 14
14. Location: Parking Brake Lever
Read the Operator’s Manual.
SS10D294 15
2 - 27
15. Location: Left- hand side door
WARNING
Misuse hazard!
Only use the instructional seat for training new operators
or when a technician is diagnosing a problem. The occu-
pant must wear a seat belt. Do not allow others to ride in
the seat. The ROPS may not provide enough protection
for the seat occupant. See SAFETY INFORMATION, In-
structional seat safety.
Part No. 84270900

SS10J028 16
16. Location: Left- hand side "A" pillar inside the cab
WARNING
Before performing any intervention or service on the ma-
chine, turn the key to OFF position. Read Operator’s man-
ual for specific information.
Part No. 84269928
SS10J021 17
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Read and understand all the warning notes printed in the
Operator’s Manual. In particular, read the General Infor-
mation and Safety section in the Operator’s Manual.
Part No. 84270888
SS10J023 18
WARNING
Driving hazard!
Read the Operator’s Manual before attempting to tow the
tractor.
Part No. 84270901
SS10J024 19
2 - 28
WARNING
Roll-over hazard!
The ROPS structure is providing partial protection in case
of roll-over; always use seat belt (seat retaining system)
provided and hold steering wheel tight in case of roll over.
Part No. 84269915
SS10J025 20
20. Location: Top of toolbox and Power Take Off (P.T.O.)

guard (where fitted)
CAUTION
Falling hazard!
DO NOT stand on the toolbox or on the Power Take Off
(P.T.O.) guard.
Part No. 84269908
SS10J026 21
21. Location: Left-hand side on the tank
Only use diesel fuel with a sulfur content of less than

10mg/kg according to standard EN 590.
Part No. 84319035 A
84319035_A 22
22. Location: Left-hand side on the tank
Only fill the DEF/AdBlue® tank with approved DEF/Ad-

Blue® solution. Do not fill with diesel fuel or water. Refer
to the Operator's Manual.
Part No. 84284896 C
SS10J135 23
2 - 29
23. Location: Front screen
CAUTION
Driving hazard!
Ensure that the overall tractor width does not exceed the
maximum permitted in your country.
Part No. 82032066
SS10J134 24
24. Location: Air conditioning compressor
WARNING
Maintenance hazard!
Never try to service the air-conditioning system yourself.
Contact your dealer for service. Read Operator's Manual.
Part No. 84206708 1000 g (35.3 oz) (4 cylinders)

Part No. 84206709 1100 g (38.8 oz) (6 cylinders)
SS11E053 25
25. Location: Left- hand side of front hitch
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Activate the external hydraulic control switches only while
standing to the side of the machine (outboard of the tires).
DO NOT stand on or near the implement or between the
implement and machine.
Part No. 84269906
SS10J022 26
26. Location: Left-hand side on front Power Take Off

(P.T.O.) support
WARNING
Unexpected movement!
Disengage the Power Take Off (P.T.O.) after each use.
This prevents an attached implement from moving unin-
tentionally.
Part No. 84296006
SS10J030 27
2 - 30
27. Location: Right-hand side of seat on cab floor.
WARNING
Always carry a fire extinguisher at the space provided for
your own and others safety.
Part No. 84269927
SS10D343 28
2 - 31
2 - 32
3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS
ACCESS TO OPERATOR'S PLATFORM
INTRODUCTION [21937687]
The cab has been designed for operator protection, com-
fort and convenience. Inside, the frame, roof, and floor
are insulated to reduce noise to a minimum.
A wide opening door on the left- hand side permits entry to

the cab aided by convenient grab handles and footsteps
with anti- slip treads. The door and rear window are fitted
with gas struts to hold them in the fully open position. Ad-
ditionally, the rear window may be retained in the partially
open position for increased ventilation during operation.
SS11H243 1
The cab features include a fresh air heater/ defroster with

recirculation, air conditioning, sun visor, tinted glass, in-
terior light, auxiliary power socket, storage facilities, inte-
rior/ exterior rear view mirrors and a choice of comfortable
seats.
Options include automatic climate control, high visibility

roof panel, radio, rear windscreen wash/ wipe and electri-
cally operated external rear view mirrors.
Low Profile Cab

When fitted with optional low roof, the overall cab height
is considerably reduced allowing operation in areas of re-
stricted height. The standard specification with low roof in-
cludes fixed high visibility roof panel, air conditioning and
a pre- wired disposition for the optional radio/ cassette/
CD player.
BRH3291A 2
Entering and Exiting the Cab

Wherever possible, the cab should be entered from the
left side. The right- hand door should only be used in
emergencies to exit the cab.
To enter the cab, face the door, then open it. Place one
foot on the lowest step plate and, using the grab handles
on the ‘A’ post and inside the door, climb the steps and
enter the cab.
SS11H241 3
3-1
Sit in the seat and, where fitted, pull the door closed using
the knob (1). Fasten the seat belt.
SS11H253 4
To exit the cab, release the seat belt, open the door, grasp
the grab handles, back out of the cab and descend the
steps using the grab handles.
NOTICE: If entering or exiting the cab through the right-
hand door, do not use the colour display support as a grab
handle.
External Door Handle
The left and right- hand doors have an external handle
with a push button (1). The doors may be locked from the
outside using the key provided. Insert the key and rotate
clockwise a half turn to lock.
BSE2677A 5
Interior Door Handle

To open the left or right- hand door from inside the cab,
squeeze up the trigger (2) on the underside of the grab
handle (1). Use the grab handle to push the door open.
BSE2676A 6
When closing the door, ensure the slot in the locking lever
is correctly positioned above the retaining pin then push
fully down until it the lever is locked.
3-2
Rear Window
The rear window may be locked in the closed position or
retained in the partially open or fully open positions.
To open the window, lift the central locking handle (1) up to

the vertical position. Allow the window to open a little then
push the handle down so that the locking tongue engages
the slot (2) in the framework. Alternatively, the window
may be allowed to swing fully open supported by two gas-
filled struts.
NOTICE: Retain control of the window when opening it
fully. Do not allow it to swing open freely.
BSE2683A 7
Using the grab handle, pull the window closed and push
the handle down to lock the window.
High Visibility Roof Panel (where fitted)
The high visibility roof panel provides the operator with a
view to the bucket or grab when the loader is in the raised
position.
For extra ventilation the roof panel may be opened in one

of three ways. Using the grab handles (1) push up at the
front or rear to angle the panel or, alternatively, push up
in the centre of the grab handles to fully open the panel.
To close the panel, grasp both handles and pull the panel
down, the spring action of the handles will hold the panel
in the closed position. BSE2679A 8
NOTE: When transporting the tractor on a truck or trailer

at speeds above 50 km/h (31.1 mph) ensure the roof
panel is secured to prevent accidental opening. See page
5-1 for more information.
The sliding panel may be adjusted to reduce glare or can
be fully closed if required.
BSE2816A 9
3-3
Front Screen Sun Visor

Pull down the sun visor (1) to protect the driver’s eyes from
the glare of the sun. The visor will remain in the chosen
position. Push the visor up to retract.
BSE2682A 10
Rear Screen Sun Visor (where fitted)

Pull down the sun visor to protect the driver’s eyes from
the glare of the sun. The visor will remain in the chosen
position. Push the visor up to retract.
BRL6072A 11
3-4
CAB AIR FILTERS [24305285]

The cab ventilation system has three filters, two external
filters through which fresh air is drawn into the cab and
one internal filter.
External Filters
WARNING
Harmful dust!
Properly maintain filters. Keep cab doors
and windows closed. Cab air filter, even if it
is carbon, does not protect against all sub-
stances (e.g. chemical residue on crops).
Absolute protection requires product-specific
knowledge about potential hazards and how
to counter them.
rious injury. BRJ4828B 1
W0100A
When operating in conditions where chemical vapours

may be present, the external cab air filters (2) may be re-
placed with carbonised filters to help reduce the ingress of
some chemical vapours. Consult your authorised dealer.
NOTICE: Use only genuine filter elements when renewing
cab air filters. When replacing used filters, follow local
regulations in the disposal of contaminated elements.
Internal Filter
The internal filter is located in the panel behind the oper-
ator seat. Move the slider control (1) fully to the right for
maximum air recirculation filter (2).
BSE2866A 2
3-5
Low Profile Cab

Access to the air filter (1) in the low profile cab is gained
by removing screw (2).
Safety Precautions
Although it is possible to pressurise the cab interior to
reduce ingress of chemical vapour, the recommended
safety procedures, as stipulated by the chemical manu-
facturer, should be observed at all times.
Protective clothing worn when filling the sprayer with pes-

ticides or when carrying out external adjustments, should BRH3285B 3
be removed and stored away carefully before re- entering
the tractor cab
To prevent build- up of chemical residue inside the cab,

the interior trim and floor covering should be wiped clean
with a damp cloth on a regular basis.
3-6
IN CAB STORAGE (where fitted) [22254950]

A storage box with a hinged lid (1) is located on the left-
hand side of the cab. The lid also incorporates a drinks
holder.
NOTE: The storage box is not available on tractors
equipped with an instructional seat.
A recessed tray (2) is provided to the rear of the storage

box to hold small tools, oddments, etc.
BRE1555B 1
3-7
CABLE AND WIRING ROUTING [22254906]

So the operating cable from the monitor may be conve-
niently routed to the equipment, a small aperture is pro-
vided in the filler plate each side of the lower rear window
frame. By making a small incision in the rubber at (1), ca-
bles or wiring can be easily routed through the filler plate.
BSE3645A 1
MOBILE TELEPHONE USAGE [22254681]

A storage bracket (1) is provided on the left- hand cab
’C’ pillar for a mobile telephone. Auxiliary power for the
telephone may be taken from the cigarette lighter socket
above.
BSE3636A 1
3-8
IMPLEMENT MONITOR INSTALLATION [22254729]

To facilitate installation of an implement monitor, two
mounting points are provided:
To meet SAE standards, captive bolts (1) protected by

plastic covers, are provided on the right- hand cab ’C’ pil-
lar.
On C- Pillar
It is recommended that a bracket be screwed to the ‘C’
pillar to mount the monitor. A suitable bracket is available
from your authorised dealer.
BSE3624A 1
On bracket
A bracket (1) for mounting equipment monitors is provided
on the right hand side of the cab.
SS10J177 2
CAB AIR PRESSURISATION MONITOR (where fitted) [22254557]

To help reduce the amount of dust and chemical vapours
entering the cab, the blower can be used to raise the air
pressure inside the cab above that of the external air pres-
sure. Ensure all cab apertures are fully closed. To moni-
tor the internal pressure, a gauge can be mounted on the
right- hand cab ’A’ pillar.
The pressurisation gauge should be used in conjunction

with external carbon air filters. A kit is available from your
authorised dealer which includes all the necessary parts
and fitting instructions.
A threaded mounting point (1) is pre- installed on the ’A’

pillar, remove the blanking plug and screw in the gauge.
BRH3401C 1
3-9
Observe the reading on the pressure gauge. If the lower

edge (1) of the yellow indicator centres in the green area
you have an adequate differential between the internal
and external air pressure. Adjust the blower speed to
maintain that reading. If the yellow indicator rises into the
red area, increase blower speed to raise the internal cab
pressure.
WARNING
Inhalation hazard!
If the lower edge of the yellow indicator enters
the red area of the gauge, perform the checks
below.
BSE3623A 2
rious injury.
W0381A
With the blower in the off position the yellow indicator

should move into the red area. If the indicator does not
register correctly, the gauge should be replaced.
If the blower is unable to maintain the correct pressure
inside the cab then the following checks should be made
to determine the cause.
1. Check blower is on maximum speed.

NOTE: If Automatic Temperature Control is activated it
may be necessary to switch to manual control to increase
blower speed.
2. Ensure all doors, windows and roof panel are fully

closed.
3. Check external air filters for blockage or restriction.
4. Examine all cab aperture seals for damage.
5. Check sealing around linkages and levers where
they pass through the cab panels.
If, after all the checks have been made the cab interior
pressure cannot be maintained, consult your authorised
dealer.
3 - 10
OPERATOR'S SEAT
MECHANICAL SEAT DELUXE (where fitted) [39650644]

WARNING
Loss of control hazard!
DO NOT make seat adjustments while the machine is in motion. All seat adjustment should be made
with the machine stationary and the parking brake applied.
W0293A
The seat installed in your tractor has a comprehensive

range of adjustments for height, weight and position.
NOTE: Depending on model specification, some of the
following seat functions may not be available on the seat
fitted to your tractor.
Before operating the tractor, it is important to adjust the

seat to the most comfortable position. See the following
text and illustrations for details.
Storage Pocket
A storage pocket for documents, etc., is provided on the
back of the seat.
SEAT CONTROLS
The mechanical suspension seat deluxe offers a full range
of adjustments for driver comfort.
Weight adjustment
Turn the crank handle (1) to adjust the suspension un-
til your approximate weight, in kilos, is indicated in the
window (2). Turn the handle clockwise to increase sus-
pension stiffness to suit a heavier operator and provide a
firmer ride. Turn the handle anti- clockwise and the seat
suspension will become softer.
Height adjustment
The seat height is adjustable in three positions. With the
seat in the lowest position, grasp either side of the seat
cushion and lift the seat bodily until it locks in the inter- BSG6614A 1
mediate position. Lift the set further and it will lock in the
maximum height position. To lower the seat, lift the seat
bodily to the fullest extent, to trip the mechanism, then al-
low the seat to lower.
3 - 11
Fore/ aft adjustment

Lift the travel adjustment lever (1) and move the seat for-
ward or backward, as required. The seat will lock in posi-
tion when the lever is released.
Backrest adjustment
The backrest may be tilled to suit the operator. Lift the
lever (3) on the left- hand side of the set frame and adjust
the inclination of the backrest.
Swivel
SS11H258 2
To facilitate observation of an implement attached to the

rear of the tractor, the seat may be allowed to swivel. Ad-
justment is available as follows:
• Lock in one position 10 ° to the left of centre.

• Lock in one of two positions at 10 ° and 20 °, to the
right of centre.
Lift the lever (4) and rotate the seat, as required. The set
will lock in position when the lever is released.
Left- hand armrest

There is a knurled wheel (2) on the underside of each
armrest. Turn the wheel to alter the angle of the armrest.
AIR SUSPENSION SEAT (where fitted) [39648237]

WARNING
W0293A


Storage Pocket
back of the seat.
SEAT CONTROLS
The air suspension seat provides a full range of adjust-
ments for driver comfort including an electrically controlled
air suspension system which can be adjusted to suit indi-
vidual operator weight.
3 - 12
Weight and Height adjustment

Adjustments to the air suspension are made by operating
the air pump control button (6), a weight indicator (7) will
show the optimum setting for the seat suspension.
To set the initial suspension and ride height, first fully lower
the seat. Pull out the air pressure control (2) and hold until
all the residual pressure has been released.
Further adjustments are now made with the key- start

switch turned on (warning lights illuminated.)
Sitting in the seat, push- in and hold the control (2), the air SS11H259 1
compressor will start to pressurise the suspension. As the
seat height increases, observe the weight indicator (1),
this will change from yellow to green. When the indicator
is completely green release the control. To make further
height adjustments, operate the air compressor control,
as required, to raise or lower the seat.
NOTE: For optimum suspension performance, the weight
indicator should always be set in the green segment with
the tractor stationary and the operator in the seat.
3 - 13
Fore/ aft isolator

Under certain driving conditions (for example with a trailer
attached), it is useful to activate the fore/ aft isolator. This
means that shock impacts in the driving direction can be
better absorbed by the driver seat.
Position 1= fore/ aft isolator on

Position 2= fore/ aft isolator off
NOTE: After the adjustment of position 2, the locking lever
must latch into the desired position.
For that, the seat must be pressed to move the fore/ aft
isolator with an audible click.
SS11H260 2
NOTE: It should not be possible to move the fore/ aft iso-

lator into another position when it is locked.

The fore/ aft adjustment is released by lifting the locking
lever.
NOTE: The locking lever must latch into the desired posi-
tion. It should not be possible to move the driver seat into
another position when it is locked.
Backrest extension
The seat can be fitted with an optional upper back support
where required, consult our authorised dealer.
Backrest adjustment
The backrest may be tilted to suit to the operator. Lift the
lever (4) on the left- hand side of the seat frame and adjust
the inclination of the backrest. The backrest will lock in
position when the lever is released.
Swivel
To facilitate the observation of an implement attached to
the rear of the tractor, the seat may be rotated to the left
or right. Lift the lever (5) and rotate the seat as desired.
From the straight ahead position there are two positions
to the right and one to the left. Release the catch to lock
the seat.
Armrest adjustment
The adjusters (3) on the underside of the armrests may be
turned to alter the angle of the armrests. Turn them clock-
wise to raise the front of the armrests, turn anti- clockwise
to lower. Both armrests may be raised to the vertical po-
sition if required.
3 - 14
To set the initial suspension and ride height, first fully lower
the seat. Pull out the air pressure control (2) and hold until
all the residual pressure has been released.
Further adjustments are now made with the key- start

switch turned on (warning lights illuminated).
Sitting in the seat, push- in and hold the control (2), the air
compressor will start to pressurise the suspension. As the
seat height increases, observe the weight indicator (1),
this will change from yellow to green. When the indicator
is completely green release the control. To make further
height adjustments, operate the air compressor control,
as required, to raise or lower the seat. BRH3289B 3
NOTE: For optimum suspension performance, the weight

indicator should always be set in the green segment with
the tractor stationary and the operator in the seat.
AIR SUSPENSION SEAT DELUXE [21937908]

WARNING
W0293A


Storage Pocket
back of the seat.
SEAT CONTROLS
The deluxe air suspension seat offers a full range of ad-
justments for driver comfort. Optional heating elements in
the seat cushion and backrest are provided for additional
comfort in low temperatures.
3 - 15
Weight and Height adjustment

The seat must be adjusted for the driver's weight with the
driver sitting on the seat. Hold the lever (1) down until
the seat has fully lowered. With the key- start switch ON,
lift the lever (1) and release the lever when the optimum
height setting is reached. To make further adjustments,
hold the lever up or down, as required, to raise or lower the
seat. The green marking will be visible, when the optimum
setting for the seat suspension is reached.
NOTE: The green marking in the weight-and-height indi-
cator (2) must be visible.
NOTE: In order to avoid damage, do not operate com- SS10M088 1
pressor for more than 1 min.
Fore/ aft isolator

Under certain driving conditions (for example with a trailer
attached), it is useful to activate the fore/ aft isolator. This
means that shock impacts in the driving direction can be
better absorbed by the driver seat.
Position 1= fore/ aft isolator on

Position 2= fore/ aft isolator off
NOTE: After the adjustment of position 2, the locking lever
must latch into the desired position.
For that, the seat must be pressed to move the fore/ aft
isolator with an audible click.
SS10M090 2
NOTE: It should not be possible to move the fore/ aft iso-

lator into another position when it is locked.

The fore/ aft adjustment is released by lifting the locking
lever.
NOTE: The locking lever must latch into the desired posi-
tion. It should not be possible to move the driver seat into
another position when it is locked.
SS10M091 3
Seat pan angle adjustment

The angle of the seat pan can be individually adjusted.
To adjust the angle of the seat pan, lift the left- hand han-
dle (see arrow). By exerting pressure on or off the seat
pan it can be moved to the desired angle position.
SS10M092 4
3 - 16
Seat depth adjustment

The depth of the seat pan can be individually adjusted.
To adjust the depth of the seat cushion, lift the right- hand
handle (see arrow). By moving the seat cushion back-
wards or forwards the desired seating position can be
reached.
SS10M093 5
Backrest extension
The backrest extension can be individually adjusted for
height by pulling it upwards over the various increments
up to the end stop.
To remove the backrest extension, pull it over the end

stop.
SS10M094 6
Backrest adjustment
Pull up the locking lever to release the backrest catch.
When releasing the backrest catch, do not apply load to
the backrest by pressing against it.
By exerting pressure on or off the front or rear part of the

seat pan it can be moved to the desired position. Release
the locking lever to lock the backrest.
NOTE: It should not be possible to move the backrest into
another position after it has been locked.
SS10M098 7
Lumbar support
By turning the adjustment knob tho the left or right, both
the height and curvature of the backrest cushion can be
individually adjusted.
This increases both the seating comfort and the perfor-

mance of the driver.
SS10M095 8
3 - 17
Swivel
The swivel is released by pulling the locking lever. The
seat can then be swivelled by 10 ° to the left and by 10 °
and 18 ° to the right. It can be locked into position at steps
of 10 °.
NOTICE: Risk of accident! Do not operate the locking
lever for swivel while driving.
NOTE: After the adjustment, the locking lever must latch
into the desired position with an audible click. It should not
be possible to move the driver's seat into another position
when it is locked.
SS10M099 9
Seat heater (where fitted)

The seat heater is turned on by pressing the switch.
SS10M100 10
Absorber
The absorber setting of the seat can be varied to suit the
on and off- road driving conditions. The cushioning effect
can be individually adjusted for this purpose.
Turn the lever to the desired position and release

1 soft
2 medium
3 hard
SS10M101 11
Right- hand Armrest Position - mechanical

adjusted
The armrest may be repositioned to suit operator com-
fort. Rotate the adjusting wheel (1) clockwise to move the
armrest forward, anti- clockwise to move the armrest rear-
wards. As the armrest is mounted on an inclined base, it
will move upwards as it moves forward.
BRK5797B 12
3 - 18
Left- hand armrest

The left- hand armrest can be folded up if required and
the height individually adjusted.
To adjust the armrest for height, separate the round cap

(see arrow) from the cover, loosen the hexagon nut (size
13 mm) behind it and adjust the armrest to the desired
position (5- steps) and tighten the nut again ( 25 Nm (18
lb ft)) Replace the cap onto the nut.
SS10M096 13
Armrest adjustment
The inclination of the armrest can be modified by turning
the adjustment knob.
When turning the knob to the outside (+) the front part of
the armrest will be lifted, when turning the knob to inside
(-) it will be lowered.
SS10M097 14
3 - 19
SEAT BELT [21938074]

WARNING
Roll-over hazard!
Securely fasten the seat belt. Your machine is equipped with a Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS)
cab for your protection. The seat belt can help ensure your safety if it is properly used and maintained.
Never wear a seat belt loosely or with slack in the belt system.
W0376A
To fasten the belt, pull the belt from the reel and push the
tongue (1) into the buckle end (2) until a ‘click’ indicates it
is properly engaged. To disengage, press the red release
button (3) on the buckle and remove the tongue from the
buckle.
SS10C041 1
3 - 20
INSTRUCTOR'S SEAT
INSTRUCTIONAL SEAT (where fitted) [21938121]

WARNING
Equipment failure could cause accident or injury!
Always fasten seat belt securely before operating the machine. Inspect seat belt parts for wear and/or
damage. To ensure operator safety, replace any and all damaged parts of the seat belt prior to oper-
ation.
W0046A
WARNING
Fall hazard!
The instructional seat shall only be used when training a new operator or when a service technician
is diagnosing a problem. Do not permit others, especially children, to ride in the seat. Keep the cab
door(s) closed. Wear a seat belt at all times.
W0301A
A folding instructional seat is available where local legis-

lation permits. To raise the seat backrest, lift to the upright
position. The seat will be retained in the upright position
by the gas strut (1). When not required fold the upper part
of the seat down to reveal the drinks holder.
BRF1985B 1
3 - 21
FORWARD CONTROLS
KEY- START SWITCH [22258406]

The key- start switch is a five- position switch and acti-
vates the grid heater cold start device, accessories and
the starting motor.
The key- start switch positions are as follows:

Position 1 Not used
Position 2 OFF
Position 3 Accessories ON
Position 4 Warning lights, instruments and Grid
Heater ON
Position 5 Grid heater ON, Starter motor engaged
NOTICE: Never push or tow the tractor to start the engine. BSE2673A 1
Use an auxiliary battery and jump leads.
NOTE: Neutral start switches prevent operation of the
starting motor unless the shuttle lever is in the neutral (N)
position.
HAZARD WARNING LIGHT SWITCH [22285492]

Press the left- hand side of the switch (1) to operate all the
turn signals simultaneously. The switch will flash with the
turn signals and also the indicator lights in the instrument
cluster.
BRI3924B 1
3 - 22
LIGHT-/ TURN LEVER [21938441]

The stalk- type switch is mounted on the left- hand side of
the steering column. The switch controls the tractor lights,
horn and turn signals.
The centre of the stalk switch rotates. Turn the switch to

position (2) to switch on the instrument and position lights.
Turn the switch to position (1) to select the headlights.
With the headlights on, push the stalk away from you to
position (3) to change from dipped to high beam. Pull
the stalk towards to position (4) to change back to dipped
beam. With high beam selected, the blue indicator light
on the instrument cluster is illuminated.
BRI3997B 1
With the headlights off, pull the stalk towards to position

(5) against spring pressure, to flash the headlight high
beam. The stalk will return to the central position when
released.
Move the stalk to position (6) to operate the right turn sig-
nals, position (7) will activate the left turn signals. Indica-
tor lights on the instrument cluster will also flash when the
turn signals are activated. A warning buzzer will sound if
the indicators are not cancelled within 60 s when moving,
or 5 min when stationary.
NOTE: With the optional self cancelling indicators fitted,
the warning buzzer is deleted.
BRI3997C 2
NOTE: The turn signals will only operate with the key-
start switch turned on.
Press in the end of the stalk, position (8) to sound the

horn.
FOLLOW ME HOME LIGHTS [22258512]

When leaving the tractor at night, external illumination can
be provided for a limited period by operating the headlight
flasher switch within 30 s of key- off. This will illuminate
the dip beam headlights and, depending on switch status,
one of the rear worklamps.
Each movement of the headlight flasher (5) will provide

30 s of illumination up to a maximum of 3 1/2 min after
which the lights will automatically extinguish.
BRI3997B 1
3 - 23
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER CONTROLS [21938556]

The stalk- type switch on the right- hand side of the steer-
ing column controls the front and rear screen wipe and
wash functions.
With the key- start switch on, move the stalk rearward to
position (2) and the front wiper will operate at the slower
of the two wiper speeds, move to position (3) for the faster
speed.
Press in the end of the stalk, position (1) to operate the

electric screen wash.
BRI3984C 1
From the centre ’off’ position move the stalk downward to

position (4) for intermittent front wipe.
Move the stalk upward against spring pressure for single

sweep operation, position (3). On release, the switch will
return to the off position.
To operate the rear screen wiper, rotate the end of the

switch clockwise to position (1) for intermittent rear wipe
and to position (2) for rear screen wash. The switch will re-
turn automatically to the intermittent mode when released.
NOTE: Windscreen washer jets are mounted in the cab
frame, immediately beneath the roof. Insert a pin into the
BRI3984B 2
jet nozzle to adjust the angle of the jet.
3 - 24
CLUTCH/ INCHING PEDAL [23405049]

Clutch Pedal
It is not necessary to use the clutch pedal (1) to make a
powershift or when shuttle shifting (changing direction be-
tween forward and reverse). Use of the clutch is recom-
mended for positioning the tractor when attaching equip-
ment or operating in confined spaces when the low gears
are not slow enough, at moderate/ low engine speeds, to
give precise control.
When making changes from the low to high ranges gears

8 and 9, and vive versa, using the range change lever, the
clutch pedal must be depressed.
BSG6635A 1
NOTICE: To avoid premature clutch wear, do not use the
clutch pedal as a footrest.
NOTE: There may be occasions when error codes ‘N’
or ‘CP’ flash in the Digital Gear Displays (where fitted).
Should this occur, move shuttle lever to neutral (‘N’) or
cycle the clutch pedal (‘CP’) to clear the error.
FOOT THROTTLE PEDAL [21953227]

The foot throttle (1) may be used independently of the
hand throttle to control the speed of the engine. It is rec-
ommended that you use the foot throttle when driving on
the highway.
NOTE: When the foot throttle is released the engine
speed will reduce to the level set by the hand throttle.
BRJ4954B 1
3 - 25
HAND THROTTLE [21953247]
NOTICE: When using the foot throttle to control tractor

speed on the highway, especially in heavy traffic condi-
tions, it is advisable to set the hand throttle to the mini-
mum speed position.
FOOT BRAKES [21968589]

The brakes on your tractor are power assisted and actu-
ated by the two foot pedals (1) and (2). When operating
in the field they may be unlocked and operated indepen-
dently to aid turning in confined spaces.
When independent braking is not required, ensure both

pedals are locked together to provide normal braking.
BRJ4952B 1
Four Wheel Braking

NOTE: Owners should be aware of local regulations con-
cerning the braking system.
Drive to the front axle can be programmed to automat-

ically engage at speeds between 0 km/h (0 mph) and
6.4 km/h (4.0 mph) to provide four wheel braking when
the brakes are applied. Adjustment from the factory is
automatically engage of four wheel braking at speeds
greater 6.4 km/h (4.0 mph). For special operation the en-
gagement of the four wheel braking can be programmed
down to 0 km/h (0 mph). Consult your authorised dealer.
Owners should be aware of the effectiveness of four
wheel braking which greatly enhances braking perfor-
mance. Appropriate care should be exercised during
heavy braking.
3 - 26
Latching the Brake Pedals Together

NOTICE: Hydraulic and air applied trailer brakes will only
operate when both brake pedals are applied.
WARNING
One-sided brake force exists if you do not use
the brake pedal latch, and if you do not de-
press the left and right pedals at the same
time. ALWAYS use the brake pedal latch when
traveling at transport speeds and/or when a
trailer with hydraulic or air-applied brakes is
attached to the machine. BRJ4953B 2

rious injury.
W0375A
To lock the pedals together, engage the locking pin in the

right pedal and swivel the latch (1) over the left pedal sup-
port to lock, as shown in Figure 2.
NOTE: In some countries a warning light will be displayed
on the instrument panel when the brake pedals are un-
locked.
NOTE: If in doubt, contact your dealer.
STEERING COLUMN [22258099]

Adjustment
The steering column on your tractor may be tilted and tele-
scoped. Pull the end of the clamp lever (2) up (toward
you). Move the steering column/ wheel to the most conve-
nient position and return the clamp lever to the fully down
position to lock the steering column.
To alter the steering column height, loosen the centre boss

(1) on the steering wheel by turning anti- clockwise. Move
the steering wheel to the most convenient position and re-
tighten the centre boss.
BRL6433B 1
NOTICE: Your tractor is equipped with hydrostatic power

steering. Never hold the steering wheel at full left or right
lock (wheels against the steering stops) for more than 10
s or for more than a total of 10 s in any one minute. Fail-
ure to observe this precaution may result in damage to
steering system components.
3 - 27
LEFT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS
HANDBRAKE [22260084]
A conventional handbrake lever is installed to the left of
the driver’s seat.
To apply the handbrake pull the lever up. A warning light

will illuminate in the instrument panel when the handbrake
is applied. To release, ease the lever up further, depress
the button (1) on the end and lower the lever fully.
NOTICE: Ensure the handbrake is fully released before
driving off.
BSE2814A 1
3 - 28
RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS
SWITCH PANEL [29915556]

Your tractor is equipped with a number of electronic control switches located on the right- hand side of the cab.
Depending on the options fitted to your tractor, some of these switches may have more than one function. A full
explanation of individual switch operation can be found in the relevant pages of this manual.
NOTE: The number and location of the switches within these panels may change depending on country and tractor
specification.
SS10N018 1
1. Auto Transmission Operation 5. 4WD Auto or Manual engagement

or
6. Rear axle differential lock, Auto or Manual engage-
Auto Transmission and CAL Select
ment
or
CAL Select function only 7. Creeper gear engagement
2. Auto/ Manual HTS selector 8. Engine Speed Management r.p.m. adjustment
3. HTS record switch 9. Engine Speed Management programme switch
4. Fast Steer engagement 10. Front axle suspension lock
or 11. Not used
Autoguide functions
3 - 29
REARWARD CONTROLS
SWITCHES ON C-PILLAR [39651213]

The switches are mounted on the right hand side C- pillar.
On High Roof
1. Not Used.
2. Auxiliary headlights. See page 10-2.
3. Not Used.
4. Not Used.
5. Heated Mirrors. See page 10-1.
6. Battery isolator. See page 3-34.
BRJ5369B 1
SS11F046 2
3 - 30
On Low Roof
1. Not Used.
2. Battery isolator. See page 3-34.
3. Worklamp Front.
4. Roof Beacon.
5. Worklamp Hood.
6. Worklamp Rear.
BRJ5369B 3
3 - 31
FAST STEERING SYSTEM (where fitted) [24138318]

The optional Turn Assist system is designed to provide
quick steering response when required i.e. when operat-
ing with a front loader or carrying out a headland manoeu-
vre.
From the straight ahead position, Turn Assist will provide

full right or left hand steering lock with less than a 8 °
movement of the steering wheel.
The speed at which the front wheel angle changes is de-

pendent on how far the steering wheel is turned. Turning
the steering wheel 1 ° or 2 ° will produce a slow steering
response although full lock can still be achieved. Increas-
ing the steering wheel angle will produce a faster steering
response.
Turn Assist Isolator Switch

To activate the Turn Assist function, depress the top of the
isolator switch.
NOTICE: Before travelling on the public highway Turn
Assist must be de- activated and normal steering re-
instated. To check normal steering operation, turn the
wheel fully from lock to lock before starting your journey.
NOTE: Turn Assist will not operate if the tractor speed is
above 10 km/h (6.2 mph).
BRJ4978I 1
A green warning light (3) in the instrument panel will illu-

minate to confirm the system is in standby mode.
NOTE: If Turn Assist is activated at engine key- off, the
system will not function at key- on. The green warning
light (3) will not illuminate and the yellow indicator light
(4) will flash when the centre ring is depressed. To re-
activate the system, turn the isolator switch OFF and then
ON again.
BRK5837E 2
3 - 32
Turn Assist Operation

To operate Turn Assist , depress and hold the centre ring
(5) on the steering wheel, to disengage, release the ring.
With the centre ring depressed, a yellow indicator light
(2) Figure 4 will illuminate on the instrument panel. It will
extinguish when the centre ring is released.
Turn Assist can only be operated if all the following condi-

tions are met. Attempting to use the Turn Assist function
without meeting these conditions, will cause the yellow in-
dicator light to flash.
1. The isolator switch is ON and the green warning light SS10H051 3

is illuminated.
2. The speed of the tractor is below 10 km/h (6.2 mph).
3. The transmission oil temperature is above 5 °C (41
°F).
NOTE: Where the transmission oil temperature is low and
Turn Assist is to be used, it is recommended to turn the
steering wheel twice, from full lock to full lock, before op-
erating with Turn Assist .
NOTE: If tractor speed exceeds 10 km/h (6.2 mph) with
Turn Assist in operation, it will be disengage and the green
indicator light will flash.
Turn Assist will be disabled if a fault occurs. Should the

system become disabled, an audible warning will sound
and an error code will appear in the instrument panel dis-
play. If the fault is of a critical nature, the ’STOP’ warning
lamp will also flash on the instrument panel, consult your
BRK5837E 4
authorised dealer.
To reactivate Turn Assist , depress the isolator switch to

turn the system ’OFF’, correct the fault, then depress the
switch again to re- energise the system.
NOTICE: To promote safe operation of Turn Assist , it is
advised that the operator become familiar with the system
before operating in the field.
3 - 33
BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH [24754975]

Before disconnecting battery power with the isolator, en-
sure the key- start and any other electrical switches are
turned OFF.
NOTICE: After turning the tractor key- start off, wait for 60
s before isolating the battery power. This will permit any
unsaved information in the tractor electronic processors
to be memorised.
An inbuilt power reserve will maintain a small amount of

power to supply the electronic processors and radio mem-
ories when the tractor battery is isolated.
The solenoid operated battery isolator is controlled by a

switch located on the right- hand cab ’C’ pillar.
Depress the top of the switch to disconnect battery power,
an audible warning will sound for approximately 5 s.
Depress the bottom of the switch to reconnect battery
power.
NOTE: When disconnecting battery power with the isola-
tor, there is a delay of approximately 90 s before electrical
power is fully isolated.
NOTICE: When in the ’ON’ position, the isolator switch
solenoid consumes a small amount of electrical power. If
the tractor is left for an extended period of time with the
isolator on, battery power may be reduced. Always turn
the battery isolator switch ’OFF’ when the tractor is not in
use. BRJ4978M 1
NOTE: The key- start switch must be in the ’OFF’ or ’AC-

CESSORIES ON’ position to operate the battery isolator,
it will not function with the key- start in the ’ON’ (run) po-
sition.
3 - 34
CLIMATE CONTROLS [21952566]

Heater Temperature Control
Turn the knob (2) clockwise to increase the temperature of
the air from the heater. Turn fully anti- clockwise to obtain
unheated air from the heater vents.
Blower Control
A 4- speed blower is installed for the heater and air con-
ditioner. Turn the switch (1) clockwise to the first position
for low speed. Further rotation of the switch in a clockwise
direction will increase the fan speed.
With the windows closed the blower may be used to pres-

surise the cab to exclude dust etc. Provided that the cab BRH3226B 1
air filters are serviced correctly, maximum pressurisation
and optimum dust exclusion may be achieved by operat-
ing the blower at maximum fan speed.
Adjustable air vents

Adjustable air vents are provided throughout the cab for
even distribution of heated or cooled air. Vents are located
each side of the operators seat and on the front console.
Each vent may be independently adjusted to direct the

air flow (with the blower control actuated) onto the side
windows or the operator. The two vents located on the
upper part of the console may be adjusted to demist the
windscreen.
Lift the tag on the rectangular vents to open and then ad-
just for air flow and direction as required. SS10M153 2
Air Conditioner Controls

Depress the switch (3) to activate the air conditioner com-
pressor and lower the temperature of the air within the
cab. The air conditioner will only operate with the blower
(1) switched on.
To quickly reduce in cab temperature operate the air

conditioner with the blower speed set to maximum and
the heater control fully off. When the air has cooled suffi-
ciently, adjust the blower control to maintain the desired
temperature. The windows and doors should remain
closed.
Under certain conditions, it may be desirable to operate
both the air conditioner and heater together, e.g. to demist
the windscreen and interior door glass on a cold morn-
ing. (The air conditioner, as well as cooling, also removes
moisture from the air).
3 - 35
Run the engine to normal operating temperature, turn the

heater temperature control (2) and blower control (1) to
the maximum settings (fully clockwise). Turn on the air
conditioner (3) and adjust the air vents to direct the air
flow, as required.
When the windows are clear, turn the air conditioner off
and adjust the heater controls to maintain the desired cab
air temperature.
NOTICE: Run the engine at idle speed for at least 3 min
after switching on the air conditioner, if the air conditioner
has been out of use for more than 30 days.
NOTICE: Always turn the air conditioner off when cooled
or de- humified air is not required. For proper operation BRH3226B 3
of the air conditioner, ensure that the cab air filters are
serviced regularly. See section 'Maintenance'.
NOTE: It is the normal function of the air conditioner to
extract water from the air. Drain hoses lead from the air
conditioner unit to a point beneath the cab. Do not be
concerned if a pool of water collects beneath the drain
hose outlets when the engine is stopped.
MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL [23172580]

To manually set the cab temperature switch the blower
control (1) to position I, II, III or IV and select a suitable
setting on the temperature control (2).
Although the in cab temperature will be maintained within

limits it will not be as efficient as ATC. Switching the
temperature control fully counter clockwise to provide
the maximum air conditioning output with temperature
adjustment through the blower control only.
Press the switch (3) on the right side to switch the air
condition ON.
When the external air temperature is low, operating the air SS11A004 1
conditioner may not be necessary to maintain a constant
temperature inside the cab.
NOTE: The air conditioning compressor uses engine
horsepower to drive it. Turning off the air conditioner
when not required will aid fuel economy.
The air condition may also be used to clear heavy misting

on the inside of the cab windows.
3 - 36
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) [21952705]

With Automatic Temperature Control the operator can set
the temperature inside the cab to maintain a comfortable
working environment. By automatically adjusting the out-
put of the heating and air conditioning systems, ATC will
provide a stable cab temperature between 15 °C (59 °F)
and 32 °C (90 °F).
The blower control switch (1) has five positions, off, ATC
and three blower speeds. With ATC selected the speed
of the blower fan is controlled automatically.
To set the cab interior temperature align the mark on the

control knob (2) with the desired figure. If required, the
control can be set to the intermediate positions between BRI3986B 1
the figures to provide additional temperature levels.
Selecting ’HI’ or ’LO’ on the temperature control will over-

ride the automatic system to provide a maximum heating
or cooling effect.
Economy, Auto and Defrost Switch

The economy and defrost switch has three positions:
• Left side depressed.

ECONomy mode on, air conditioner off.
• Central (AUTO) position.
ECON and MAX DEF off, air conditioner on.
• Right side depressed.
MAX DEFrost on.
When the external air temperature is low, operating the air

conditioner may not be necessary to maintain a constant BRI3987A 2
temperature inside the cab. To turn off the air conditioner
depress the ECON side of the switch.
NOTE: The air conditioning compressor uses engine
horsepower to drive it. Turning off the air conditioner
when not required will aid fuel economy.
The cab temperature will be maintained within the speci-

fied limits unless the external air temperature rises above
that set on the control. Should this occur, select the cen-
tral switch position to turn on the air conditioner.
In very cold conditions where the outside of the cab win-

dows become covered in ice depress the MAX DEF side
of the switch. This will automatically set the heater tem-
perature to maximum, activate the air conditioner (if not
already switched on) and select the highest speed setting
on the blower fan.
This function may also be used to clear heavy misting on

the inside of the cab windows.
3 - 37
OVERHEAD CONTROLS
SWITCH PANEL WORKLIGHTS [22285429]

On High Roof
NOTE: The work lamps will only operate with the tractor
lights switched on.
The switches are located on a panel (1) mounted in the

roof console. Individual switches control the front and
rear work lamps and the rotating beacon. Depress the
switches once to illuminate, depress again to turn the
lamps off.
When the key- start switch is turned on, the switches will
be internally illuminated.
SS10H003 1
1. Hood mounted worklights
2. Grab rail worklights
3. Roof mounted worklights (front)
4. Rotating beacon
5. Roof mounted worklights (rear)
6. Rear pillar or fender mounted worklights
SS10H005 2
RADIO (where fitted) [36287025]

WARNING
Electrocution hazard!
Contact with overhead power lines can cause severe electrical burns or death from electrocution.
Make sure there is enough clearance between equipment and overhead power lines.
W0040A
The cab is pre- wired and has two speakers installed in

the roof. A choice of radio (1) are available as factory or
dealer installed accessories.
Separate operating instructions will be supplied with the

radio.
NOTE: The radio will only operate with the key- start
switch in the on or accessories position.
SS10H002 1
3 - 38
With Low Profile Cab

The dealer installed radio/ cassette or radio/ CD player (1)
is located in the cab roof to the right of the driver. Separate
operating instructions will be supplied with the unit.
BRH3280B 2
If the aerial is removed from the tractor, do not use tools to

tighten the aerial when refitting, hand tighten only. The
design of the aerial mast and base will ensure a self tight-
ening action is applied once the mast has been attached
to the base.
3 - 39
INTERIOR LIGHT [22285060]

The interior light (2) has three operating positions. De-
press the front and the light will remain on, depress the
rear and the light will illuminate when either of the doors
are opened.
When the switch is in the central position, the light is off,

irrespective of the position of the doors.
BRL6505B 1
Console Light
The light (1) provides a soft glow to the transmission lever
and integrated control panel. The light is illuminated when
the tractor lights are turned on.
BSE2690A 2
STEP LIGHT
The step light (1) operates in conjunction with the interior
light. This light provides illumination of the step area when
the door is opened.
BRL6505B 3
3 - 40
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ANALOGUE/ DIGITAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER [24858809]

The instrument panel consists of three analogue gauges,
three liquid crystal displays (LCD's) and a dot matrix dis-
play (DMD).
In addition to the gauges and LCD displays there are a

number of coloured lights providing other operating infor-
mation or warning system malfunction.
The lower left button on the instrument panel controls the

intensity of back lighting for the LCD's and dot matrix dis-
plays, the two right- hand buttons adjust the digital clock.
SS11K115 1
GAUGES [24858913]
Engine Tachometer
The tachometer (1) indicates engine revolutions per
minute. Each division on the scale represents 100 RPM,
therefore with the needle indicating '20' the engine is
running at 2000 RPM.
SS11K116 1
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

The temperature gauge (2) indicates the temperature of
the engine coolant. If the needle enters the upper (red)
section of the gauge while the engine is running, stop the
engine and investigate the cause.
Fuel Level Gauge

The gauge (3) indicates the level of fuel in the tank and is
only operative with the key- start turned on.
SS11K117 2
3 - 41
INDICATOR AND WARNING LIGHTS [41234792]
SS11H287 1
The coloured lights provide operating information or give warning of system malfunction. Illumination of a warning
light may be accompanied by an audible alarm.
NOTE: All indicator and warning lights will illuminate for a short period at 'key- on' as the electrical system carry out
a self diagnostic check.
1. Not used. 2. Turn Assist - Light will illuminate when Turn

Assist- function is activated.
3. Differential lock - Light will illuminate when the 4. Four wheel drive - Light will illuminate when the
differential lock is engaged. drive to the front wheels is engaged.
5. Trailer turn signal - Light will flash with tractor/ 6. Trailer turn signal - Light will flash with tractor/
trailer turn signals when a second trailer is trailer turn signals when a trailer is attached.
attached.
7. Parking lights - Light will illuminate when the 8. Headlight high beam - Light will illuminate when
tractor lights are switched on. the tractor lights are switched to high beam.
9. Red Stop light - If Stop light comes on stop the 10. Not used.
tractor immediately and investigate the cause.
A warning symbol will appear in the Dot Matrix
Display to confirm the location of the fault.
11. Amber Warning light - Illumination of this light will 12. Direct drive indicator (Two speed powershift
be accompanied by a warning symbol in the Dot transmission only) - Light will illuminate to indicate
Matrix Display. Stop the tractor and investigate transmission is in direct drive
the cause.
13. Parking brake - Light will flash with key- start 14. Trailer brake pressure (Italy only) - Light will
switch on and parking brake applied. If the key- illuminate to indicate that hydraulic oil pressure to
start switch is turned off and the parking brake not the trailer brake circuit is low. Stop the tractor and
applied, or the operator leaves the seat without investigate the cause.
applying the parking brake, a warning buzzer will
sound and the parking brake lamp will flash for
approximately 10 s or until the parking brake has
been applied.
3 - 42
15. Brake pedals not latched - Light will illuminate to 16. Engine oil pressure low - Steady light accompanied
show when pedal latch is unlocked (Japan only). by the Red Stop light will indicate low engine oil
pressure. Stop the engine and investigate the
cause.
17. Creeper gears - Light will illuminate when creeper 18. Auto P.T.O. function - The light will illuminate when
gears are engaged. the Auto P.T.O. function is enabled. Each time the
implement is raised with Auto P.T.O. activated, the
light will flash. When the implement is lowered
into work the light will cease to flash and become
steady.
19. Fuel level low - Light will be illuminated when the 20. Right turn indicator - Light will flash with tractor
tractor requires refuelling. right-hand turn signal. Intermittent alarm will
sound if indicator is not cancelled after 20 s
(tractor moving) or 5 min (tractor Stationary).
21. Not used. 22. Left turn indicator - Light will flash with tractor left-
hand turn signal. Intermittent alarm will sound if
indicator is not cancelled after 20 s ( 5 min with
tractor stationary).
23. Not used. 24. Cold start device - Light will illuminate when the
grid heater is activated using the key- start switch.
25. Alternator - Light continuously illuminated
indicates that the alternator is not charging the
battery.
3 - 43
DISPLAYS [24859042]
NOTE: On tractors equipped with the optional IntelliView
Monitor, a number of displays and setting procedures will
change. Consult the IntelliView Monitor Operator’s Man-
ual for details.
DOT MATRIX DISPLAY
A number of tractor operating and setup functions may
be shown in the Dot Matrix Display (DMD). The different
functions are selected using the Enhanced Keypad. A
symbol will appear to confirm the function selected.
If an error occurs in the instrument panel or tractor sys-

tems circuits, a malfunction warning symbol will appear in
this display accompanied by an error code. Consult your
authorised dealer.
SS11K078 1
LIQUID CRYSTAL LEFT- HAND DISPLAY

The display provides the ground speed in km/h or MPH.
SS11K119 2
LIQUID CRYSTAL CENTRE DISPLAYS

The information displayed in the centre LCD, will vary de-
pending on tractor specification. Use the Enhanced Key-
pad to toggle between the displays.
The following information may be displayed in the centre

LCD.
1. Rear wheel slip (with radar option only)

2. Power Take Off speed (front or rear)
3. 3- point hitch position (front or rear)
SS11K120 3
3 - 44
LIQUID CRYSTAL RIGHT- HAND DISPLAY

The display provides during normal operation the DEF/
AdBlue® fluid level.
SS11K077 4
Rear Wheel Slip

If your tractor is equipped with optional ground speed
radar, the percentage (%) of rear wheel slip may be
displayed. The slip figure is calculated from information
provided by the transmission speed sensor (theoretical
ground speed) and the radar (true ground speed).
SS11K121 5
Power Take Off Speed

When operating the rear Power Take Off the display may
be used to monitor the output shaft speed. Use the En-
hanced Keypad to select either rear P.T.O. speed or front
P.T.O. speed (where fitted).
SS11K122 6
3- Point Hitch Position

If your tractor is equipped with Electronic Draft Control
(EDC) the display may be used to show the position of
the 3- point hitch (and implement) by means of numbers
ranging from ’0’ (fully lowered position) to ’100’ (maximum
lift height).
When a front hitch is installed, the display may be used to

show the height of the front lift arms. ’0’ will represent the
fully lowered position, ’100’ the maximum lift height.
SS11K123 7
3 - 45
Dimming Control
The brightness of the liquid crystal (LCD) and dot matrix
displays (DMD) may be varied by using the dimming con-
trol button (1). Momentarily depressing the button will al-
ter the backlighting in steps. Depress and hold the button
to cycle through the full range of backlighting from low to
high intensity. Release the button when the required set-
ting is obtained.
SS11K124 8
3 - 46
KEYPAD ENHANCED [30707063]
BRE1455B 1
The enhanced keypad consists of 16 buttons or ’keys’ that select, control or programme various functions and displays
in the central and dot matrix screens. Keys 5, 6, 10 and 11 are used to setup and programme many of the enhanced
keypad functions.
Unless otherwise described, depress the keys once to obtain the appropriate display. A symbol will appear in the
display to confirm the function selected.
Legend: (D) = Dot Matrix Display

(C) = Centre Digital Display
1. Hourmeter (D). Touch the key to view total number 7. P.T.O. Speed (C). Depress once to display rear
of hours that the tractor has operated. The hours Power Take Off speed, press again and hold for 3
recorded should be used as a guide to the service s to show front P.T.O. speed (where fitted).
intervals for the tractor.
8. Rear Wheel Slip (C). The level of rear wheel slip will
2. Odometer (D). The odometer provides a visual appear as a one or two digit percentage (%) figure
record of the distance travelled in kilometres or (with radar option only).
miles depending on the ground speed unit selected. 9. Hitch Height Position (C). Depress once to display
Two displays are available, ’1’ and ’2’. the rear hitch height, press again and hold for 3 s to
3. Engine Oil Pressure (D). This key will display the show front linkage height (where fitted). The display
engine oil pressure bargraph. will show a figure between ’0’ (fully lowered) and
’100’ (maximum raised position).
4. Programmed Maintenance Reminder (D). The
maintenance schedule key provides two levels of 10. Exit/ Cancel (D). Use this key to Exit or cancel set-
reminder identified as ’Heavy’ and Light. up and programming modes.
5. Menu Enter (D). Depress to select setup and pro-
gramming modes.
6. Menu Scroll Up or Digit Value (D). Depress this key
repeatedly to scroll upwards through the menu or
change the value of a number.
3 - 47
BRE1455B 2
11. Menu Scroll Down or Digit Select (D). Depress this 15. Area Per Hour Forecaster (D). Touch this key and
key to scroll downwards through the menu or select the area/ hour symbol will display together with a
an alternative digit in the Dot Matrix Display. forecast of the area that will be worked in one hour
12. Battery Voltage (D). With the engine running, touch if the current rate of work is continued.
the key to display the battery symbol together with 16. Remote Valve Operation (D). The display will show
a digital display of the battery voltage. the flow rate through each valve as a percentage
13. Trailer Brake Air Pressure (D). Depress to display (%), the direction of cylinder movement (extend or
the trailer brake air pressure bargraph. retract) and the number of the valve selected.
14. Area Accumulator (D). The total area worked will

be displayed in hectares or acres depending on the
ground speed unit selected.
NOTE: If the radar option is not installed, area per hour calculations are based on axle speed and are subject to
inaccuracies caused by any wheel slip that may occur.
3 - 48
SELECTING OR CHANGING THE DISPLAY SETTINGS [24923451]

Ground Speed Display
The lower left- hand LCD provides a permanent display
of ground speed (1) in Km/h or MPH dependent upon the
country in which the tractor is to be used. If required,
the display may be changed to read an alternate ground
speed unit from that set at the factory.
NOTE: If the tractor rear tyre size is changed, the ground
speed display may require re- calibrating to suit the radius
of the new tyre.
NOTE: Illustration shows all displays activated.
NOTE: The groundspeed is also shown in the transmis- SS11K119 1
sion display.
Change Ground Speed Units

• With the key start ON, depress and hold the Menu/
Enter key (2). SETUP MENU will appear in the DMD
but this will change to the Clock Menu. Release the
Menu/ Enter key.
• Using the Menu Up key (1) scroll through the menu
until the Km/h MPH screen appears.
• Momentarily depress the Menu/ Enter key (2) and,
using the Menu Up/ Down keys, select the required
speed reading. To store the setting and return to
the main menu depress the Menu/ Enter key again.
Depress the Exit/ Cancel key to return to the original SS11K155 2
display.
Selecting the appropriate unit will automatically set the

unit for both instrument panel and colour display (where
fitted).
3 - 49
GROUND SPEED CALIBRATION [29881731]

Ground Speed Display
The lower left- hand LCD provides a permanent display
of ground speed (1) in km/h or MPH dependent upon the
country in which the tractor is to be used. If required,
the display may be changed to read an alternate ground
speed unit from that set at the factory.
NOTE: If the tractor rear tyre size is changed, the ground
speed display may require re- calibrating to suit the radius
of the new tyre.
NOTE: Illustration shows all displays activated.
SS11K119 1
Changing the Ground Speed Units
Using CAL/ SEL Button

• With the key- start switch in the OFF position, de-
press and hold in the CAL/ SEL button and turn the
key- start switch ON. The km/h MPH symbols will
appear flashing in the display. Release the button.
• Press the CAL/ SEL button again to toggle between
km/h, MPH (UK) and MPH (US). When the required
ground speed unit is displayed turn off the key- start
to store the selected speed unit in the memory.
BRJ4978X 2
Using the Enhanced Keypad (where fitted)

but this will change to the Warning Symbol. Release
the Menu/ Enter key.
• Using the Menu Up key (1), scroll through the menu
until the Km/h MPH screen appears.
• Momentarily depress the Menu/ Enter key (2) and,
using the Menu Up/ Down keys, select the required
speed reading. To store the setting (Value xx saved)
and return to the main menu depress the Menu/ En-
ter key again. Depress the Exit/ Cancel key to return SS11K155 3
to the original display.
3 - 50
Calibrating the Ground Speed Display

Should you wish to install alternative rear tyre equipment
that would provide a radius difference of more than 13 mm
(0.5 in), then the electronic control module should be re-
calibrated to display an accurate ground speed figure. To
recalibrate use one of the following methods:
NOTICE: If your tractor is equipped with the optional slip
control feature, then the ground speed displayed is a true
speed as sensed by a radar unit, calibration is therefore
not required.
• Ensure that the tyre pressures are correct for the

load being carried. (See Tyre Load/ Inflation tables
on page 6-149).
• Select a stretch of dry, firm, level ground (preferably
concrete) and carefully measure out a distance of
exactly 100 m (328 ft). Mark the start and finish of
this measured distance with a bold chalk line.
Auto Calibration with CAL/ SEL Button
• Park the tractor a short distance from the start line
and, with the engine running, depress and hold the
CAL/ SEL button for 3 s to enter the calibration
mode. SETUP_MENU will appear in the Dot Ma-
trix Display. After approximately 2 s the display will
change to CAL. Depress the CAL/ SEL button again
to enter the calibration mode. Using the clock Hour
button select CAL auto. Depress the CAL/ SEL but-
ton to confirm selection of CAL auto, the central LCD
display will read 0000.
NOTE: The set up procedure may be cancelled at any SS11K053 4
time by turning the key- start off.
• Select a suitable transmission ratio to provide a
speed above 3 km/h (1.9 mph) and drive up to
the start line, CAL auto READY will appear in the
display. As the centre of the front tyres pass over
the start line, press and release the CAL/ SEL but-
ton. CAL will flash in the speed display, CAL auto
ON will appear in the DMD and the central LCD
will show a four digit figure that will increase as the
tractor moves forward.
NOTE: If the calibration procedure is incorrectly per-
formed i.e. speed below 3 km/h (1.9 mph), CAL OK
will appear in the display, depress CAL/ SEL to restart
sequence.
SS11K054 5
3 - 51
• As the centre of the front tyres pass over the finish

line, press and release the CAL/ SEL button again,
CAL auto OK will appear in the Dot Matrix Display.
Depress the CAL/ SEL button again select CAL dis-
play. Turn off key- start to save the setting.
Manual Calibration with CAL/ SEL Button

The manual calibration allows the operator to set the
rolling circumference of the rear tyre (if known) without
the need to drive over a measured distance.
BRJ4978X 6
• With the tractor stationary and the key- start on, de-
press and hold the CAL/ SEL button for 3 s to display
SETUP_MENU. After 2 s this will change to CAL.
Depress the CAL/ SEL button again to select CAL
manual, depress again to select CAL man_000.0.
(The figure 000.0 may differ if a calibration number
has previously been entered). CAL will flash in the
speed display.
NOTE: The set up procedure may be cancelled at any
time by turning the key- start off.
NOTICE: When entering new tyre rolling circumfer-
ence figures, use metric values (centimetres) with km/h
speedometer reading and Imperial values (inches) with SS11K136 7
MPH reading, see table on the next page.
• By depressing the ’h’ and ’m’ clock buttons, the

rolling circumference of the rear tyre may be entered
into the numerical display (000.0).
• Depress the ’h’ button to select the first digit to be
changed, repeated operation of the ’h’ button will
cycle the cursor through all the digits in turn. To alter
the value of the digit selected, momentarily depress
the ’m’ button until the correct figure is shown.
• With the new rolling circumference figure entered
into the display, depress the CAL/ SEL button again
to display CAL. Turn the Key- start off to save the
setting.
Auto Calibration with Enhanced Keypad

• Select a stretch of dry, firm, level ground (preferably
concrete) and carefully measure out a distance of
exactly 100 m (328 ft). Mark the start and finish of
this measured distance with a bold chalk line.
• With the tractor stationary and the engine run-
ning, depress and hold the Menu/ Enter key (4).
SETUP_MENU will appear in the DMD but this will
change to the Warning Symbol. Release the Menu/
Enter key.
• Using the menu up/ down keys, select CAL.
8
• With CAL displayed, depress the Menu/ Enter key SS11K155
to select CAL manual then use the Menu Up key (1)

and scroll through the menu screen until CAL auto
is displayed.
3 - 52
• Depress the Menu/ Enter key again and CAL auto

READY will appear in the DMD. Select a suitable
transmission ratio to provide a forward speed above
3 km/h (1.9 mph). As the centre of the front tyres
pass over the start line, press and release the Menu/
Enter key. The speed display will start to flash CAL
and the central LCD will show a four digit figure
that will increase as the tractor moves forward. The
DMD will change to display CAL auto ON.
• As the centre of the front tyres pass over the fin-
ish line, press and release the Menu/ Enter key.
CAL auto OK will appear in the Dot Matrix Display.
Depress the Menu/ Enter key to store the setting.
SS11K137 9
Press and release the Exit/ Cancel key (2) Figure
[Invalid Reference] to return to the original display.
Manual Calibration with Enhanced Keypad

(where fitted)
• Using the menu up/ down keys, select CAL. With
CAL displayed, depress the Menu/ Enter key and
CAL manual will appear.
• Depress the Menu/ Enter key again to change the
DMD display to CAL_Man_000.0. (The figure 000.0
may differ if a calibration number has previously SS11K136 10
been entered). CAL will flash in the speed display.
• Using the Digit Select key (3) move the cursor to the
first digit to be set, enter the number using the Digit
Value key (1). CAL will appear in the speed display
and start to flash. Repeat the procedure to set the
remaining calibration figures that correspond to the
size of rear tyre fitted to your tractor.
NOTICE: When entering new tyre rolling circumfer-
ence figures, use metric values (centimetres) with Km/h
speedometer reading and Imperial values (inches) with
MPH reading, see table on next page.
• Depress the Exit/ Cancel key twice to store the set-

ting and return to the main menu screen, depress
again to exit set up and return to the original dis-
play.
3 - 53
Ground Speed Calibration Numbers Rear Tyre Rolling Circumference

Tyre Size Tyre Rolling Circumference
The rolling circumference for any given tyre size will vary
16.9R - 34 461.2 cm (181.6 in)
depending on tyre manufacturer. The figures shown in the
table are an average based on rolling circumference data 18.4R - 34 494.7 cm (194.8 in)
supplied by several manufacturers. To obtain an accurate 520/70R - 34 490.6 cm (193.1 in)
figure for your rear tyres, consult your authorised dealer 13.6R -38 465.6 cm (183.3 in)
or tyre supplier. 16.9R - 38 503.4 cm (198.2 in)
18.4R - 38 525.6 cm (206.9 in)
If the size of tyre on your tractor is not listed, then the 480/70R - 38 506.5 cm (199.4 in)
road speed calibration may be carried out using one of
540/65R - 38 501.5 cm (197.4 in)
the following procedures.
520/70R - 38 525.6 cm (206.9 in)
Carry out the Auto calibration as previously described or 600/65R - 38 523.7 cm (206.2 in)
measure the rear tyre rolling circumference for Manual 650/60R - 38 510.8 cm (201.1 in)
calibration. 650/65R - 38 544.5 cm (214.4 in)
1. To measure the rolling circumference of the rear

tyre, park the tractor on a level surface and make
a vertical chalk mark on the sidewall where the tyre
tread contacts the ground. Make a second chalk
mark on the ground aligning with the mark on the
tyre.
2. Slowly drive the tractor forward until the rear wheel
has made one revolution and the chalk mark on
the sidewall is again in contact with the ground.
Mark the ground again and measure the distance
between the two chalk marks.
NOTE: If your tractor is equipped with the optional slip
control feature, then the ground speed displayed is a true
speed as sensed by a radar unit, calibration is therefore
not required.
3 - 54
PERFORMANCE MONITOR [29918845]

Odometer (Distance Record)
The odometer provides a visual record of the distance
travelled in kilometres or miles depending on the ground
speed unit selected.
Two displays are available and may be used to provide a

total for all journeys travelled and for individual journeys
or to record distances in work. Both displays may be reset
to zero.
SS11K163 1
Touch the Odometer key (1) once to select the total dis-
tance display, touch again to select the distance in work
screen ’W’. Keeping the key depressed for more than 3 s
will reset the selected odometer to zero.
The journey distance in the display will appear in steps of:
0 to 19.999 Km/Miles 0.001 Km/Miles

2000 to 19999 Km/Miles 1.0 Km/Miles
NOTE: If the radar option is not installed, distance calcu-

lations are based on axle rotation and are subject to inac- SS11K079 2
curacies caused by any wheel slip that may occur.
Area per Hour Forecaster

Touch the AREA/ HOUR key (1). The ‘AREA/ HOUR’
symbol will display, together with a forecast (2) of the area
that will be worked in one hour if the current rate of work
is continued.
The area per hour will appear in steps of 0.01 Ha/ Acre.
NOTE: If the radar option is not installed, area per hour
calculations are based on axle speed and are subject to
SS11K080 3
3 - 55
Area Accumulator
NOTE: Before activating the area accumulator function
ensure the correct implement width has been entered into
the TPM memory.
The accumulated area (total area worked) can be dis-

played by depressing the AREA key (1). Depending on
the unit set in the tractor speed display (Km/h or MPH)
the reading will be in hectares or acres.
Depress the area accumulator key repeatedly to toggle

through the three displays in the dot matrix screen:
1. OFF. The area accumulator is off.
2. ON. Area accumulator on. Area will be accumulated
as the tractor moves irrespective of the position of
the implement.
3. A. Area accumulation will start recording when the
tractor moves and the implement is lowered. It will
stop accumulating when the implement is raised.
The area accumulator symbol (2) will appear in the display

along with the area figure.
With trailed equipment, area accumulation may be tem-

porarily interrupted, for example, at the headland, by SS11K156 4
means of a switch connected into the implement status
socket (where fitted). See ‘Electrical Power Panel’ on
page 6-152.
The area measurement in the display (3) will appear in
steps of:
0 to 199.99 Ha/ acre 0.01 Ha/ acre

200 to 1999.9 Ha/ acre 0.1 Ha/ acre
2000 to 19999 Ha/ acre 1.0 Ha/ acre
Area accumulation can be reset to zero at any time by

selecting OFF and holding down the AREA key (1) Figure
3 until the display returns to zero.
NOTE: If the radar option is not installed, area per hour
calculations are based on axle speed and are subject to
SS11K081 5
3 - 56
PROGRAMMING THE DISPLAYS
Programming Keys
Four keys are used to select, change or memorise the var-
ious functions related to the Performance Monitor and En-
hanced Keypad. All programme information will appear in
the Dot Matrix Display (DMD) along with the relevant sym-
bol for the function selected.
1. Menu Up/ Digit Value Key. Use this key to scroll up-
wards through the function menu or to increase the
value of a selected digit during a calibration proce-
dure. Values will increase by one digit each time the
key is depressed.
2. Exit/ Cancel Key. Depress this key to exit the cal-
ibration mode. The key may be used at any time
during a setup procedure to cancel and exit the cal-
ibration mode, however, information not saved will
be lost.
3. Menu Down/ Digit Select Key. In the calibration
mode depress this key to scroll downwards through
the menu or to select a digit for re- calibration. Each SS11K157 6
time the key is depressed the flashing cursor show-
ing the current digit selected will move one space to
the right.
4. Menu/ Enter Key. Depress and hold this key to enter
the programme mode. SETUP/ MENU will appear
in the display but this will change to the Clock Menu.
Release the Menu/ Enter key. Using the Menu Up/
Down keys, the various display screens can now be
accessed.
Using the Menu Up/ Down keys, select the function to be

calibrated. Depressing the Menu Up key will select the
following screens in the Dot Matrix Display:
Clock setup
MPH or Km/h select
Beep on/ off
Warning symbol
Auto engine stop
When the appropriate function screen has been selected,

depress the Menu/ Enter key again to access the calibra-
tion mode.
3 - 57
Audible Beep
Each time one of the keys is pressed, an audible ’beep’
sound will be heard. The beep can be switched off if re-
quired.
Enter key. SETUP MENU will appear in the DMD
Menu/ Enter key.
• Using the Menu Up/ Down keys, scroll through the
menu until BEEP ON/ OFF is displayed.
• Depress the Menu/ Enter key again to select the set- SS11K082 7
up screen. Using the Menu Up/ Down keys, align
the arrow (1) with ON or OFF as required.
• Touch the Menu/ Enter key to store the setting and
return to the main menu. Depress the Exit/ Cancel
key to return to the original display.
Setting the Implement Width

In order that the micro- processor may calculate the cu-
mulative area, the working width of the implement must
be entered into the memory. For example, to enter an im-
plement working width of 4.5 m (14.76 ft) carry out the
following procedure.
Menu/ Enter key.
8
menu until the Implement width symbol is displayed. SS11K083
• Depress the Menu/ Enter key again to select the set-

up screen, a flashing cursor will appear at the first
number to be set. Using the Digit Value key enter
’0’ then move the cursor one space to the right with
the Digit Select key and enter ’4’. Move the cursor
to the right of the decimal point and enter ’5’. The
reading displayed should now be 4.5 m (14.76 ft).
NOTE: The micro- processor cannot calculate the area
worked unless the correct implement width is entered.
SS11K084 9
3 - 58
Calibrating for Wheel Slip

Before setting the slip alarm point, a zero wheel slip factor
has to be determined. This calibration must be carried
out on a hard level surface where wheel slip is unlikely to
occur.
NOTE: The Electronic Draft Control auto slip function (see
EDC operation) will not operate unless this procedure is
carried out.
• With the tractor stationary and the engine running,

depress and hold the Menu/ Enter key. SETUP
MENU will appear in the DMD but this will change
SS11K085 10
to the Clock Menu. Release the Menu/ Enter key.
menu screens until the wheel slip symbol is dis-
played.
• Drive the tractor at a constant speed above 5
km/h (3.1 mph). When a steady speed has been
reached, depress the Menu Enter key, CAL ON will
appear in the display. After a short distance touch
the Menu Enter key again, the display will change
to CAL OK.
3 - 59
Setting the Slip Alarm Point

CAUTION
Eye injury hazard!
The radar ground speed sensor emits a low
intensity microwave signal that will not cause
any ill effects in normal use. Although the sig-
nal intensity is low, do not look directly into
the face of the sensor while in operation.
Failure to comply could result in minor or
moderate injury.
C0013A
NOTE: If the optional radar unit is not installed, the slip SS11K085 11
alarm function will be omitted from the display.
The slip alarm point may be set as a one or two digit figure
that, if exceeded, will cause an audible alarm to sound.
To set a wheel slip limit of 15 % carry out the following
procedure.
Menu/ Enter key.
menu until the wheel slip symbol (1) is displayed.
• Depress the Menu/ Enter key again to select the set-
up screen, a flashing cursor will appear at the first
number to be set. Using the Digit Value key enter
’1’, move the cursor to the right with the Digit Select
key and, with the Digit Value key, enter ’5’. The slip
alarm point is now set at 15 %.
• Depress the Menu/ Enter key to memorise the set-
ting and return to the main menu. Depress the Exit/
Cancel key to return to the original display.
If wheel slip exceeds the preset limit, the slip symbol
will appear in the DMD and the amber warning light will
illuminate on the instrument console.
Programming the Service Reminder
The service reminder function allows the operator to
programme two service interval reminders using the
Enhanced Keypad. The following procedure is the same
for LIGHT and HEAVY service intervals.
menu until the service reminder symbol (1) appears
12
in the display. SS11K138
3 - 60
Setting a Light Service Reminder

• Depress the Menu/ Enter key again to select the
Service Reminder sub- menu. Using the Menu Up/
Down keys display ’LIGHT’, touch the Menu/Enter
key and a flashing cursor (1) will appear at the first
number to be set.
• Using the Digit Value key enter the first number to
be set, move the cursor one space to the right with
the Digit Select key and, with the Digit Value key,
enter the second digit, repeat for the third digit. The
display will now read LIGHT xxx (where xxx will be
a previously stored setting).
SS11K140 13
NOTE: Where no setting has been made, the display will
show ’0’.
• Touch the Menu/ Enter key to memorise the setting

(Value xx saved) and return to the main menu. De-
press the Exit/ Cancel key to return to the original
display. The service reminder is now set for the se-
lected period.
Two hours before the service is due the Light Service sym-
bol and the hours remaining will appear in the DMD at
’key- on’ and will remain displayed for 4 s after the engine
is started.
Setting a Heavy Service Reminder
Select HEAVY on the main menu and repeat the proce-
dure used for setting the LIGHT service reminder.
Ten hours before the service is due the Heavy Service

symbol and the hours remaining will appear in the DMD at
’key- on’ and will remain displayed for 4 s after the engine
is started.
SS11K139 14
Time Expiry Warnings

As the time to service expires, the relevant symbol will
appear hourly in the display for 20 s. The number of hours
remaining before the service will also be shown and this
will be accompanied by the Amber warning light. When
time to service has expired, only the symbol will appear
hourly in the display.
If required, the service time count--down may be termi-

nated by resetting the Service Reminder interval to zero
or by changing the period until the next service is due.
3 - 61
Auto Engine Shutdown (Advisory Only)

The engine on your tractor has an automatic engine shut-
down feature that can be set by your authorised dealer
to operate in one of three modes, see Automatic Engine
Shutdown on page 4-8.
To check the setting on your tractor carry out the following:
• Using the Menu Up/ Down keys, scroll through the SS11K141 15
menu until the engine shutdown symbol appears.

• Depress the Menu/ Enter key again to select the dis-
play screen. This will indicate whether programme
1, 2 or 3 has been activated. These settings can
only made by your authorised dealer using spe-
cialised equipment.
• Touch the Menu/ Enter key to return to the main
menu. Depress the Exit/ Cancel key to return to the
original display.
3 - 62
ALARM FUNCTIONS [22259933]

The illumination of a warning light may be accompanied
by an audible alarm. Depending on the severity of the
malfunction, one of the following alarms may be heard.
Critical Alarm
A continuous pulse alarm accompanied by the red warn-
ing light (1). The tractor must be stopped immediately.
The alarm will sound until the fault is corrected or the en-
gine switched off.
Non Critical Alarm

A 4 second pulsating alarm will be accompanied by the
amber warning light (2). A failure or error has occurred
but the operator may continue work. The fault should be
rectified as soon as possible.
SS11K135 1
Action Required
A two pulse alarm will sound for 1 s to advise the operator
that a certain action is required. The alarm will continue
to be present until the operator carries out the appropriate
action or the tractor engine is switched off.
Safety and General Alarms

A continuous alarm will sound if the operator attempts to
carry out an inappropriate action i.e. driving the tractor
with the parking brake applied.
Parking Lights
A pulse alarm will sound for a short period if the engine is
switched off and the parking lights are left on.
Status 'Beep'
A ’beep’ will sound each time a key is depressed on the
key pad. This sound may be disabled if required, see
page 3-50.
3 - 63
Error codes and Warnings

The advanced electronics on your tractor are able to de-
tect a malfunction or error occurring in key areas such as
engine, transmission, brakes, electrical and hydraulic sys-
tems. Should a malfunction or error occur, the relevant
symbol and error code will appear in the display.
NOTE: For an explanation of warning and advisory sym-
bols see page 3-66 and the following.
The error code may be accompanied by the illumination

of a warning light and an audible alarm depending on the
severity of the fault. Consult your authorised dealer.
SS11K038 2
Active and Non Active Warnings

In addition to the error codes previously described there
are a number of other warning symbols that may appear
in the displays. These symbols will be accompanied by ei-
ther a Red (critical), or Amber (non- critical) warning light.
Critical symbols appearing with a Red warning light (1) will

remain permanently displayed until the tractor is stopped
and the fault rectified.
Depending on the severity of the fault, non critical sym-

bols accompanied by the Amber light (2) will be displayed
for five seconds before the display reverts to the previous SS11K135 3
working display. The amber warning light will continue to
illuminate. However, if the fault is of a simple nature then
the Amber light may go out when the fault code disap-
pears from the display.
For more severe faults the Amber warning light may re-
main illuminated until the fault is rectified.
Use the Enhanced Keypad to recall active warnings that
are not permanently displayed.
3 - 64
ACCESSING STORED ERROR CODES [29818544]

Using the CAL/ SEL button
• Depress and hold the CAL/ SEL button for three
seconds to enter SETUP MENU, after two seconds
the display will change to CAL. Using the clock set
buttons H and M to toggle the display, select the
active warning symbol (1) Figure 2.
• Depress the CAL/ SEL button and the active symbol
will be replaced with a symbol corresponding to the
fault detected.
SS11K159 1
• If more than one warning symbol has been stored,

the display will cycle through each one in turn. After
the fault symbols have been displayed, the screen
will default back to the active warning symbol.
• Momentarily depress the dimming button to exit the
display.
SS11K142 2
Using the Enhanced Keypad

but this will change to the active Clock Menu. Re-
lease the Menu/ Enter key.
• By momentarily depressing the Menu/ Enter key
again, the active symbol will be replaced with a
symbol corresponding to the fault detected.
• If more than one non- active symbol has been
stored, the display will cycle through each one in
turn.
SS11K160 3
• After the fault symbols have been displayed, the

screen will default back to the active warning sym-
bol.
Depress the Exit/ Cancel key (2) to exit and return to the
original display.
3 - 65
WARNING AND ADVISORY SYMBOLS [40084562]

There are a number of warning/ advisory symbols that
may appear in the displays. The symbols can be cate-
gorised into four main groups.
• Warning. These symbols advise of a fault that is crit-

ical to the operation of the tractor. Stop the tractor
as soon as possible, investigate the cause and rec-
tify the fault.
• Maintenance. These symbols tell the operator there
is a concern relating to the basic functions of the
tractor, ie. water contamination in the fuel, alternator
not charging etc.
SS11K038 1
• System Fault. The system fault symbols relate to an

operational fault in one or more of the tractors main
components, either electrical or mechanical. Maybe
accompanied by a four digit fault code. Consult your
authorised dealer.
• Advisory. The advisory symbols are not detrimental
to the operation of the tractor but should not be ig-
nored. Take appropriate action where necessary.
SS11K055 2
Brake and Steering

DISPLAY PANEL LAMP WARNING LAMP ALARM CAUSE ACTION
Hand brake
continuous applied and
RELEASE tractor moving. Release hand
HAND flashing
brake.
BRAKE
Hand brake not
- 2 pulses/ sec released during
Auto take- off.
Operator leaves
seat without
- - continuous
applying hand
brake. Apply hand brake.
Hand brake not
- - continuous engaged at key
OFF.
3 - 66

These symbols
advices of a
fault that may
Air Brake be critical to the
AIR 3 s pulsating
Pressure operation of the
BRAKE flashing 4 s/
continuous machine.
PRESSURE
Stop the
TOO LOW
machine as soon
as possible,
investigate the
cause and rectify
Hydraulic the fault.
- -
pressure too low. If the fault cannot
flashing 4 s/
continuous be easily rectified,
consult your
authorised dealer.
Brake Fluid Level

BRAKE - - See page 7-18.
too low.
FLUID flashing 4 s/
LEVEL continuous
TOO LOW
3 - 67
Transmission/ Hydraulic
SYMBOL PANEL LAMP WARNING LAMP ALARM CAUSE ACTION
Driving direction
selected without
depressing the Cycle clutch
- - 2 pulses/ sec
clutch pedal, after pedal.
leaving the drivers
seat.
Transmission in
- - 2 pulses/ sec
‘Neutral’.
flashing 4 s/ 3 s pulsating
Transmission Reduce engine
- continuous
TRANSMIS overspeed. speed.
OVER pulsating
SPEED flashing
Rear P.T.O. Apply hand brake

engaged, or disengage
- continuous 8 s
Operator not Rear P.T.O. before
present. leaving the tractor.
Apply hand brake

Front P.T.O.
or Disengage
engaged,
- continuous Front P.T.O.
Operator not
before leaving
present.
the tractor.
Incorrect use of Do not engage

- 3 s pulsating P.T.O. Controls, P.T.O. until DMD
P.T.O. flashing 4 s/ timed out. symbol clears.
TIMED OUT continuous
Engine speed too
Increase engine
low to allow P.T.O.
speed and re-
- 3 s pulsating engagemen tor
engage P.T.O.
P.T.O. flashing 4 s/ P.T.O. load too
drive.
ANTISTALL continuous high
Reduce tractor or
- 3 s pulsating Slip limit warning. implement draft
SLIP flashing 4 s/ load.
LIMIT continuous
WARNING
3 - 68
SYMBOL PANEL LAMP WARNING LAMP ALARM CAUSE ACTION

These symbols
advices of a
Piston Pump fault that may
- pulsating Boost pressure be critical to the
LOW PISTON too low.
flashing operation of the
PUMP
machine.
PRESSURE
Stop the
machine as soon
as possible,
investigate the
Transmission Oil cause and rectify
TRANSMIS - pulsating the fault.
Pressure very low.
OIL flashing/ If the fault cannot
PRESSURE continuous be easily rectified,
VERY LOW consult your
authorised dealer.
Driveline oil
TRANSMIS pressure too
OIL low (or too
- pulsating
PRESSURE high). (Engine
flashing/
VERY LOW Shutdown
continuous
activated)
These symbols
advices of a
Transmission fault that may
Oil Temperature be critical to the
TRANSMIS - - operation of the
too high (Low
OIL flashing 4 s/ machine.
Warning only)
TEMP continuous Stop the
VERY HIGH machine as soon
as possible,
investigate the
Transmission cause and rectify
Oil Temperature the fault.
TRANSMIS - pulsating
too high (High If the fault cannot
OIL flashing/
Warning only) be easily rectified,
TEMP continuous
consult your
VERY HIGH
authorised dealer.
Transmission Oil
TRANSMIS
Temperature too
OIL
- pulsating high. (Engine
TEMP
flashing/ Shutdown
VERY HIGH
continuous activated)
3 - 69
Engine
Engine Oil
EGINE pulsating Pressure very
OIL flashing/ flashing/ low
PRESSURE continuous continuous
VERY LOW
EGINE Engine oil

OIL pressure too
PRESSURE pulsating low. (Engine
VERY LOW Shutdown These symbols
flashing advices of a
activated)
fault that may
be critical to the
operation of the
machine.
Stop the
Engine Coolant machine as soon
- pulsating Temperature very as possible,
ENGINE
flashing/ high. investigate the
COOLANT
continuous cause and rectify
TEMP
the fault.
VERY HIGH
If the fault cannot
be easily rectified,
consult your
ENGINE Engine coolant authorised dealer.
COOLANT temperature too
TEMP - pulsating high. (Engine
VERY HIGH flashing/ Shutdown
continuous activated)
Engine Hp
Protection
- pulsating (Engine
flashing Shutdown
activated)
Engine Intake Air

ENGINE - - See page 7-16
Filter Blocked.
INTAKE flashing 4 s/
AIR FILTER continuous
BLOCKED
Fuel
- 3 s pulsating Contaminated See page 7-17
WATER flashing 4 s/ (WIF)
IN continuous
FUEL
3 - 70
DEF/AdBlue® Level
refill DEF/
DEF/AdBlue® AdBlue® and
level is less than reset the system
- 4 s pulsating
DEF/AdBlue® 10 % of tank by cycling the key
flashing 4 s/
LEVEL volume switch OFF then
continuous
LOW ON.
DEF/AdBlue®
level is less than 5
%of tank volume
( 0 % will be
displayed)
DEF/AdBlue® - pulsating Up to 65 % torque
LEVEL reduction and 40
TANK IS flashing
% engine speed
EMPTY – Power reduction within
limitation 40 min of engine
running time.
refill DEF/
DEF/AdBlue®
AdBlue®
level has been
immediately and
empty for 60 min.
reset the system
Engine torque
by cycling the key
DEF/AdBlue® - pulsating further limited to
switch OFF then
TANK IS EMPTY flashing reach low idle
ON.
– Extreme Power speed within 30
limitation min of engine
running time.
Emergency re-
start is active
without speed or
torque limitation
DEF/AdBlue® - pulsating
for 30 s. After 30 s
TANK IS EMPTY flashing speed and torque
– Extreme Power ramps down to
limitation idle within ... s.
3 - 71
DEF/AdBlue® Quality
DEF/AdBlue®
quality/
concentration is
POOR - 4 s pulsating
questionable.
DEF/AdBlue® flashing 4 s/
No engine power
QUALITY continuous
loss.
DETECTED
DEF/AdBlue®
quality/
concentration
is questionable
60 min after the
POOR initial warning.
- pulsating
DEF/AdBlue® Up to 65 % torque
flashing 4 s/
QUALITY reduction and 40
continuous
DETECTED – % engine speed
Drain DEF/
Power limitation reduction within
AdBlue® tank,
40 min of engine
clean and refill
running time.
with approved
DEF/AdBlue® DEF/AdBlue®
quality/ solution. Contact
concentration your local
is questionable authorized dealer
220 min after the if failure persists.
POOR initial warning.
DEF/AdBlue® - pulsating
Engine torque
QUALITY flashing further limited to
DETECTED – reach low idle
Extreme Power speed within 30
running time.
Engine restart

is active without
POOR speed or torque
DEF/AdBlue® - pulsating limitation for 30 s
QUALITY flashing speed and torque
DETECTED – ramps down to
Extreme Power idle within ... s.
limitation
3 - 72
DEF/ AdBlue® injection failure

- DEF/ AdBlue®
injection failure
detected.
DEF/ AdBlue® - Up to 25 % torque
4 s pulsating
INJECTION flashing 4 s/ reduction within
FAILURE – continuous 25 min of engine
Torque limitation running time.
DEF/ AdBlue®
injection failure
detected 25 min
after the initial
warning.
DEF/ AdBlue® - pulsating Up to 65 % torque
INJECTION flashing 4 s/ reduction and 40
FAILURE— continuous % engine speed
Power limitation reduction within
40 min of engine
running time. Contact your local
DEF/ AdBlue® authorized dealer
injection failure for repair.
detected 250 min
after the initial
warning.
DEF/ AdBlue® - pulsating Engine torque
INJECTION flashing 4 s/ further limited to
FAILURE – continuous reach low idle
Extreme Power speed within 30
running time.
Emergency re-
start is active
without speed or
DEF/ AdBlue® torque limitation
- pulsating
INJECTION flashing 4 s/ for 30 s after 30 s
FAILURE – continuous speed and torque
Extreme Power ramps down to
limitation idle within ... s.
3 - 73
NOTE: x/3 denotes number of 3 possible engine restarts.
Charging system
Battery voltage
- -
BATTERY too high.
flashing 4 s/
VOLTAGE continuous
TOO HIGH
Battery charging
BATTERY - - See page 8-7
failure
CHARGING
FAILURE
Battery voltage
- 3 spulsating
BATTERY too low.
flashing 4 s/
VOLTAGE continuous
TOO LOW
Electro Hydraulic Remotes

Reduce oil flow
requirements to
Front/ Rear
other services.
- 3 s pulsating Remotes
REMOTE Move lever or
flashing 4 s/ Warnings
FR1 joystick control to
continuous
WARNING neutral.
Reduce oil flow
requirements to
Front/ Rear
other services.
- 3 s pulsating Remotes
REMOTE Move lever or
flashing 4 s/ Warnings
R1 joystick control to
continuous
WARNING neutral.
CAN- BUS System

New Control
module is going
Module
- 3 s pulsating to be added to
NEW Configured
flashing 4 s/ the configuration
MODULE continuous table.
DETECTED
New Control
module has
Module
- - been added to
NEW Configured
flashing the configuration
MODULE table.
STORED
3 - 74

These symbols
advices of a
fault that may
be critical to the
operation of the
machine.
Stop the
machine as soon
- 3 s pulsating Network Errors
as possible,
NETWORK flashing 4 s/
investigate the
ERRORS continuous
cause and rectify
the fault.
If the fault cannot
be easily rectified,
consult your
authorised dealer.
Service
HEAVY
Maintenance/ maintenance
- -
Service "Heavy" schedule due in
SERVICE flashing 4 s/
'xx' hours*.
WARNING continuous
LIGHT
Maintenance/ maintenance
- -
Service "Light" schedule due in
SERVICE flashing 'xx' hours*.
WARNING
Lighting System
Turn Indicators
- - continuous Cancel Indicators.
not cancelled.
Side Light ON at Turn parking lights

- - continuous
KEY OFF. OFF.
3 - 75
3 - 76
4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
COMMISSIONING THE UNIT
TRACTOR REFUELLING [22500092]

WARNING
Fire hazard!
When handling diesel fuel, observe the following precautions:
1. Do not smoke.
2. Never fill the tank when the engine is running.
3. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.
W0099A
WARNING
Fire hazard!
Do not add gasoline, alcohol, or blended fuels to diesel fuel, except as recommended in this manual.
Fuel combinations may increase fire and explosion hazards.
W0401A
NOTE: Additionally, dieselhol is not approved due to possible inadequate lubrication of the fuel injection system.
Maintenance requirements
The operator must maintain appropriate DEF/AdBlue® levels at all times. No additional maintenance is required.
NOTE: See your Case dealer for replacement components and cleaning agents.
See pages 7-11 and 7-12 for lubrication oil quality, maximum lubrication oil consumption ratings, and page 7-2 for fuel
requirements. Your SCR system is compatible with up to 7 % biodiesel fuel.
with Diesel
When handling diesel fuel, observe the following:
• Fill the tank at the end of each day to reduce
overnight condensation.
• Clean the area around the fuel cap (1) to prevent dirt
from entering tank and contaminating the fuel.
• Never take the cap off or refuel with the engine run-
ning.
Remove the cap and place in a clean area during
refuelling. The cap is attached to the fuel tank by a
chain to prevent loss.
SS11H226 1
• Keep control of the fuel nozzle while filling the fuel
tank.
• Don’t fill the tank to capacity. Allow room for expan-
sion. If the original fuel tank cap is lost, replace it
with a genuine original equipment cap and tighten
securely.
• After filling the tank, replace and tighten the fuel cap.
• Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.
4-1
with Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®

The DEF/AdBlue® tank is located on the left- hand side
of the machine, next to the diesel filling port.
The DEF/AdBlue® tank cap (1) can be identified by the

“blue” color of the cap. A fitting under the cap prevents
the insertion of a diesel fill nozzle.
NOTICE: If any DEF/AdBlue® spills or contacts any
surface other than the storage tanks, immediately clean
the affected surface with clear water. DEF/AdBlue®
will cause corrosion on painted and unpainted metallic
surfaces, and may distort some plastic and rubber com-
SS11H237 2
ponents.
It is recommended that DEF/AdBlue® filling equipment should be used having a fill nozzle/ pump with the correct
length and diameter, triggered by the magnet in the tank filler neck and with overfill flow cut out.
This will ensure that:

• The screen in the filler neck will not be damaged.
• Impurities are not entering the DEF/AdBlue® tank. The standardized DEF/AdBlue® nozzle matches the filler
neck diameter.
• The DEF/AdBlue® tank is not overfilled, as the DEF/AdBlue® pump will stop when the DEF/AdBlue® tank is
full.
• DEF/AdBlue® is not pumped in the fuel tank, as the DEF/AdBlue® nozzle cannot pump when the magnet is
not sensed.
NOTICE: Refilling with a funnel is not recommended as this may lead to damage of the screen in the filler neck.
NOTE: The information above has been provided by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO), Docu-
ment number ISO 22241-4 Diesel engines - NOx reduction agent AUS 32 - Part 4: Refilling interface.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® consumption

NOTE: DEF/AdBlue® consumption is highly dependent on engine loads, humidity levels, DEF/AdBlue® fluid con-
centration, and engine speed. The “typical” consumption is only a guideline to verify proper function of the SCR
system. CNH recommends to fill the DEF/AdBlue® tanks at every fuel refilling interval.
Fuel filler cap

The fuel filler cap on your tractor is of the vented type, should it become lost or damaged always replace it with one
of the same type. Consult your authorised dealer.
Internal filling neck filter

A internal coarse filter is located in the filling neck of the DEF/AdBlue® storage tank. This filter collects large debris
from refilling the storage tank and can be removed for cleaning by the customer.
4-2
STARTING THE UNIT
STARTING THE ENGINE [39088409]

WARNING
Hazard to bystanders!
Make sure the area surrounding the machine is clear of all persons before starting the engine.
W0090A
Before starting the engine, always carry out the following

procedure:
• Sit in the driver’s seat.

• Ensure the parking brake is firmly applied.
• Ensure the shuttle lever is in the downward or park
position. (where park brake is fitted)
• Ensure that the P.T.O. knob is in the ‘off’ position.
• Place all remote control valve levers in neutral.
• Turn the 3- point hitch Position Control to the fully
lowered position
• Depress and hold the clutch pedal.
NOTICE: The high operating speed of the turbocharger
makes it essential that adequate lubrication is assured
when the engine is started. Therefore, idle the engine
at 1000 RPM for approximately one minute before driving
the tractor.
Starting in cold weather (with a cold engine)
• Open the hand throttle halfway and turn the key-
start switch clockwise to position (4). An indicator
light (1) Figure 2 on the instrument panel will illumi-
nate for 10 - 15 s to show the grid heater has been
activated.
• When the light extinguishes, turn the key fully clock-
wise to position (5). Crank the engine until it starts
but do not operate the starting motor for more than
60 s.
NOTE: If cranking is not carried out within 30 s of the light
extinguishing, turn the key- start to the 'off' position, pause BSE2673A 1
and restart the sequence.
• If the engine fails to start, repeat the foregoing pro-
cedure. If the engine still fails to start, allow the bat-
tery to recover for 4 - 5 min then repeat the proce-
dure.
• When the engine starts, return the throttle to the idle
position and check that all warning lights extinguish
and gauge readings are normal.
SS11K075 2
4-3
Starting in warm weather or when the engine

is hot
1. Turn the key- start switch fully clockwise to position
(5) to operate the starting motor. It is not necessary
to open the throttle in these conditions. Crank the
engine until it starts but do not operate the starting
motor for more than 60 s.
NOTE: Once the starter motor has been operated, it is
necessary to return the key- start switch back to the 'off'
position before the starting motor can be re- activated.
• Return the throttle to the idle position and check that BSE2673A 3
all warning lights extinguish and gauge readings are
normal.
GRID HEATER COLD START AID (where fitted) [24131423]

WARNING
Using a starting aid on a machine equipped with a cold weather starting aid can cause an explosion.
Follow the Cold Weather Starting instructions contained in this manual. DO NOT use ether or other
flammable starting aids.
W0058A
The grid heater, which is effective in ambient tempera-

tures down to -18 °C (0 °F), consists of a heating ele-
ment installed in the intake manifold. Operation of the grid
heater is automatic when the engine coolant, fuel, intake
or environment temperature falls to -5 °C (23 °F) or below.
A warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate to

confirm operation.
If temperatures below -18 °C (0 °F) are encountered, a

block coolant heater is available as an accessory. The
block coolant heater is effective in ambient temperatures
down to -29 °C (-20 °F) when used in conjunction with the
grid heater.
FUEL HEATER (where fitted) [24130591]

The fuel heater consists of a heating element installed in
the primary fuel filter. The heater operates in conjunction
with the grid heater in the engine inlet manifold.
Operation of the grid heater/ fuel heater is automatic when

the ambient temperature falls below 0 °C (32 °F). If the
temperature reaches 5 °C (41 °F), it will stop to operate.
See Grid Heater Cold Start Aid on page 4-4.
BRJ5303B 1
4-4
COOLANT IMMERSION HEATER (where fitted) [24130248]

WARNING
Electrical shock hazard!
NEVER use an ungrounded or inadequate extension cord. Always use a functional (three-wire),
grounded extension cord rated for the appropriate voltage and current (15 A), with circuit protection
of either a standard circuit breaker or a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI).
W0400A
This accessory consists of a heating element fitted into

one of the core plug apertures on the right- hand side of
the block. The heater is available in 110 V A. C. only.
This accessory provides easier starting down to -29 °C
(-20 °F).
To operate the heater, connect the heater extension cable

to the socket (1) adjacent to the left- hand cab steps. Plug
the free end of the heater cable into a suitable 110 V outlet
(or 220 V using a transformer), for up to four hours before
carrying out the cold weather starting procedure.
SS11H227 1
4-5
TRANSMISSION OIL HEATER (where fitted) [24130686]

This accessory consists of a 110 V or 220 V A.C. heating
element installed in the transmission housing.
This accessory provides for faster warm up of the trans-

mission/ hydraulic oil when operating in low ambient tem-
peratures.
Connect the 110 V heater extension cable to the plug at

(1).
Connect the 220 V heater extension cable to the plug at

(1).
To operate the heater, connect the plug on the free end of

SS11H238 1
the heater cable to a suitable outlet (using a voltage trans-
former, if necessary) for up to four hours before starting
the engine.
NOTE: Do not use the heater when the oil is very cold as
this may ’scorch’ the oil. Use the heater after the tractor
has been operated and the transmission oil is still warm.
This will maintain oil temperature for easier starting in very
cold weather.
4-6
BOOSTING THE BATTERY [24130908]

WARNING
Eye injury hazard!
Wear eye protection when jump-starting the machine and when charging the battery.
W0382A
If it is necessary to use jump leads (booster cables) to

start the tractor, use only heavy duty leads. Proceed as
follows:
The positive terminal (1) mounts on the starter solenoid
and is protected by an insulated cover (2) which can be
lifted to gain access to the terminal.
The negative terminal (3) attaches to the upper mounting

bolt of the starter.
Connect one end of red jump lead to the positive (+) re-
mote jump terminal (1) and the other end to the positive
(+) terminal of the auxiliary battery.
Connect one end of black jump lead to the negative (-)

remote jump terminal (2) and the other end to negative (-)
terminal of auxiliary battery. Follow the starting procedure SS11H231 1
as described later in this Section.
When the engine starts allow it to run at idle speed, turn

on all electrical equipment (lights, etc.) then disconnect
the jump leads in the reverse order to the connecting pro-
cedure. This will help protect the alternator from possible
damage due to extreme load changes.
Close the cover (2) to protect the positive (+) terminal.
Turn off all electrical equipment and run the tractor engine
until the battery is fully charged.
NOTICE: When using an auxiliary battery to start the en-
gine, ensure that the polarity of the jump leads is correct
- positive to positive, negative to negative, otherwise the
alternator may be damaged. Only use an auxiliary battery
if the tractor batteries are discharged. Excessive amper-
age (above 1600 cca) may damage the starting motor. In
the event of the batteries being severely discharged, such
that terminal voltage is below 7 V recovery will require a
special charging procedure. See your authorised dealer.
4-7
STOPPING THE UNIT
STOPPING THE ENGINE [24131586]

NOTICE: Before stopping, idle the engine at 1000 RPM
for approximately 1 min. This will allow the turbocharger
and manifold to cool and prevent possible distortion of
components.
To stop the engine, carry out the following procedure:
• Sit in the driver’s seat.

• Close the throttle.
• Ensure that the parking brake is firmly applied.
• Ensure the P.T.O. is disengaged.
• Place the remote control valve levers in the neutral
position.
• Lower 3 point hitch mounted equipment to the
ground.
• Place the Shuttle lever in the Park brake position.
(where fitted)
• Turn the key- start switch off- position (2).
AUTOMATIC ENGINE SHUTDOWN [24133213]

Before attempting to start an engine that has automati-
cally shutdown, trace and rectify the fault that caused the
engine to be stopped.
Automatic engine shutdown is operated through the En-

gine Control Unit (ECU). In the unlikely event that one or
more of the following conditions occurs then the engine
will be shut down after 30 s.
• A critical error is detected within the engine control

system.
• The generated engine horsepower attempts to ex-
ceed the specified design limit.
Should either of the above occur and the engine shuts

down, consult your authorised dealer before attempting
further operations with the tractor.
NOTE: Automatic engine shutdown function is perma-
nently activated and cannot be switched off.
4-8
AUTOMATIC ENGINE SHUTDOWN WITH ENHANCED KEYPAD

(where fitted) [24133603]
The automatic engine shutdown system on tractors
equipped with the optional Enhanced Keypad provides a
further level of protection. The system monitors four key
areas that are critical to the safe operation of engine and
driveline and, in the unlikely event that one or more of
these reaches a critical condition, the engine will be shut
down.
• Engine oil pressure falls below safe limits.
• Engine coolant temperature exceeds safe limits.
• Driveline oil pressure falls below safe limits.
• Driveline oil temperature rises above safe limits.
Prior to engine shutdown the red Stop light will start to

flash and the critical alarm will sound. In addition, the en-
gine fault warning and malfunction symbols will flash al-
ternately in the lower display. If, after 30 s, the operator
has not stopped the engine, the automatic shutdown fea-
ture will be activated and the engine will be shut down.
After the engine has shut down, the red Stop light will SS11K143 1
remain on but the alarm will cease to sound. Both engine
and malfunction symbols will continue to flash alternately.
The automatic engine shutdown function may be pro-
grammed by your authorised dealer to operate in one of
three modes , these may be shown in the DMD as YES1
(2 or 3):
1. No engine shutdown. In this mode the engine is not

capable of automatic shutdown.
2. Always engine shutdown. The engine will shutdown
at any time if one or more of the monitored condi-
tions reaches a critical level.
3. Stationary engine shutdown. The engine will shut-
down only during stationary operations if one or
more of the monitored conditions reaches a critical SS11K144 2
level.
Although the Automatic Engine Shutdown linked to the

Keypad can be disabled by your dealer, the ECU con-
trolled system will continue to function in the normal way.
4-9
MOVING THE UNIT
OPERATING IN COLD TEMPERATURES [24303616]

To start and operate your tractor during ambient During cold ambient temperatures, the engine may not
temperatures of -1 °C (30 °F) and below, observe the reach or maintain the correct operating temperature.
following instructions. Slow engine speeds in cold temperatures can cause
damage to the engine. Use the following procedure to
• BATTERIES - Ensure the batteries are fully charged
warm the engine and transmission oils and to maintain
and the terminals are clean and tight.
the correct operating temperatures.
• FUEL - Must be clean and free of water. Consult
your fuel supplier for cold weather fuel requirements Warming the Engine
in your area.
• ENGINE OIL - Ensure the oil is the correct viscosity Start the engine using the procedure shown in the ’Start-
for the ambient temperature range. See page 7-11. ing the Engine’ section of this manual.
• TRANSMISSION/HYDRAULIC OIL - Use low ambi- NOTE: During engine warm up, an electronically con-
ent temperature transmission oil. See page 7-11. trolled engine may not run smoothly until the temperature
increases.
NOTE: If continuous operation is required in tempera-
tures below -28 °C (-18 °F), change the transmission/ hy- NOTE: At low temperatures, the tractor must be run un-
draulic oil to one of a lower temperature rating, see page til it warms up. Transmission response may be compro-
7-11. This oil is more fluid at extremely cold temperatures. mised and heavy steering may occur until the oil is warm.
Always use a transmission oil heater and engine coolant
• ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM - Must have a min- heater to reduce warm up time.
imum of 50 % ethylene glycol solution for system
protection.
Maintaining Engine Temperature
• TYRES - If the tyres contain liquid ballast they must
be protected against temperatures below 0 °C (32 When the engine is operating in cold ambient
°F). Consult your dealer. temperatures without load, maintain correct operating
temperature as described below.
• CONDENSATION IN THE FUEL TANK - To prevent
condensation forming in the fuel tank and water en- • Run the engine at approximately 1500 RPM.
tering the fuel system, fill the fuel tank at the end of • Cover the front grille of the tractor to control the
each day. amount of air passing through the engine radiator.
• WATER IN THE FUEL SYSTEM. Drain the pre- filter
and water separator on a regular basis to prevent Stopping the Engine When Hot
build up of water in the system.
• Run the engine at a slow speed for a short period
• TRANSMISSION OIL HEATER. Use a transmission
of time. This will permit the engine temperature to
oil heater to maintain oil temperature when the trac-
decrease gradually before stopping the engine.
tor is not being used.
Maintaining Operating Temperatures

NOTICE: During cold ambient temperatures, never run
the engine at low idle speed for long periods of time or
when the coolant temperature is below normal.
Warming the Transmission Oil
When operating in low temperatures, upshifting may be
restricted to the lower gears until the transmission oil tem-
perature reaches 10 °C (50 °F). Restricted upshifting will
be accompanied by a warning symbol appearing in the
transmission display.
With cold transmission oil, avoid shuttle operations, as far

as practicable, until the oil has warmed up.
When the warning symbol disappears, the transmission is

fully operable.
BRL6091A 1
4 - 10
LOW IDLE SPEED MANAGEMENT [41133050]

This is an additional feature to reduce fuel consumption and operating costs.
The logic will be able to reduce the low idle speed from 850 RPM to 650 RPM when the following conditions are
satisfied for at least 30 s:
• Operator not present

• Transmission in neutral and clutch released
• Vehicle speed = 0 km/h (0 mph)
• Both hand and foot throttle at minimum position (low idle request)
• Actual engine percentage torque less than 7 % for the ramp in (in order to take into account hydraulic load, fan
request, alternator), more than 10 % for the ramp out
• CRPM not activated.
• Coolant Temperature 60 - 95 °C (140 - 203 °F)
• P.T.O. not engaged
• Electronic remotes is not active (where fitted)
• Hitch is not rising
• Battery voltage over 11 V
• Transmission Oil Temperature > 40 °C (104.0 °F)
• Engine Oil Temperature > 60 °C (140.0 °F)
• Engine Oil Pressure not too low
• No engine derating on
• Air Condition system disabled
High idle engine speed

This logic will be able to increase the engine from 650 RPM to 1000 RPM when the low idle logic is already in operation
for 30 min in order to avoid problems on aftertreatment and electrical system. This logic remains active for 5 min
before returning back to 650 RPM.
The low idle management logic is enabled from the factory but can be disabled if not worth having by your authorised
dealer.
4 - 11
4 - 12
5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS
PREPARING FOR ROAD TRANSPORT
CARRYING THE TRACTOR ON A TRANSPORTER [24302814]

Transport the tractor with all four wheels on a flat bed
trailer or truck. Securely chain the tractor to the trans-
porter.
NOTICE: Do not chain around the four wheel drive shaft,
steering cylinders, front wheel drive axle or other compo-
nents that could be damaged by contacting the chain or
by heavy loading.
Use the drawbar or drawbar hanger for a rear tie down

point.
NOTICE: Cover the silencer outlet so that the wind does
not spin the turbocharger and damage the bearings. Tur-
bocharger turbine freewheeling (turning without engine
running) must be avoided since lubrication will not be pro-
vided to the turbocharger bearings.
SECURE THE HIGH VISIBILITY ROOF PANEL [24127117]

Where road speeds in excess of 50 km/h (31 mph) are
likely to occur when transporting the tractor, it is advisable
to secure the high visibility roof panel with ties to prevent
it from opening.
Secure both handles to the sun- visor support using a flex-

ible strap such as a cable tie (1) as shown in the illustra-
tion. Do not use wire or metal straps as these may dam-
age the paintwork.
BRG3056B 1
5-1
RECOVERY TRANSPORT
TOWING THE TRACTOR [24128606]

NOTICE: The tractor should only be towed a short dis-
tance, such as out of a building. Do not tow on roadways
or as a method of transport.
Use a strong chain when towing the tractor. Tow the trac-
tor from the rear using only the drawbar, rear tow hitch or
the three- point hitch. Tow the tractor from the front using
the tow pin in the front weights or front support. Have an
operator steer and brake the tractor.
To avoid damaging the transmission or other components

that turn but are not lubricated during towing, observe the
following:
• Only tow a short distance

• Keep speed below 8 km/h (5 mph)
• If possible, run the engine to provide lubrication and
power steering.
WARNING WARNING
Loss of control hazard! Hazard to bystanders!
The brakes on your machine are hydraulically Do not use cables or rope to tow the machine.
power-assisted. The brakes will still function If the cable or rope breaks or slips, it may whip
with the engine off, but you must press harder back with enough force to cause serious in-
on the pedal. jury. When using a chain, attach the chain with
Failure to comply could result in death or se- the hook's open side facing UP. If the hook
rious injury. slips, it will drop down instead of flying up.
W0442A

WARNING rious injury.
W0441A

Do not tow the machine faster than 8 kph (5
mph). The steering is much slower and steer-
ing wheel effort is much greater without the
engine running.
rious injury.
W0076A
NOTE: Four wheel drive will be engaged if the engine is

not running, regardless of the position of the 4WD activa-
tion switch.
5-2
6 - WORKING OPERATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
VARIABLE ENGINE POWER MANAGEMENT [37168700]

Power MANAGEMENT
Engine Power Management (EPM) is an electronically
controlled engine power boost function which increases
power levels where high loads may compromise tractor
performance.
When the system is activated, the EPM light (1) in the in-
strument cluster will illuminate. As the power requirement
reduces and EPM is de- activated, the light will extinguish.
EPM boost levels are variable depending on engine load,

driveline torque and tractor speed. Dependent on tractor
model, the available power increase is between 1 kW (1.4
Hp) and 15 kW (20.4 Hp) for 4 cylinder and between 1 kW
(1.4 Hp) and 18 kW (24.5 Hp) for 6 cylinder and will vary
as the load on the engine changes.
EPM is a totally automated function requiring no input

from the operator. Engine power boost can be activated
during P.T.O. operations, road transport applications and
when operating with externally powered hydraulic equip-
ment.
NOTE: Engine Power Management will be disabled if the
engine coolant temperature exceeds 105 °C (221 °F). In
this situation either increase the engine speed or reduce
the load on the engine until the coolant temperature is
reduced.
P.T.O. Operations
Engine Power Management will only function when the
following criteria are met:
P.T.O. fully engaged.

Tractor forward speed above 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph).
P.T.O. power output is above 27 kW (36.7 Hp).
P.T.O. driveline torque is above 250 Nm.
Engine coolant temperature below 105 °C (221 °F)
NOTE: Engine Power Management will operate at all
P.T.O. speeds.
SS11K145 1
Engaging the rear P.T.O. while the tractor is moving will
put EPM into standby.
As the torque and load on the P.T.O. reaches or exceeds

the above levels, the warning light (1) will illuminate and
Engine Power Management will be activated.
As the load on the engine is reduced, boost levels will

gradually decrease until engine power levels are within
normal limits.
6-1
Road Transport Applications (16 x 16 trans-

mission only)
13th gear or above is engaged.
EPM will be de- activated if the following occurs:
Tractor downshifts below 13th gear.

Engine coolant temperature exceeds 105 °C (221 °F)
External Hydraulic Applications

Engine Power Management (EPM) monitors the load on
the main hydraulic pump and in situations where there
is a significant increase in horsepower requirements to
operate external hydraulic services, EPM will respond by
boosting engine power.
To compensate for additional hydraulic loads, EPM grad-

ually increases engine power to maintain tractor perfor-
mance. As the load on the hydraulic system decreases
then the level of power boost will also be reduced.

Tractor forward speed above 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph).

EPM will be de- activated if the following occurs:
Tractor speed below 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph).

Engine coolant temperature exceeds 105 °C (221 °F).
6-2
CONSTANT ENGINE SPEED [29713658]

With Constant Engine Speed (CES), the operator may
preset one or two fixed engine speeds appropriate to the
work in hand. CES will maintain a fixed engine speed,
it cannot be used to provide a constant ground speed
(cruise control).
With CES activated the indicator light (1) on the Instru-

ment cluster, will illuminate when the system is in opera-
tion.
When activated, CES constantly monitors engine load

and speed for any change. If engine load increases and
the r.p.m. starts to drop, CES will electronically adjust
the engine speed control unit to compensate, thereby SS11K146 1
maintaining a constant engine r.p.m.
Setting Engine Speed Management

With the engine running, set the hand throttle to 1000
RPM. To activate Speed Management, momentarily de-
press the top of the switch (2) on the right- hand console.
To deactivate, depress the top of the switch again.
Select programme 1 by momentarily depressing the bot-

tom of switch (2) and then, using the speed control switch
(1), increase the engine speed to the desired level. When
the speed for programme 1 has been entered, programme
2 can then be selected (if required) by momentarily de-
pressing the bottom of switch (2) again. Repeat the above
procedure to set the second speed. BRJ4978D 2
NOTE: Momentarily depressing the speed adjustment

switch will increase or decrease the speed in 10 RPM
increments. Maintaining pressure on the switch will per-
mit the speed to ramp up or down at 100 RPM/ second,
providing there is no load on the engine.
NOTE: At key- off (engine stop) programme settings
made during tractor operation transferred from the oper-
ating memory to the main memory. To provide sufficient
time for the data to transfer, allow a minimum of 5 s delay
before turning the key on again.
6-3
Operating with Engine Speed Management

The CES function can be engaged at any time provid-
ing the engine is running above 1000 RPM. Momentarily
depress the Speed switch (2) to activate CES. The sys-
tem will automatically default to programme 1, depress
the bottom of the control switch to select programme 2.
When operating in the field, shuttling between pro-

grammes 1 and 2 may be achieved by repeatedly
depressing the bottom of the control switch or, if more
convenient, HMC step switch (3) Figure [Invalid Refer-
ence] .
BRJ4978D 3
NOTE: If the HMC step switch is used to shuttle between
CES speeds, the control switch (2), will be disabled. To
re- enable switch operation, exit and re- enter the CES
function.
NOTE: Moving the hand throttle in CES mode will disable
the speed settings and return engine speed control to the
hand or foot throttle.
Accessing a Previously Stored Setting
To access a previously stored speed setting, depress and
hold the top of the CES switch (2), Figure 3. The indicator
light will start to flash in the instrument cluster.
NOTE: The hand throttle must be set to 1000 RPM before
depressing the switch.
Continue to hold the switch until the light stops flashing

and goes out, the engine speed will increase or decrease
to the previously stored setting. Depress the bottom of
the control switch (2) or the HMC step switch (3) to select
the required CES programme.
NOTE: If the CES switch (2) is released whilst the light is
flashing, CES will reset to the default setting, depress and
hold the CES switch again to restart the procedure.
To exit Engine Speed Management:

Depress the CES control switch.
Move the hand throttle to idle.
Turn the key- start to the off position.
6-4
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK [29711037]

WARNING
Steering is difficult with the differential lock engaged. An accident could result.
During field operation, use the differential lock for traction improvement but release for turning at row
end. Do not drive at high speeds or on roads with the differential lock engaged.
W0292A
Four wheel drive tractors have a differential lock installed

in the front and rear axles to lock all four wheels together
in conditions where wheel slip may occur.
The differential locks are controlled by two switches on

the integrated control panel to the right of the seat.
The differential lock(s) may be operated in manual mode

or automatic mode. To confirm mode selected, the appro-
priate symbol on the switch will illuminate when engaged.
BRJ4978G 1
NOTICE: If wheel spin is encountered, reduce engine

speed before engaging the differential lock, to avoid shock
loads to the transmission.
Operating in Manual Mode
In slippery conditions, momentarily depress the bottom of
the switch Figure 1 to lock both wheels together. The dif-
ferential lock(s) will engage and warning light in the switch
and on the instrument cluster (2) will light up.
When one or both brake pedals are applied or if the switch

is returned to the off (central) position, disengagement will
occur and the warning lights in the switch and instrument
cluster will go out. Alternatively, depress the bottom of the
switch again to disengage the differential lock(s).
NOTE: The lock(s) will remain engaged until traction at
SS11K147 2
the wheels equalises.
6-5
Operating in Automatic Mode

To engage both front and rear differential locks in auto-
matic mode, depress the top of the switch. The warning
light (2) Figure 2 on the instrument cluster will also illumi-
nate but will only remain lit while the differential locks are
engaged.
NOTE: If the differential lock is active when the key- start
is turned off, it will remain active when the key- start is
switched on again.
BRJ4978G 3
In automatic mode, disengagement of the locks will occur as follows:

Fast raise switch activated (to raise the rear 3- point Temporary disengagement, will reengage when 3- point
hitch) hitch is lowered
Either brake pedal is applied Temporary disengagement
Both brake pedals are applied simultaneously Differential lock remains engaged
Tractor speed exceeds 15 km/h (9 mph) Differential locks will permanently disengage
Front steering angle exceeds preset limits * Temporary disengagement, will reengage when
steering angle is reduced
Momentarily press the top of the switch Differential locks will permanently disengage
NOTE: Where the differential locks are temporarily disen-
gaged, the warning light will flash until the locks re- en-
gage.
* Wheel speed 0 - 10 km/h (0 - 6.2 mph)and steering

angle exceeding 15 ° right, 13.5 ° left. Differential lock will
reengage when the steering angle is reduced.
* Wheel speed is between 10 km/h (6.2 mph) and 15

km/h (9.3 mph) and steering angle exceeding 5 ° right,
4.5 ° left. Differential lock will reengage when the steer-
ing angle is reduced.
NOTE: The above steering angles are set during manu-
SS11K147 4
facture, if an alternative angle setting is required, consult
your authorised dealer.
6-6
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE [29712039]

Four wheel drive greatly improves traction in difficult con-
ditions. The drive to the front wheels is designed to be
engaged or disengaged with the tractor stationary or mov-
ing.
NOTE: The drive to the front wheels is actuated by a three
position rocker switch on the right- hand control console.
To confirm mode selected, the appropriate symbol on the
switch will illuminate when engaged.
Operating in Manual Mode

Press the bottom of the switch to engage the drive to the
front wheels. Warning lights in the switch and instrument
cluster will illuminate when four wheel drive is engaged.
To disengage four wheel drive return the switch to the off
(central) position.
NOTE: If four wheel drive is engaged when the key- start
is turned off, it will remain engaged when the key- start is
switched on again.
BRJ4978F 1
Operating in Automatic Mode

To engage automatic four wheel drive mode, depress the
top of the four wheel drive switch Figure 1. The warning
light in the switch will illuminate. The indicator light (1)
on the instrument cluster will also illuminate but will only
remain lit while four wheel drive is engaged.
Four wheel drive will remain permanently engaged unless

one of the following occurs:
• Wheel speed exceeds 20 km/h (12.4 mph). Four

wheel drive will reengage when wheel speed falls
below 18 km/h (11.2 mph). SS11K148 2
NOTE: The following applies only to tractors fitted with a

steering angle sensor.
• Wheel speed falls below 10 km/h (6.2 mph) and

steering angle exceeds 15 ° right and 13.5 ° left.
Four wheel drive will reengage when the steering
angle is reduced.
• Wheel speed is between 10 km/h (6.2 mph) and 20
km/h (12.4 mph) and steering angle exceeds 10 °
right and 9.25 ° left. Four wheel drive will reengage
when the steering angle is reduced.
6-7
NOTE: The above steering angles are set during manu-

facture, if an alternative angle setting is required, consult
The indicator light (1) on the instrument cluster will also

illuminate but will only remain lit when four wheel drive is
engaged.
SS11K148 3
4WD Operating Precautions

WARNING WARNING
Overturning hazard! Loss of control hazard!
Four-wheel drive (4WD) greatly increases Machines with four-wheel drive engaged or
traction. Extra caution is needed on slopes. disengaged should not exceed 50 km/h (31
Compared to two-wheel drive, a 4WD machine mph) where permitted. Over speeding by
maintains traction on steeper slopes, increas- towing or coasting downhill with clutch de-
ing the possibility of overturning. pressed or transmission in neutral may cause
Failure to comply could result in death or se- loss of control, personal injury to the operator
rious injury. or bystanders, or mechanical failure.
W0453A

NOTICE: To avoid excessive tyre wear when travelling rious injury.
W0454A
on the public highway or any hard surface, it is recom-
mended that four wheel drive be disengaged. Always use NOTICE: Front tyres should never be inflated above
the specified front/ rear tyre combinations to ensure ac- the recommended pressure. Ideally, rear tyre pressures
ceptable tyre wear. should be maintained at least 0.4 bar (5.8 psi) above
front tyre pressures, provided the manufacturers’ recom-
mendations are not exceeded.
6-8
FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION (where fitted) [29712951]

WARNING
Escaping fluid!
Relieve all pressure before disconnecting fluid lines or performing work on the hydraulic system.
Make sure all components are in good condition and tighten all connections before pressurizing the
system. DO NOT use your hand to check for leaks. Use a piece of cardboard or paper.
W1140A
WARNING
If a transmission ratio is engaged, with the engine running and the machine supported on axle stands,
the self-leveling function of the suspension may cause the axle to make corrections (move up and
down). The suspension MUST be locked out to maintain stability.
W0348A
The optional, self-levelling, front axle suspension will pro-

vide improved stability, control, comfort and traction. The
suspension function is automatically activated each time
the tractor is started but will not function at speeds below
1.5 km/h (0.9 mph)
When operating at speeds up to 12 km/h (7.5 mph), the

front axle suspension may be locked out if not required.
To lock out the suspension, press the top of the switch

on the right- hand control panel, a warning light (2) on the
instrument cluster will illuminate to confirm the suspension
is locked. Press the top of the switch again to reactivate
the suspension facility. BRJ4978B 1
At speeds above 12 km/h (7.5 mph) the suspension will

automatically reengage, overriding axle lock out. In this
situation the warning lights will remain on.
NOTE: Should the lock out switch warning light begin to
flash, this would indicate a malfunction of the suspension
system. Consult your authorised dealer.
NOTICE: See Ballasting and Tyres on page 6-140, re-
garding the use of front end weights with front axle sus-
pension.
BRL6155B 2
6-9
AUTOMATED HEADLAND FUNCTIONS
QUICK GUIDE [29717638]

Headland Turn Sequence (HTS)
Where there is a need to repeat a sequence of actions, such as those made during a headland turn, HTS can be used
to create, store and playback a programme of these actions.
The following text is provided as a quick guide to the operation of Headland Turn Sequence. A more comprehensive
guide to HTS can be found beginning on page 6-13.
NOTE: For HTS to function, the hand throttle must be set above 1000 RPM. HTS is able to record while the tractor is
moving or stationary but playback requires the tractor to be moving. Playback will pause when the tractor is stationary.
ACTION - RECORDING CONTROL VISUAL

1. Depress and hold the top of the record switch for 3 s. The recording symbol will
flash in the Display of Gears.
2. To start recording a sequence, momentarily depress the step switch until a 'beep' is
heard. The recording symbol will cease to flash and will remain displayed.
3. Carry out the headland turn sequence in the normal way. As each step in the
sequence is recorded, the relevant symbol will appear in the display.
When a step is completed and a new one started, the symbol for the completed
step will scroll downwards to be replaced by the new one.
To record a second HTS sequence go to paragraph 4. To end the current recording

go to paragraph 6.
4. To record a second sequence after the first one is completed, depress the step
switch again momentarily, the recording symbol will start to flash.
5. Carry out the second headland manoeuvre in the same way as the first one.
6. When the HTS recordings are completed, momentarily depress the record switch to
save the recorded sequences and exit HTS.
6 - 10
ACTION - PLAYBACK CONTROL VISUAL

1. To enter playback mode, depress and hold the top or bottom of the playback
switch.
The programme number will appear below the playback symbol.
Release the switch and the programme symbols will start to flash indication HTS is
in standby mode.
NOTE: Depress the top of the switch to provide AUTOMATIC replay of all programme steps, depress the bottom of
the switch to select MANUAL replay of each individual step.
2. If a second sequence was recorded, continue to depress the top or bottom of the
playback switch until the required programme number, 1 or 2 displayed, then
release the switch.
The programme number will be replaced by a flashing playback symbol.
3. To begin playback, depress and hold the step switch for approximately 1 s until a
'beep' is heard. The playback symbol will stop flashing and will remain on.
NOTE: In MANUAL replay the programme will pause after each step is completed, momentarily depress the step
switch to replay the next step.
4. During playback, the function symbols will scroll upwards toward the top of the
HTS display.
5. After the current sequence has been re- played, the next sequence will be held in
standby mode (playback symbol flashing). Depress and hold the step switch until
a 'beep' is heard, release the switch to begin playback of the next sequence.
6. To skip a playback sequence it will be necessary to exit HTS by depressing the
appropriate playback switch. To re- enter HTS, start at paragraph 1 above.
See page Instrument panel - Identification for an explanation of HTS symbols.
6 - 11
EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS [42790247]

The symbols as shown are examples of those which may, depending on tractor specification and sequence content,
appear in the display when HMC is active.
Remote Cylinder -
One Play (Manual)
Extend
Remote Cylinder -
Two HMC Error
Retract
Adjust Right- Hand

Remote Cylinder -
Three Hydraulic Lift Rod
Float
Down Right
Adjust Right- Hand
Four Front Hitch - Raise Hydraulic Lift Rod
Down Left
Adjust Hydraulic Top

Engine Speed - Up Front Hitch - Lower
Link Upwards
Adjust Hydraulic Top

Engine Speed - Down Front Hitch - Float
Link Downwards
Front Remote
Rear Hitch- Raise Pause
Cylinder - Extend
Front Remote
Rear Hitch- Lower Record
Cylinder - Retract
Up Shift Down Shift
6 - 12
RECORDING AND RE-PLAYING [29770901]

Headland Turn Sequence (HTS)
In the recording mode a sequence of actions or ’steps’
are recorded to create a programme. In play--back mode,
HTS will re--play the sequence exactly as recorded.
HTS Sequences may be re- played as a continuous

operation (AUTOMATIC) or as a series of individual steps
(MANUAL), each one initiated by depressing the step
switch.
HTS permits up to 28 individual steps to be recorded as
one or two separate programmes.
Three switches control the operation of HTS:
Play- back switch (1).

To replay a programme momentarily depress the top of
this switch (A) for AUTO replay, depress the bottom of
the switch for MANUAL replay.
Record switch (2).

This switch is used to select the recording mode.
Step switch (3).

BRJ4978E 1
The step switch is used to start, pause or stop a sequence.
The step switch can also be used to insert pauses during
a recording or to pause a sequence during playback.
NOTE: Each pause inserted during a recording will be
recognised as a sequence step by HTS.
Where HTS is used to create a recording, the following
actions or functions may, depending on tractor specifica-
tion, be included in the sequence.
• Regulate engine speed.

• Shift transmission gears up, and/ or down.
• Raise and lower the rear three point hitch.
• Raise and lower the front three point hitch.
NOTICE: When operating in Field Auto Mode, activating
HTS will suspend the Auto Mode function. After com-
pleting the headland manoeuvre programme, HTS will be
suspended and the Field Auto Mode will be resumed.
In a similar way, ESM will also be disabled when HTS is
active and will be re- enabled when HTS is suspended.
However, the ESM light will still remain illuminated while
the programme is disabled.
6 - 13
When activated, the HTS symbol will appear in the Display

of Gears.
The symbol at (1) will show whether HTS is in record or

playback mode.
When recording or re- playing a programme, each action

or step will be represented by the appropriate symbol, i.e.
a gear change or series of gear changes will be accom-
panied by a transmission symbol.
See page Instrument panel - Identification for an expla-

nation of HTS symbols.
BRJ4977I 2
As each step is recorded the accompanying symbol will
move down the display as the next step begins. The sym-
bol for the new step will appear immediately below the
record symbol.
During playback, symbols will scroll upwards from the

bottom of the display. When a symbol reaches the top of
the display (below the playback symbol) the correspond-
ing function will begin to operate.
A maximum of seven symbols may be displayed at one

time.
NOTICE: If a programme fault occurs and the error sym-
bol is displayed, exit and re- enter HTS to clear the fault.
6 - 14
RECORDING A SEQUENCE [29780722]

NOTE: For HTS to function, the engine speed must be set
to provide an engine speed above 900 RPM.
To start recording a Headland Turn Sequence, depress

and hold the top of the record switch (2) for 3 s. This will
activate HTS but the system will remain in standby mode.
The HTS recording symbol will appear in the upper part of

the display accompanied by the recording symbol which
will start to flash.
BRJ4978E 1
To start recording, momentarily depress the step switch

(3). As each HTS linked control is operated, a grey
coloured symbol will appear in the display immediately
below the recording symbol.
As each symbol moves down the display to be replaced

by the next one, the colour will change from grey to black.
NOTE: Symbols relating to the function in current use,
either in record or playback mode, will always appear
inversed (grey symbol on black background).
After the first HTS sequence has been completed, a sec-

ond (opposite headland) sequence may be recorded.
Depress and hold the step switch (3) for 3 s to end the first
recording and enter standby mode. The recording symbol
will start to flash.
To start recording a second sequence, momentarily de-

press the step switch (3).
NOTE: Transmission shiftsmade whilst the tractor is in
reverse will not be recorded or played back by HTS. A
pause will be automatically entered in the programme at
this point.
6 - 15
During a recording, pauses may be inserted into the pro-

gramme by momentarily depressing the step switch (3).
HTS recording will pause at this point and a pause symbol
will be inserted in the sequence, depress the step switch
again to resume recording.
To store a recorded sequence, depress the top of the

record switch (2) Figure 1. This will deactivate the HTS
function and no further recording will occur.
NOTE: If, during a recording sequence, the engine is
stopped (key- off) then all steps recorded up to that point
will be saved.
NOTE: Shuttling actions are not recorded but a pause is
automatically inserted into the sequence when the shuttle
lever is operated.
NOTICE: At key- off (engine stop), any adjustments to
electronically stored settings made during tractor oper-
ation are transferred from the operating memory to the
main memory. To allow sufficient time for the data to trans-
fer, pause for a minimum of 5 s before turning the key on
again.
6 - 16
RE-PLAYING A SEQUENCE [29781745]

WARNING
Driving hazard!
Before starting work, it is recommended that you do a "dry run" of the automated headland function
programs. This ensures all program steps have been retained in the memory, and any timed Electro-
Hydraulic Remote (EHR) valve sequences replay correctly.
W0412A
To replay a recorded sequence, momentarily depress the

top of the playback switch (1) for AUTO replay, depress
the bottom of the switch for MANUAL replay. Play- back
will be activated but will remain in standby mode.
If the suspend/resume function (step switch) was used to

record a second programme, the operator may now cycle
between programmes 1 and 2 by holding down the AUTO
or MANUAL side of the playback switch.
When the correct number appears at the top of the trans-

mission display, release the switch. The programme num-
ber will be replaced by a flashing playback symbol.
BRJ4978E 1
Before reaching the point at which the programme is to

commence, depress and hold the step switch (3) until
a ’beep’ is heard. When the programme start point is
reached, release the switch. Play- back will start as soon
as the switch is released and the first symbol in the se-
quence will appear below the playback symbol.
NOTE: To initiate playback, the engine speed must be
above 900 RPM and groundspeed above 0.5 km/h (0.3
mph).
When playback begins, the symbol will stop flashing and
will remain displayed.
As each function comes into play, the corresponding sym-

bol will appear immediately below the playback symbol.
At this point it will change from black on grey to grey on
black (inversed).
Subsequent symbols in the programme sequence will ap-
pear below the one currently in play. As each step is com-
pleted, the corresponding symbol will disappear from the
display to be replaced by the next one.
If playback is activated in MANUAL mode, depressing

the step switch will only play the first step in the se-
quence. When the first step is completed the programme
will pause until the step switch is depressed again to start
the next action in the sequence.
In playback, each step will be re- played exactly as it was

recorded.
NOTE: If necessary, the foot throttle may be used to in-
crease engine speed during HTS playback.
6 - 17
If pauses were inserted into the sequence during record-

ing, playback will automatically stop at each pause
point. To resume the sequence, depress and hold the
step switch until a ’beep’ is heard. The next step will start
immediately the switch is released.
By delaying the point at where the step switch is used to

restart a programme in AUTOMATIC mode, adjustments
can be made to the time span of a sequence or to extend
the delay between individual steps. This only applies to
pauses inserted at the recording stage.
In playback mode, the programme may be stopped at

any time by depressing the step switch (3). The pro-
gramme will pause and playback symbol will begin to
flash.
NOTICE: If the step switch is used to suspend a function in
play, all current HTS actions will be aborted and it may be
necessary to manually complete the paused step before
re- starting HTS playback.
To resume programme playback, depress and hold the

step switch until a ’beep’ is heard, release the switch.
NOTICE: During playback, one or more of the following
actions will cause HTS to be stopped and all automated
functions, including timed EHR sequences, to be termi-
nated:
• Tractor speed drops below 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) for

more than 10 s.
• The operator leaves the seat for more than 2 s.
• Fender mounted 3- point hitch or P.T.O. controls are
operated.
• Hand throttle is set to idle.
• Operating one or more of the HTS linked tractor con-
trols to override the programme.
NOTE: A control is not regarded as overridden by HTS
until the sequence reaches the point at which the auto-
mated operation of that control begins. At this time, the
sequence will be stopped.
To continue the programme, depress and hold the step

switch until a ’beep’ is heard, then release the switch.
NOTE: When a HTS programme is suspended, the sym-
bols will flash in the display until the step switch is de-
pressed to restart the programme.
WARNING
Before leaving the seat, always de-activate the
automated headland functions and apply the
hand brake.
rious injury.
W0413A
6 - 18
TRANSMISSION
SHUTTLE LEVER [42184414]

Shuttle Lever
Selection of forward or reverse travel is by means of an
electrically operated shuttle lever (1), located to the left
of the steering wheel. The lever is spring-loaded to pre-
vent inadvertent movement, lift toward the steering wheel
before selecting forward or reverse drive. It is not neces-
sary to depress the clutch pedal when operating the shut-
tle lever.
To change from forward to reverse motion, apply the

brakes to slow the tractor, move the shuttle lever fully
rearward, and control tractor speed by means of the
throttle.
NOTE: Forward or reverse drive cannot be engaged un-
less the operator is in the tractor seat. Additionally, if the
1
vehicle is moved in either direction with the handbrake en- INA
gaged, an audible alarm will be heard and ’P’ will be dis-

played in the Dot Matrix and Digital Gear Displays (where
fitted).
NOTE: To reduce clutch damage caused by shuttle shift-
ing in too high a gear or at too high a speed, a warning
bleeper will be heard and the symbol ‘N’ will flash in the
instrument panel when tractor speed is greater than 9.0
km/h (5.6 mph).
6 - 19
SEMI POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION OPERATION [36335209]

16x16 or 17x16
The Semi- Powershift transmission has four powershift
gears and four range gears providing 16 forward and re-
verse ratios. On 50 km/h (31.1 mph) and 40 km/h (24.9
mph) ECO models, an additional gear provides 17 for-
ward ratios. When operated simultaneously, the pow-
ershift and range change buttons will provide clutchless
changes on the move through ratios 1–8 and 9–16 (17).
Ground Speeds
Ground speeds are displayed in the LCD on the left-hand
side of the instrument panel. However, as a guide, ground
speed charts for specific tyre sizes are provided on page
9-24.
If the rear tyres of your tractor are of a different size to

those shown in the charts, it may be necessary to re-cali-
brate the speedometer as previously described.
Ground Speed Conversion Chart

The size of the rear tyres on your tractor may vary from
those shown in the ground speed charts. When an al-
ternative size of tyre is fitted, multiply the ground speeds
shown in the charts by the following conversion factors:
The Semi- Powershift transmission offers 16 or 17 for-

ward, and 16 reverse ratios. An optional reduction gear
set (creeper gears) offers a further 16 ratios, forward and
reverse.
6 - 20
Subject to legal requirements in your country, the following

transmissions are available:
50 km/h (31.1 mph) transmission.

17 forward and 16 reverse ratios
Creeper option not available.
40 km/h (24.9 mph) Economy

Creeper option not available.
40 km/h (24.9 mph)

16 forward and 16 reverse ratios plus optional 16x16
creeper range SS11K041 1
35 km/h (21.7 mph) and 40 km/h (24.9 mph) transmis-

sion.
plus optional 16 x 16 creeper range.
35 km/h (21.7 mph) (Japan only)

16x16
plus optional 16x16 creeper range
Figure 1 digital display shows the tractor in neutral with the

engine stopped with low range gear 5 selected for forward
or reverse.
Figure 2 shows the tractor stationary, high range gear 9

selected in rearward.
Details of creeper gear operation will be found on page

2–107.
NOTE: When fitted with a 40 km/h (24.9 mph) Econ-
omy Transmission, maximum tractor speed is electroni-
cally limited to 40 km/h (24.9 mph) in 17th gear.
In the following text, operational information is based on

the 16 x 16 transmission ( 30 km/h (18.6 mph) and 40
km/h (24.9 mph)). However, the 17 x 16 transmission (
50 km/h (31.1 mph)functions in exactly the same way.
NOTICE: When travelling at high road speeds with trailed
or semi- mounted equipment attached to the tractor, en-
sure the equipment is rated for 50 km/h (31.1 mph) oper-
ation in respect to its construction, brakes and tyres.
NOTICE: A tractor fitted with a Semi- Powershift transmis- SS11K042 2
sion cannot be tow- started and must not be towed other
than to remove it from a field or onto a trailer or truck.
When towing the tractor, the speed should not exceed 5
km/h (3.1 mph) with the engine off, or 10 km/h (6.2 mph)
with the engine running.
6 - 21
TRANSMISSION DISPLAY [42014752]

The transmission display shall provide information on engine speed and transmission functions including tractor
ground speed and direction, creeper speeds, auto mode functions, and the current gear selected. Dependent upon
tractor specification, two types of gear displays shall be available.
LED Gear Display

An illuminated display (1) shall indicate the gear selected.
As each gear is selected, the appropriate number (3) shall
be illuminated in the display. With Auto Shift activated, the
symbols for the Road range (2) and Field range (4) shall
also be illuminated. When changing the Auto Shift point,
symbol (5) shall flash during the programming procedure.
SS11K037 1
Digital Gear Shift Display (where fitted)

The digital display shall provide a comprehensive range
of information that should include:
Headland turn symbols (1) (where fitted)
Forward and reverse gears — (2) The display shall show
the current forward gear and the corresponding reverse
or ’shuttle’ gear.
Shuttle lever position — (3) Forward, Neutral and Reverse
Gear span for each range (4)
Field and road Auto Shift symbols (5)
Each time the shuttle lever shall be operated, the change
in direction shall be confirmed in the display.
SS11K036 2
6 - 22
TRANSMISSION CONTROLS [42878697]

24 x 24 DUAL COMMAND TRANSMISSION
Dual Command transmission has an hydraulically oper-
ated clutch pack allowing the operator to select underdrive
in any forward or reverse gear while on the move. This ef-
fectively increases torque by 22 %, reduces tractor speed
by approximately 18 %.
An optional reduction gear set (creeper gears) offers a

further 8 ratios, forward and reverse.
Main Shift Lever

The main transmission lever (1) is provided with electrical
push buttons to actuate the Dual Command function.
Underdrive is hydraulically engaged, the valve being ac-

tuated by a solenoid controlled by push buttons (2) and
(3) on the main gear shift lever.
Press the lower switch (3) to engage Underdrive (tortoise

symbol). Press the upper switch (2) (hare symbol) to dis-
engage Dual Command and return to direct drive.
When direct drive is engaged, the green indicator light on

the instrument panel, which has a ‘hare’ symbol, illumi-
BSE3685A 1
nates to indicate that Dual Command is in direct drive.
NOTICE: The tractor must not be tow-started – see on
page 4-7.
WARNING
Equipment rolling hazard!
Firmly apply the handbrake. Stop the engine
before leaving the machine. The transmission
will not prevent the machine from rolling when
the engine is shut off.
rious injury.
W1144A
6 - 23
SHUTTLE MODE [41067057]

During normal shuttle operations the same gear is used
for both forward and reverse. However, if 13th gear or
above is selected, the shuttle gear will be 9th.
With Shuttle Mode selected, the electronic control unit for

the transmission is able to memorise shuttle gear combi-
nations within a range of gears. When operated in Shuttle
Mode, the forward direction gear and corresponding re-
verse direction gears are set.
SS11K043 1
Setting the Forward/ Reverse Shuttle Gear

Start the engine and, with the clutch pedal depressed,
place the shuttle lever in the forward position (1). Do not
release the clutch pedal. Using the upshift/downshift but-
ton, set the forward gear. Move the shuttle lever into re-
verse (2) and repeat the procedure to set the reverse gear.
With the forward and reverse gears set, return the shuttle
lever to position (3), press the neutral button and release
the clutch pedal. Shuttle Mode is now activated.
NOTE: Selecting the shuttle gear with the lever in neutral
will result in the same ratio being set for both forward and
reverse. BSE2671A 2
WARNING
Equipment rolling hazard!
Firmly apply the handbrake. Stop the engine
before leaving the machine. The transmission
will not prevent the machine from rolling when
the engine is shut off.
rious injury.
W1144A
6 - 24
AUTO TAKE OFF [41069051]

The Auto Take Off feature permits the operator to engage
drive without using the clutch pedal by simply moving the
shuttle lever from neutral to the forward or reverse posi-
tion.
Enabling Auto Take Off

The Auto Take Off function is automatically enabled under
normal starting conditions. i.e. operator in the driving
seat, clutch pedal depressed, shuttle lever in neutral and
the handbrake released.
After using the range lever and powershift controls to se-

lect the appropriate gears, simply move the shuttle lever BAIL09MAX079AVA 1
to the forward or reverse position without depressing the
clutch pedal. The Auto Take Off function will provide a
controlled start from rest.
Once enabled, the Auto Take Off function will continue to

function as long as the operator remains in the seat.
Disabling Auto Take Off

The Auto Take Off function will be disabled if the vehicle
is at rest with the shuttle lever in position (3) the neutral
button depressed and the operator leaves the seat or en-
gages the handbrake.
Re- enabling Auto Take Off

Should Auto Take Off be disabled for any reason, the op-
erator should carry out the following procedure to re- en-
able this function.
While sitting in the seat and cycle the clutch pedal, release BAIL09MAX076AVA 2
the hand brake. The vehicle will then move off in the di-
rection selected on the shuttle lever.
6 - 25
SPEED MATCHING [36291141]

Speed matching will normally only permit a downshift to
a lower gear. It will however, select a higher gear if the
engine attempts to overspeed.
When travelling on the road in High range, gears 13 to

16, the transmission will automatically select a gear to
match engine speed to road speed if the following method
is adopted:
To downshift: Decrease engine speed, depress the clutch

pedal while simultaneously increasing engine speed by
pressing the foot throttle further down. When the clutch
pedal is released, the transmission will automatically se-
lect a lower gear (provided 13th speed is not already se-
lected) matching engine speed to road speed.
NOTE: When operating in Auto Shift high range, the low-
est downshift gear will become 9th, see page 6-32.
In high range, the operator can manually select another

gear without affecting the speed matching function
With the range lever place in low, speed matching will

operate to 5th gear.
NOTE: The speed matching function will be disabled if the
operator manually selects a gear when in the low range.
6 - 26
AUTO SHIFT FUNCTION [36487850]

With Auto Shift engaged, the transmission on your tractor is able to make automatic gearshifts, both up and down,
within a 4 gear span based on speed and load. This can be extended to an 8 gear auto shift in the high range for
road use.
AUTO SHIFTING IN FIELD MODE [36488051]

Enable Auto Shift
In the Field Mode, auto shifts can be made within gear
spans 1- 4, 5- 8 or 9- 12 even if it is possible to have span
spread to different ranges. With the low range gears se-
lected, momentarily depress the Auto Shift switch. When
field mode is engaged a plough symbol will appear in the
transmission display accompanied by the currently se-
lected gear ratio. The symbol on the switch will also il-
luminate to confirm engagement.
LED Transmission Display Figure 2

DIGITAL Transmission Display Figure 3
SS11K049 1
Moving off in 1st gear, the transmission will automatically
upshift through gears 2 and 3 until 4th gear is engaged.
To auto shift through gears 5 to 8, select 5th gear using
the range change button and depress the Auto Shift but-
ton again, the transmission will now automatically upshift
through gears 5 to 8.
Range shift (for example between gear 4 and 5 if tractor is

driving in 4th gear and 5th gear is part of the current gear
span or viceversa) could be performed by simply pressing
the range button.
As the tractor speed reduces, or the load on the engine

increases, the transmission will automatically downshift to
SS11K044 2
a lower gear.
SS11K045 3
6 - 27
Auto Shift Stand by Mode

In ranges 1- 4, 5- 8 and 9- 12, Auto Shift may be linked
to 3- point hitch operation. Raising the 3- point hitch with
the fast raise switch will put Auto Shift into standby mode,
lowering the hitch will reactivate the Auto Shift function.
NOTE: If the 3- point hitch was in the raised position when
the Auto Shift function was activated and has not been
moved, then Auto Shift will operate without lowering the
hitch.
Auto Shift will also enter standby mode if the clutch pedal
is depressed or the shuttle lever is moved from the forward
drive position.
With Auto Shift in standby mode, the operator can manu-

ally shift to any gear, even if it is outside the current range
of Auto Shift gears. Providing the operator selects a gear
within the current Auto Shift range prior to exiting standby
mode (i.e. lowering the 3- point hitch), then the Auto Shift
function will be resumed.
However, if the gear selected is outside the current range
when exiting standby, the Auto Shift function will be can-
celled.
If 8th gear is selected and the Auto Shift span is 5, 6 and

7, then the transmission will immediately downshift to 7th
gear on exiting standby mode.
If the Auto Shift span is 6, 7 and 8 and 5th gear is selected

on exiting the standby mode, then the transmission will
remain in 5th until conditions permit a normal auto upshift
to 6th gear. At this point the original Auto Shift gear span
of 6, 7, and 8 will be re- instated.
6 - 28
Field Auto Shift Gear Span

When the Auto Field function is engaged, the gear span
is current gear –2; current gear +2.
The logic shall be able to reduce or increase the gear span

if required by the operator or by load condition. In any
case, the gear span can not include shift between 8th and
9th gear.
The Auto Shift range can be extended to include gears

9 to 12 on pressing the clutch pedal and move the high/
low range lever to high range, than depress the Auto Field
mode button again. SS11K044 4
SS11K045 5
Changing the Field Auto Shift Gear Span

In some field operations it may be beneficial to reduce the
number of Auto Shift gears in the span to provide a more
consistent tractor speed or engine speed.
Field Auto Shift function normally operates within a four

gear span, such as 1- 4, 5- 8 or 9- 12. However, the num-
ber of auto shifts within a selected range may be reduced
from a 4 gear span to a 3, or a 2 gear span as required.
NOTE: All adjustments to the Auto Shift span must be
made with the tractor moving and the relative Auto Shift
range selected.
6 - 29
NOTE: Changes made to the Auto Shift gear span will not
be retained at key- off.
Reducing the gear span upper limit:

Increase tractor speed until the current Auto Shift upper
gear is engaged then momentarily depress the downshift
control (2). The transmission will downshift one gear
which becomes the new upper limit Auto Shift gear. To
reduce the span further, depress the downshift button
again.
Raising the gear span upper limit:

BSE2890C 6
Increase tractor speed until the upper gear is engaged

then momentarily depress the upshift control (1). Provid-
ing the currently engaged gear is not the highest in the
range, the transmission will upshift to the next gear. This
becomes the new Auto Shift upper limit gear.
Reducing the gear span lower limit:

Slow the tractor until the lowest Auto Shift gear is engaged
and depress the downshift control (2) once. Providing the
currently engaged gear is not the lowest in the range, the
transmission will downshift one gear. This becomes the
new lower limit Auto Shift gear.
Raising the gear span lower limit:

Reduce tractor speed until the lowest Auto Shift gear is
engaged and momentarily depress the upshift control (1).
The transmission will upshift one gear, this becomes the
new lower limit Auto Shift gear.
Transmission Display – Field Mode

Where Field Mode is engaged a plough symbol will ap-
pear in the display. Figure 7 shows a 3 gear span of 6, 7
and 8. The currently selected gear is 7th forward.
The span of gears will be represented by flashing bars

and the selected gear by the solid block.
SS11K069 7
6 - 30
The display also identifies which gear will be selected if

the direction is changed.
SS11K069 8
Field Auto Shift range change

Auto range shift between gears 4 and 5 could be
performed in two ways
• manually: with the range button in conjunction with
the upshift button
• automatically: if upshift is required from autofunc-
tion logic within the current gear span. In this case
the clutchless shift is made by simply pressing the
range button when autoshift conditions are met.
Anti Droop Field Auto Shift

A lower gear than the lower limit of the gear span shall
be engaged, under certain load conditions, to prevent the
stall of the engine.
The transmission should remain in this gear until condi-

tions permit an auto upshift to the lower limit gear span.
At this point the original gear span should be re- enable.
Cancelling Auto Shift

To cancel Auto Shift the switch should be pressed again.
Disabling of Field Mode

Disabling of Field Mode shall be activated on occurrence
of one of the following events:
• Enabling or engaging creeper gear
• Changing range between Low and High pressing
the clutch pedal and move the H-L lever to high
range
• Momentary depress of Auto Shift switch
6 - 31
AUTO SHIFTING IN ROAD MODE [36489200]

Enable Auto Shift
In the Road Mode, Auto Shift will make upshifts or down-
shifts through Start Of Gear (SOG) to top gear (16th or
17th ). With the high range gears selected, momentarily
depress the Auto Shift switch and the road auto symbol
(trailer) will illuminate in the transmission display to con-
firm engagement.
If the gear selected is in range C (9–12) to engage the

transport mode it is necessary to press the auto switch
twice.
The transmission will now make automatic shifts through SS11K049 1

SOG and top gear.
Auto Shift Stand by Mode

Auto Shift shall enter standby mode if the clutch pedal is
depressed or the shuttle lever is moved from forward drive
position.
The 3- point hitch will not activate in standby mode.
Changing the Road Auto Shift Gear Span

It is possible to modify gear span only for the lower limit.
The upper limit is always set to 16/17.
The lower limit can be modified starting from the SOG SS11K070 2
value with the upshift or downshift button to decrease or
increase gear span.
This modifying does not change the SOG value.
Change the Start Of Gear

Start Of Gear is the gear that auto- transport function logic
selects automatically as start up gear when tractor takes
off from rest. It could be set form 9 to 13.
The Start Off Gear can be modified between 9 and 13 by

using the upshift or downshift button only when the tractor
is stationary, the Road Mode is selected but currently in
stand by because of the shuttle lever in neutral.
Start Off Gear default value is 9. Once it is modified with

the produce described above, the new SOG is stored into
the non- volatile memory of the control module.
6 - 32
Transmission Display – Road Mode

Where Road Mode is engaged a trailer symbol will appear
in the display. Figure 3 shows 8 gear span of j9 to 16. The
currently selected gear is 13th forward.
The span of gears will be represented by flashing bars

and the selected gear by a solid block.
SS11K071 3
Road Auto Shift range change

Auto range change between gears 12 and 13 should be
performed automatically.
Disabling of Road Mode

Disabling of Road Mode shall be activated on occurrence
of one of the following events:
• Momentary depress of Auto Shift switch
• Changing range between High and Low pressing
the clutch pedal and move H-L lever to low range
6 - 33
PROGRAMMING REVERSE GEAR RATIOS [21968963]

When changing from forward to reverse the transmission
will normally select the same or closest possible ratio in
reverse as was selected for forward travel.
For applications such as loader work this transmission of-

fers the ability to set the reverse gear up to * three ratios
higher or lower than the current forward ratio.
* Providing the programmed reverse gear remains within

the 6 gear span 7th to 12th (B1 to B6).
To change the reverse ratio offset, proceed as follows:
• Turn the key- start switch off.
• With the key- start switch off move the shuttle lever
to the forward drive position. Holding the shuttle
lever in the forward position depress/ hold the neu-
tral button (1).
• Turn the key- start switch on (do not start the en-
gine).
NOTE: Do not depress the clutch pedal during the pro-
gramme procedure.
BRK5661B 1
• The central display in the ICU will show ’OPt’. Use

the Up (1) or Down (2) button to select ’OPt 1’.
• Pause for 2 s and the display will change to show
the currently programmed reverse ratio.
NOTE: If the reverse ratio has not been previously
changed, the figure will be ’0’.
To programme a higher reverse ratio

• Press the 'm' or 'h' button to select 1, 2 or 3. This
indicates that when reverse is selected the gear will
be one, two or three ratios higher than the forward
gear ratio. BRK5804D 2
To programme a lower reverse ratio

• Press the 'm' button one, two or three times, as
required. The display will show ‘-1’, ‘-2’ or ‘-3’. This
indicates that when reverse is selected the gear will
be one, two or three ratios lower than the forward
gear ratio.
• When the new reverse gear has been selected turn

off the key- start to store the setting.
6 - 34
with Colour Display

* Providing the programmed reverse gear remains within
the 6 gear span 7th to 12th (B1to B6).
To change the reverse ratio offset, proceed as follows:
Work condition
Settings
Driveline
Touch the FWD/ REV Gear Offset display (1) a pop- up

menu will appear from which the gear offset can be se-
lected. Choose the gear offset ( + or -) by touching the
appropriate figure. The setting will be automatically saved
and the display will return to the driveline screen.
To set the forward/ reverse gear offset to standard (no off

set) touch + 0. BRL6140X 3
Back to return to the main screen.

NOTE: When travelling forward in 13th gear or above and
selecting reverse, the transmission will always engage 6th
reverse (the highest gear). Therefore, if the transmission
has been programmed to select 2 ratios lower in reverse,
then R4 will be selected. Conversely, if travelling forward
in ratios F1- 6, the transmission will always engage 7th
gear when reverse is selected. Therefore, if the trans-
mission has been programmed to select 2 ratios higher in
reverse, then 9th (R3) will be selected.
6 - 35
SETTING THE SHARP SHUTTLE FUNCTION [32414961]

For applications such as loader work this transmission
offers the ability to select the sharp shuttle function. To
select the sharp shuttle function proceed as follows:
• Turn the key- start switch off.
• With the key- start switch off move the shuttle lever
to the forward drive position. Holding the shuttle
lever in the forward position depress/ hold the neu-
tral button (1).
• Turn the key- start switch on (do not start the en-
gine).
NOTE: Do not depress the clutch pedal during the pro-
gramme procedure. BRK5661B 1
• The central display in the ICU will show ’OPt’. Use

the Up (1) or Down (2) button to select ’OPt 3’.
• Pause for two seconds until the display changes to
show YES or NO. Use the buttons to select YES.
• When YES is selected, turn off the key- start switch

to store the setting.
BRK5804D 2
6 - 36
CREEPER GEARS (where fitted) [42932313]

For operations requiring extra low ground speeds, reduc-
tion gear sets (creeper gears) are available. The reduc-
tion gear set is installed within the rear axle assembly.
The reduction gear set has the effect of reducing all the
ratios within the main transmission to proved additional
twenty four gears in forward and reverse.
SS11K175 1
The creeper gears are selected using the following proce-

dure.
Downshift to 1st gear and, with the engine running, de-

press and hold the clutch and brake pedals. Depress and
hold the downshift button until the transmission shifts to
12th gear in the creeper range. The symbol for the creeper
speeds will appear in the instrument panel.
Release the downshift button and the clutch and brake

pedals. The appropriate creeper speed can now be se-
lected using the upshift and downshift button.
To reengage the standard gear ratios, upshift to 12th SS11K177 2

creeper speed and depress/ hold the clutch and brake
pedals. Hold down the transmission upshift button until 1st
gear is engaged the creeper symbol will disappear from
the display.
NOTICE: The creeper gears offer very low ground
speeds. Do not use the low gearing advantage to apply
excessive draft loads to the tractor.
6 - 37
CREEPER GEARS (where fitted) [42932286]

For operations requiring extra low ground speeds, reduc-
tion gear sets (creeper gears) are available. The reduc-
tion gear set is installed within the rear axle assembly.
The reduction gear set has the effect of reducing all the
ratios within the main transmission to provide additional
sixteen gears in forward and reverse
The creeper gears are selected using the following proce-

dure.
SS11K175 1
With the engine running, clutch depressed and the shut-

tle lever in neutral, apply and hold down the tractor foot-
brakes. Momentarily depress the upper part of the selec-
tor switch to engage the creeper gears.
The creep speed symbol (1) will appear flashing in the

transmission display. When the creep gears are fully en-
gaged the symbol will cease to flash and become steady.
To disengage creeper gears, repeat the above procedure

and depress the selector switch again. The creep speed
symbol will cease to illuminate.
NOTICE: The creeper gears offer very low grounds
SS11K177 2
speeds. Do not use the low gearing advantage to apply
excessive draft loads to the tractor.
6 - 38
ERROR CODES [37083655]

In the unlikely event of a fault occurring in the transmission
controls or electronic circuit, a malfunction symbol and a
four- digit error code, will appear in the Dot Matrix Display
on the instrument panel.
The code indicates the faulty circuit or sensor and the

type of fault, e.g., open circuit, short circuit, etc. In this
event, the tractor will require the attention of your autho-
rised dealer. Error codes for the transmission will start
with the figure ’2 _ _ _’.
Should a fault occur causing the tractor to become dis-

abled, contact your authorised dealer and report the error
code displayed. SS11K038 1
There are a number of ’action required’ error codes which

can also appear in the transmission display, these are
listed below.
Error Action Required

Code
P Parking brake on, release to move tractor.
CP Depress clutch pedal to enable transmission
(restore drive).
N Place the shuttle lever in neutral.
Transmission Calibration
Should transmission shifts becomes low or jerky, the
clutches in the transmission may require re- calibrating.
See page 7-72.
SS11K039 2
6 - 39
ERROR CODES [42932913]

In the unlikely event of a fault occurring in the transmission
controls or electronic circuit, a malfunction symbol and a
four- digit error code, will appear in the Dot Matrix Display
on the instrument panel.
The code indicates the faulty circuit or sensor and the

type of fault, e.g., open circuit, short circuit, etc. In this
event, the tractor will require the attention of your autho-
rised dealer. Error codes for the transmission will start
with the figure ’2 _ _ _’.

abled, contact your authorised dealer and report the error
code displayed. SS11K038 1
There are a number of ’action required’ error codes which

can also appear in the transmission display, these are
listed below.
Error Action Required

Code
P Parking brake on, release to move tractor.
CP Depress clutch pedal to enable transmission
(restore drive).
C Wheel speed too high for creeper gears.
N Place the shuttle lever in neutral.
Transmission Calibration
Should transmission shifts becomes low or jerky, the
clutches in the transmission may require re- calibrating.
See page 7-72. SS11K039 2
6 - 40
REAR POWER TAKE-OFF
P.T.O. OPERATING PRECAUTIONS [24153119]

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Observe ALL precautions listed below when operating Power Take-Off (PTO) driven equipment.
W0435A
• Check that you are using the correct P.T.O. speed for the implement. Follow the instructions in the equipment
operator’s manual.
• Ensure that the P.T.O. guard is installed when using P.T.O. driven equipment.
• Do not wear loose clothing when operating P.T.O. driven equipment.
• Firmly apply the parking brake, place the shuttle lever in neutral and block all four wheels before operating any
stationary P.T.O. equipment.
• Do not approach, clean or adjust P.T.O. driven equipment while the tractor engine is still running. Disengage
the P.T.O. and wait until the P.T.O. and equipment stops. Switch off the engine before getting off the tractor.
• With the engine stopped, the P.T.O. brake is released and the shaft may be turned by hand to aid the installation
or removal of the implement P.T.O. shaft.
CHANGING THE P.T.O. OUTPUT SHAFT [24139900]

WARNING
Before attaching or detaching equipment or changing the Power Take-Off (PTO) shaft: 1) Apply the
parking brake. 2) Move all controls to neutral and PTO control knob to the disengaged position. 3)
Stop the engine and remove the key. 4) Wait for the PTO shaft to stop turning before leaving the cab.
W0323A
Using a suitable tool, squeeze the lugs (1) on the circlip

together and remove the circlip from the P.T.O. housing.
Then carefully withdraw the P.T.O. stub shaft from the
housing.
NOTE: To aid removal, rotate the circlip until the lugs align
with the flat on the P.T.O. shaft.
With the shaft removed, check the ’O’ ring seal in the
P.T.O. housing for any damage. Replace ’O’ ring if worn
or damaged.
Thoroughly clean the replacement stub shaft before in-

serting it into the housing. Replace the circlip ensuring it
BRD1039B 1
engages fully with the groove in the P.T.O. housing.
With the circlip fully engaged in the groove, rotate the cir-
clip so the two lugs are opposite the flat area on the P.T.O.
shaft.
Protect the removed shaft by wrapping in a clean cloth

and place in the toolbox.
6 - 41
ATTACHING P.T.O. DRIVEN EQUIPMENT [25105075]

WARNING
Before attaching or detaching equipment or changing the Power Take-Off (PTO) shaft: 1) Apply the
parking brake. 2) Move all controls to neutral and PTO control knob to the disengaged position. 3)
Stop the engine and remove the key. 4) Wait for the PTO shaft to stop turning before leaving the cab.
W0323A
Mount or hitch the equipment to the tractor as outlined in

THREE- POINT HITCH on page 6-95.
With the engine stopped, the P.T.O. brake is released and

the shaft may be turned by hand to aid implement shaft
alignment.
A flip- up P.T.O. guard is fitted as standard. Remove the

’R’ clip (1) from the locating pin and slide the guard up-
wards to clear the pin. Rotate the guard to gain access to
the P.T.O. shaft. A second locating pin allows the guard
to be fixed at 45 ° if required.
The P.T.O. guard also serves as a support for driveline BRE1485B 1

shields used with P.T.O.- driven equipment and provides
for your safety. Do not modify the guard.
NOTE: Tractors with slider type, vertically adjustable
drawbars have a flip- up P.T.O. guard plate fixed to the
slider frame.
To connect P.T.O.- driven equipment to the P.T.O. shaft,

tilt the guard up for access. Pull the plastic cap (1) from
the shaft and store it in the tractor toolbox.
The plastic P.T.O. cap should always be installed over the

shaft when the P.T.O. is not in use.
BRE1485C 2
Attach the implement to the P.T.O. shaft, ensuring that the

implement driveshaft coupler lock pin (3) or detent balls
engage the groove in the P.T.O. shaft (2). If the coupler
does not have a locking arrangement, pin the coupler to
the shaft. Lower the flip- up guard and replace the ’R’ clip.
NOTICE: After attaching mounted equipment, carefully
raise and lower using Position Control and check clear-
ances and P.T.O. shaft slide range and articulation. When
attaching trailed equipment, ensure that the drawbar is
correctly set.
SS10D196 3
6 - 42
P.T.O. OPERATION [30369785]

General Information
Generally speaking, P.T.O. driven equipment not having a
high power requirement is designed to run at 540 P.T.O.
rev/min and will have a 6- spline female coupling.
Equipment having a high power requirement is designed

to operate at 1000 P.T.O. rev/min and will be provided with
a 21- spline female coupling.
Tractors with three- speed P.T.O. have the advantage of

running low power 540 P.T.O. driven equipment at a re-
duced engine speed by selecting 540E on the lever. See
page REAR PTO - General specification for P.T.O. and
engine speeds.
NOTICE: Implements with a high power requirement
should be operated with the 1000 RPM. P.T.O. (21- spline
shaft). If it is necessary to use the 6- spline shaft (at 540
RPM) to operate implements having a power requirement
of more than 75 horsepower, then it is strongly recom-
mended that the implement is fitted with a slip clutch to
avoid damage to the P.T.O. output shaft and other tractor
components.
NOTE: When required, change the P.T.O. shaft to suit
the operation and equipment in use, as described under
‘Changing the P.T.O. Output Shaft’ on page 6-41.
6 - 43
Operating with Stationary P.T.O. Equipment

Before operating static P.T.O. equipment, make sure the
tractor is safely positioned, the shuttle lever is in the neu-
tral or park brake position and the hand brake is applied.
Sitting in the seat, engage P.T.O. drive and, observing the
instrument cluster display, set the appropriate speed.
NOTE: On tractors fitted with Constant Engine Speed, it
may be prudent to use the CES function to maintain a
constant speed if the load on the P.T.O. is subject to vari-
ations.
On leaving the tractor seat an intermittent alarm will sound

for approximately 10 s the amber warning light will illumi-
nate and the P.T.O. symbol will appear in the lower display.
If the alarm sound is a constant tone, check to ensure the
handbrake is firmly applied.
Description
The rear Power Take Off on your tractor is equipped with a
modulated clutch engagement system to provide smooth
transfer of power when operating with heavy, high inertia,
P.T.O. - driven equipment.
Three rear P.T.O. systems are available.

a) 540/540E/1000 shiftable P.T.O. with interchangeable
output shafts and fender- mounted switches for stationary
P.T.O. work.
b) 540E/1000/1000E speeds with output shaft and fender-

mounted switches for stationary P.T.O. work.
c) Ground drive P.T.O., available in conjunction with three

speed shiftable P.T.O. above.
The P.T.O. speeds and the respective engine speeds are

shown on page REAR PTO - General specification.
P.T.O. SWITCH OPERATION

The P.T.O. is engaged and disengaged by means of a
switch (1) on the right- hand console.
Engage P.T.O. drive

With the engine running at approximately 1000 RPM de-
press the knob (1), lift collar (3) and then lift the switch
upwards to engage the P.T.O. The switch will lock in the
engaged position and the adjacent warning light (2) will
illuminate.
BRI4066B 1
6 - 44
Disengage P.T.O. drive

To disconnect P.T.O. drive, reduce engine speed and push
the switch down. It is not necessary to support the collar
(3) when disengaging P.T.O. drive. The warning light will
extinguish when P.T.O. drive is disengaged.
Where P.T.O. drive has been engaged using the fender

mounted external controls, it can be stopped by either op-
erating the fender switch again or by depressing the top
of the switch (1).
If it is necessary to dismount from the tractor ensure any

P.T.O. driven equipment is allowed to come to a complete BRI4066B 2
stop before leaving the seat.
WARNING
Disengage the Power Take Off (PTO) after
each use. This prevents an attached imple-
ment from moving unintentionally.
rious injury.
W0423A
NOTE: If the engine is stopped with the P.T.O. engaged,

the P.T.O. will not operate when the engine is restarted
until the P.T.O. control has been reset. Return the switch
(1) to the ‘off’ position then reengage the P.T.O., as pre-
viously described.
P.T.O. Switch Operation - Anti-Stall Feature

If, when operating with high inertia equipment, the P.T.O.
is engaged at too low an engine speed, an Auto Stall fea-
ture will automatically disable P.T.O. start- up and a sym-
bol will appear in the lower display.
The system will be disabled until the P.T.O. control is re-

turned to the OFF position at which time the Auto Stall
symbol will be extinguished. Re- engage the P.T.O. at a
higher engine speed.
SS11K149 3
P.T.O. Switch Operation - Time- Out

To engage the P.T.O., grasp the switch (1) lift against
spring pressure and move forwards. This movement
should be decisive in its application as hesitant or incor-
rect operation of the switch may cause the P.T.O. system
to Time- Out.
Do not:
• Depress and hold the knob (1) for more than 30 s.
• Depress and hold the knob and lift the collar (3) for
more than 10 s without engaging the P.T.O.
BRI4066B 4
• Operate the fender mounted and internal P.T.O. con-

trols simultaneously or within 2 s of each other.
6 - 45
Any or all of the above actions will cause the P.T.O. to

become inoperable (Timed- Out) for 10 s and a Timed-
Out symbol will appear in the lower display.
Should this occur, the non- critical alarm will sound for 4 s
and the amber warning light on the instrument cluster will
flash for 10 s.
During the 10 s when the P.T.O. system has Timed- Out,

avoid operating any of the P.T.O. controls as this may ex-
tend the duration of the Timed- Out period.
When the Timed- Out period is complete and the symbol

disappears from the display, normal P.T.O. operation is re- SS11K150 5
enabled.
P.T.O. Brake Operation
An automatic P.T.O. brake is installed to stop shaft rota-
tion quickly when the P.T.O. is disengaged. To avoid over-
stressing the P.T.O. brake, slow down the implement by
reducing engine speed before disengaging the P.T.O. This
is particularly important with implements having a high in-
ertia.
Such implements should, ideally, be fitted with an overrun

clutch. To avoid damage to the brake when operating high
inertia implements, hold down the top of the switch (1) to
disengage the brake and allow the implement to come to
rest naturally. BRI4067B 6
WARNING
rious injury.
W0423A
P.T.O. Range Lever

With shiftable P.T.O., a range lever is provided. The lever
is used to select one of three P.T.O. speed ranges to pro-
vide power or economy. The range lever is located at the
rear of the right- hand console.
Depending on country and vehicle specification, your trac-

tor may be fitted with a P.T.O. range lever as shown in Fig-
ure 7 or the alternative 'T' handle lever featured in Figure
8.
6 - 46
Conventional Lever
With the tractor stationary and the P.T.O. control knob
is the disengaged position, select the required speed by
means of the range lever. Lift the spring- loaded collar (2)
beneath the knob (1) and move the lever to engage the
required P.T.O. speed.
To aid smooth shifting between P.T.O. speeds, depress

and hold the P.T.O. brake release switch (3) while select-
ing an alternate range.
BRI4061C 7
'T' Handle Lever

is the disengaged position, select the required speed by
means of the range lever. Lift the spring- loaded collar (3)
beneath the 'T' handle (2) while simultaneously depress-
ing the P.T.O. brake release button (1). Move the lever to
engage the appropriate P.T.O. speed.
BRJ5006B 8
Groundspeed Selector Lever

Ground drive P.T.O . is available, in conjunction with
3-speed, shiftable P.T.O., on all models. As suggested
by the name, ground drive P.T.O. speed is directly related
to rotation of the rear wheels rather than engine speed.
When ground drive P.T.O. is installed, a second lever (2)
is provided.
Three ground speed ranges are provided, selected by

means of the P.T.O. range lever (1).
NOTICE: To prevent possible damage to the P.T.O. driv-
eline, ensure this lever is in the engine- driven P.T.O. po-
BRI4070B 9
sition before engaging normal P.T.O. drive.
6 - 47
THREE-SPEED P.T.O. SYSTEM [30409305]

A 6- spline P.T.O. output shaft of 34.9 mm (1.374 in) di-
ameter is supplied, designed to operate at 540 RPM.
A 21- spline shaft of 34.9 mm (1.374 in) diameter, de-

signed to operate at 1000 RPM may also be supplied with
the tractor or is available from your dealer.
An alternative 20- spline shaft of 44.45 mm (1.75 in) diam-
eter, designed to operate at 1000 RPM is available from
your dealer.
Operating the P.T.O.

in the disengaged position, select the required speed by
means of the range lever.
Depress the button (1) and move the lever to engage the
required P.T.O. speed.
NOTICE: The P.T.O. range lever cannot be moved until BRI4070C 1
the spring- loaded collar beneath the knob is lifted. This
feature is incorporated to prevent inadvertent selection of
the economy range which could result in overspeeding of
a P.T.O. driven implement.
NOTE: To aid smooth shifting between P.T.O. speeds al-
ways depress and hold the P.T.O. brake release on the
range lever.
NOTICE: Although P.T.O. drive may be engaged or disen-
gaged with the tractor moving or stationary, do not attempt
to change from one P.T.O. speed range to another unless
the tractor is stationary and the P.T.O. disengaged.
Before engaging the P.T.O., select a P.T.O. ratio, as fol-

lows:
With the P.T.O. engaged gradually increase engine r.p.m.
using the hand throttle until the appropriate speed is dis-
played at (1).
When changing from 540 to 1000 shaft speed, the P.T.O.

light may flash (but may be ignored) as the shaft speed
passes through the 630 RPM range. This will only occur
the first time the P.T.O. is used after changing the speed
setting.
When operating in the 1000 speed setting, the light may

also flash again at 1170 RPM P.T.O. to indicate that over-
speeding has occurred in the 1000 RPM P.T.O. range.
SS11K151 2
6 - 48
GROUND DRIVE P.T.O. (where fitted) [29806458]

Three- speed ground drive P.T.O. is available on all
models in conjunction with the 3- speed engine- driven,
shiftable P.T.O. previously described. Ground drive P.T.O.
speed is directly related to rotation of the rear wheels
rather than engine speed.
Three speed ranges are provided, selected by means of

the P.T.O. range lever (1). An additional lever (2) is pro-
vided to select ground drive.
To engage ground drive P.T.O:
With the tractor stationary, ensure that the P.T.O. switch is

in the fully disengaged position. Move the lever (1) to the BRI4070B 1
required P.T.O. speed range and then select ground drive
with selector lever (2). Grasp the ’T’ handle and lifting
the bar (3) move the groundspeed lever forwards to the
groundspeed position. Engagement of ground drive will
be confirmed by the appearance of ’GPto’ in the P.T.O.
display.
NOTE: To aid smooth engagement of ground drive P.T.O.,
depress and hold both brake pedals whilst moving the
selector lever.
Fully depress the clutch pedal, select a transmission gear
and open the throttle to increase engine speed. Allow the
clutch pedal to rise Initial movement of the clutch pedal
will cause the tractor to move and the P.T.O. shaft (and
attached equipment) to rotate.
The speed of rotation of the P.T.O. shaft is directly related

to rotation of the rear wheels. Shaft revolutions for each
revolution of the rear wheels are shown on page REAR
PTO - General specification.
NOTE: Selecting ground drive with the engine P.T.O.
function engaged will automatically disable engine P.T.O.
drive. To re- enable engine P.T.O. drive, move the selec-
tor lever to the engine drive position, disengage and then
reengage the main P.T.O. switch.
6 - 49
EXTERNAL P.T.O. CONTROLS [24152900]

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Observe ALL precautions listed below when using external controls.
W0420A
• Activate the external Power Take Off switches (1)

only while standing to the side of the tractor. DO
NOT stand on or near the implement or between the
implement and the tractor. Operation of the in cab
and external P.T.O. switches should not be carried
out simultaneously.
• Before leaving the tractor to operate the external
Power Take Off switches:
- Disengage the P.T.O.
- Move the shuttle lever to the neutral or park lock
position.
- Apply the parking brake.
BRL6304C 1
• Before using the external Power Take Off switches
ensure that no person or object is in the area of the
implement or the hitch.
• DO NOT climb on the implement or between the im-
plement and the tractor when the external hydraulic
controls are enabled.
• Never extend arms, legs, any part of the body or
any object into the area near the three point hitch or
implement while operating the external controls.
• Never have an assistant working the opposite set
of controls. When moving to the opposite set of
controls, move around the tractor or implement. DO
NOT cross between the implement and tractor.
An optional, fender- mounted P.T.O. switch (1) may be
installed on both rear fenders to aid alignment of the
P.T.O. shaft splines with equipment and facilitate station-
ary P.T.O. operations.
With the engine running, touch the switch momentarily to

cause the P.T.O. shaft to index round to align the shaft
splines. If the switch is pressed for less than 5 s, the shaft
will stop turning when the switch is released.
Press and hold in the switch for more than 5 s and the
P.T.O. will operate continuously. Press the switch again to
stop the P.T.O.. Alternatively, the P.T.O. may be stopped
by means of the in- cab controls, as previously described. BRK5798D 2
6 - 50
NOTE: The warning light, on the P.T.O. control panel, will

illuminate when the P.T.O . is engaged, momentarily or
permanently.
NOTE: The P.T.O. may be engaged or disengaged from
the fender switch, whether the in- cab control is in the on
or off position.
NOTE: Simultaneous operation, within 2 s of in cab and
external P.T.O. controls will result in the P.T.O. Timed- Out
symbol (1) appearing in the display. A 10 s delay will occur
before P.T.O. control operation will recommence.
NOTE: The soft start function will operate irrespective of
whether the P.T.O. is engaged from inside the cab or from SS11K150 3
a fender switch.
6 - 51
AUTO P.T.O. OPERATION [29867225]

The Auto P.T.O. function provides automatic engagement
or disengagement of the rear P.T.O. drive when using the
EDC raise/ lower switch (1). Operating the switch to raise
the implement will automatically disengage P.T.O. drive.
Lowering the implement with the switch will reengage
P.T.O. drive.
NOTE: For the Auto P.T.O. to function, the speed of the
tractor must be above 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph).
The height at which the P.T.O. is engaged or disengaged

can be set using the following method.
NOTICE: The tractor must be stationary and the P.T.O.
switched off before attempting this procedure. BRI3990B 1
Setting with the AUTO Switch

• With the engine running and the P.T.O. switched off,
operate the lift control to fully raise and lower the
hitch. This will ensure the hitch is synchronised with
the lift control.
• Depress and hold the Auto P.T.O. switch for 2 s. The
central display will show ’u’ followed by two figures,
for example, ’u38’. The figure 38 representing the
current height of the hitch.
• Raise the hitch to point at which the P.T.O. is to dis-
engage. Depress the Auto P.T.O. switch once to
capture the height setting, the central display will
show ’d xx’ (where ’xx’ is the current height of the
hitch).
• Lower the hitch to the point where the P.T.O. is to re-
engage and depress the Auto P.T.O. switch again.
The central display will show ’End’ for 2 s and then
return to the option selected prior to entering setup
mode.
Providing the tractor is stationary and the P.T.O. is dis-

engaged, this procedure can be carried out at any time.
The new settings will remain in the memory until re- pro-
grammed.
6 - 52
Activating Auto P.T.O.

To activate the Auto function, engage the P.T.O. as pre-
viously described and then depress and hold the Auto
switch for more than 1 s. The Auto P.T.O. lamp on the
instrument panel will illuminate to confirm activation.
NOTE: For the Auto P.T.O. to function, the speed of the
tractor must be above 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph).
With the 3 point hitch in the lowered position and the P.T.O.
engaged, the Auto lamp will remain on. Raising the imple-
ment will disconnect P.T.O. drive and cause the Auto lamp
to flash. Lowering the implement will reengage P.T.O.
BRI3832B 2
drive, the Auto lamp will cease to flash and will remain
on.
Depressing the AUTO P.T.O. switch again will deactivate

the function and the Auto lamp will extinguish.
NOTE: The Auto P.T.O. function will be de- activated ev-
ery time the key start is switched off.
Auto P.T.O. will be de- activated should one or more of the
following occur:
• The tractor speed is above 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) with

the 3 point hitch in the raised position for more than
2 min.
• With the 3 point hitch raised, the tractor speed falls
below 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph), or the tractor is station-
ary for more than 10 s with the 3-point hitch in the
raised position.
• If one of the external switches for P.T.O. or 3 point
hitch are operated.
• The P.T.O. is switched off using the internal or ex-
ternal switches.
• Operating both internal and external P.T.O. switches
simultaneously.
• Ground drive P.T.O. is selected.
• The operator leaves the seat for more than 2 s with
Auto P.T.O. activated and the 3 point hitch in the
raised position.
To reactivate Auto P.T.O., clear the error and reengage
the function as previously described.
6 - 53
FRONT POWER TAKE OFF
P.T.O. OPERATION [30407286]

The front power take- off (P.T.O.) transfers engine power
directly to front- mounted equipment via a 6 spline shaft.
The P.T.O. shaft rotates anti- clockwise (as viewed from
the front).
A plastic cap (1) is provided to protect the P.T.O. shaft

when not in use.
P.T.O. speed @ Engine Speed
1000 P.T.O. speed @ 1893 RPM.
BSE3811A 1
The front P.T.O. is electro- hydraulically operated and is

engaged by the switch (1) on the right- hand console, sim-
ilar to the rear P.T.O.
With the engine running at approximately 1000 RPM,

press the knob (1) and lift the collar (3) and knob up
to engage the P.T.O. The knob will remain up while the
P.T.O. is engaged and the adjacent warning light (2) will
illuminate to confirm engagement.
NOTICE: Do not engage the P.T.O. at engine speeds
above 1200 RPM.
BRI3835C 2
Open the throttle and increase engine speed to provide a

P.T.O. shaft speed of 1000 RPM as shown at (1).
To disengage the P.T.O., press the P.T.O. selector knob
down. It is not necessary to lift the collar when discon-
necting P.T.O. drive.
When drive is disconnected a brake is automatically ap-

plied to slow the P.T.O. shaft.
NOTE: With the engine stopped, the P.T.O. brake is re-
leased and the shaft may be turned by hand to aid imple-
ment shaft alignment.
6 - 54
NOTE: If overspeeding of the P.T.O. occurs (i.e. P.T.O.

speed exceeds 1100 RPM) the light (2) will flash for 5 s,
then remain steady. Reduce engine speed to provide the
correct P.T.O. speed.
NOTE: If the engine is stopped with the P.T.O. engaged,
the P.T.O. will not operate when the engine is restarted
until the P.T.O. control has been reset. Return the switch
(1) to the ‘off’ position then reengage the P.T.O., as previ-
ously described.
WARNING
rious injury.
W0423A
P.T.O. Switch Operation- Time- Out

Engagement of the P.T.O. control should be decisive in its
application as hesitant or in correct operation of the switch
may cause the P.T.O. system to Time- Out.
Do not:
• Depress and hold the knob (1) for more than 10 s.
• Depress and hold the knob and lift the collar (2) for
more than 10 s without engaging the P.T.O.
Any of the above actions will cause the P.T.O. to become

inoperable (Timed- Out) for 10 s. BRI3835C 3
Should this occur, the P.T.O. Time- Out symbol will appear
in the display and the amber warning light will flash 10 s.
The non- critical alarm will sound for 4 s.
During the 10 s when the P.T.O. system has Timed Out,

avoid operating any of the P.T.O. controls as this may ex-
tend the duration of the Time- Out period.
SS11K150 4
6 - 55
REAR HITCH
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL [29813376]

Electronic Draft Control is an electronically controlled hy-
draulic system that senses changes in the draft loading
via sensors in the lower link pins of the 3- point hitch. It
also senses changes in the vertical position of the hitch
via a sensor on the cross shaft. The system functions in
Position Control or Draft Control.
Position Control provides accurate control of implements

that operate above the ground. Once the implement
height has been set, the system will maintain that height
irrespective of any external forces acting upon it.
Draft Control is designed for mounted or semi- mounted

implements operating in the ground. Draft Control au-
tomatically compensates for changes in soil resistance
which cause the implement draft loading to increase or
decrease.
Draft Control Operational Notes
Draft control sets the working depth in the soil by maintain-
ing a constant draft load. If the Position Control lever (1),
is set just below the normal Draft Control working depth,
it will prevent the implement from ‘diving’ or working too
deep if an area of soft or light soil is encountered.
Position Control will override draft control when the Posi-

tion Control lever is moved above the working depth set
by the draft loading wheel (2). Therefore, the Position
Control lever can be used to lift the implement out of the
ground, from the normal Draft Control working depth, with-
out changing the Draft Control setting. BRI4098B 1
This function can be useful when a gradual lift out is re-

quired. The thumbwheel stop can be set so that the Po-
sition Control lever can be returned quickly to a lower
limit position just below the normal Draft Control working
depth.
The raise/ lower switch would normally be used to raise

or lower an implement during a work cycle.
Control Pod
The thumbwheel (5), when rotated, will move the ad-
justable stop (1).
The position control lever (2) is used to set implement

height, when operating in Position Control. Use it to set
the maximum implement depth when operating in Draft
Control.
The draft loading wheel (3), determines the draft load and
therefore implement working depth by setting a force on
the draft sensitivity pins. Selecting position 10 will provide
maximum load and therefore maximum implement depth. BRI4098C 2
6 - 56
The fast raise/ lower switch (4) is a three position, spring

centred switch that enables the operator to rapidly raise
the implement to the position set by the height limit con-
trol and to lower the implement back down to the working
depth/ height set by the Position or Draft Controls, without
disturbing the settings. The switch also provides for faster
ground engagement, if required. For detailed information,
see text on page 6-60.
BRI4098C 3
EDC Panel
The draft sensitivity control (1) is used to make the sys-
tem more sensitive or less sensitive to changes in draft
loading. Maximum sensitivity is obtained by rotating the
control fully clockwise.
The drop rate control (2) adjusts the speed at which the
three--point hitch drops during the lowering cycle. Posi-
tion 1 selects the slowest drop and is denoted by the tor-
toise symbol, position 7 provides the fastest rate of drop.
The height limit control knob (3) limits the height to which
the hitch may be raised. Adjust this knob to avoid the BSE2884A 4
possibility of a large implement damaging the tractor when
fully raised.
The slip limit control knob (4) available only with the op-
tional radar sensor unit, enables the operator to select a
wheel slip threshold, above which the implement will raise
until wheel slip returns to the set level.
Hitch Position Display

The digital display in the instrument panel indicates the
position of the lower links over a scale of ‘0’ to ‘100’. A
display of ‘0’ indicates that the links are fully lowered. ‘100’
indicates they are fully raised. Select the display using the
CAL/SEL switch or the Enhanced keypad (where fitted).
BRE1438A 5
6 - 57
Indicator Lights
The malfunction warning light (4) serves two purposes:
• Flashing light means that there is a malfunction in

the system circuits. This will be accompanied by
the hitch error symbol appearing in the Dot Matrix
Display.
• Steady light signifies ‘hitch disabled’.
The indicator lights (1) and (2) operate when the position
control lever is used to raise or lower the implement or
as lift and lower corrections occur during normal tractor
operation. The lower light (2) will illuminate when the 3- BRI4097C 6
point hitch lowers. The upper light (1) will illuminate when
the hitch raises.
A slip limit ‘on’ indicator (3) illuminates when the wheel

slip limit control is activated
Malfunction Warning Light and Display

In the unlikely event that a fault occurs in the EDC, the
malfunction warning light (4) Figure 6, will start to flash.
The warning light will be accompanied by the appearance
of the hitch symbol (1) and error code (2) in the Dot Matrix
Display.
The code indicates the tractor circuit or sensor in which

the fault lies and the type of fault, e.g. short circuit, open
circuit, sensor failure, etc. In this event your tractor will
require the attention of your authorised dealer.
SS11K152 7
A steady malfunction warning light (4) signifies that the

hitch has been disabled and the setting of the position
control lever does not correspond to the position of the
lower links.
The ‘hitch disabled’ warning will display if:
• The Position Control lever has been moved with the

engine stopped.
• One of the external power lift switches has been
operated to raise or lower the three-point hitch. See
‘External Hydraulic Power Lift Controls’ on page
6-65.
BRI4097C 8
6 - 58
To re- phase the Position Control lever with the lower links,
start the engine and move the Position Control lever (1)
slowly forward or rearward, as required, until the position
of the lever matches the height of the hitch. This will be
confirmed by the ’hitch disabled’ warning light going out.
Alternatively, use the fast raise switch (3) to raise or lower

the hitch until the hitch disabled light goes out. During the
re- phase sequence, the lower links will raise slowly but
once the Position Control lever and hitch are in phase, the
lower links will operate normally.
BRI4098F 9
6 - 59
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL OPERATION [29820628]

PRE- OPERATION SETTINGS
Attach the implement to the 3- point.
Turn the draft loading wheel (2) fully forward (position 10),
this is the Position Control setting.
Start the engine and, using the Position Control lever (1),
raise the implement in stages, ensuring there is at least
100 mm (3.94 in) clearance between the implement and
any part of the tractor. Note the digital display reading on
the instrument cluster. If the reading is less than '99' it
means that the implement is not fully raised.
BRI4098B 1
Adjust the height limit control knob (2) to prevent the hitch
being raised further and so avoid the possibility of the im-
plement damaging the tractor when fully raised.
When the raise/ lower switch or the Position Control lever

is used to raise the implement, it will only raise to the
height set by the limit control, as determined in the pre-
vious step.
Adjust the rate of drop, to suit the size and weight of the
attached implement by rotating the drop rate control knob
(2). Turn the knob clockwise to speed up the drop rate or
anti- clockwise to slow down the drop rate.
BSE2884B 2
NOTICE: When first setting the implement up for work,
keep the drop rate control knob in the slow drop position
('tortoise' symbol).
When the raise/ lower switch is used to lower the imple-

ment, it will lower at a controlled rate as determined in the
previous step.
6 - 60
Position Control Operation

To operate in Position Control, the draft loading wheel (3)
should, ideally, be rotated fully forward to position 10.
Use the Position Control lever (2) to raise and lower the
3- point hitch. The implement will raise and stop at the
height set by the height limit control knob.
NOTE: The rate of lift will be adjusted automatically. If
a large movement of the position control lever is made
then the lower links will respond by moving rapidly. As
the links approach the position set by the Position Control
lever, implement movement will be slower.
BRI4098C 3
When the implement is at the required working height,

use thumbwheel (5) to set the adjustable stop (1) against
the Position Control lever (2). Every time the Position
Control lever is moved, it may be quickly returned to it’s
original position, against the stop, to maintain the required
implement height.
If it is required to raise the implement at the headland, mo-

mentarily depress the top of the raise#7 lower switch (4)
to lift the implement to the position set by the height limit
control knob. When re- entering the work area, depress
the lower part of the switch and the implement will return
to the height originally set by the Position Control lever
(2).
Draft Control Operation

To operate in Draft Control adjustment of several controls
is necessary to suit the implement and field conditions.
The draft loading wheel (2), determines implement depth

by setting a required force on the draft sensing pins Set
the wheel to the mid-position (position 5) prior to com-
mencing work.
BRI4098B 4
The position of the draft sensitivity knob (1), determines

the sensitivity of the system. Set the knob to the mid-
position before entering the field.
BSE2884C 5
6 - 61
Drive the tractor into the field and lower the implement
into work by moving the Position Control lever (2) forward.
Use the Position Control lever to set the maximum depth
and so prevent ‘diving’ when areas of light soil are en-
countered. Set the required implement working depth by
rotating the draft loading wheel (3).
Rotate the thumbwheel (4) to move the adjustable stop

(1) against the Position Control lever so that the selected
setting may be quickly found.
BRI4098E 6
Observe the implement as it pulls through the soil and

adjust the draft sensitivity knob (1), until the tendency to
raise or lower, due to variations in soil resistance, is sat-
isfactory. Once set, the tractor hydraulic system will auto-
matically adjust implement depth to maintain an even pull
(draft load) on the tractor.
The optimum setting will be achieved by observing the

movement indicator lights (2) and (3). The upper light (2)
will illuminate every time the system raises the implement
as normal draft corrections occur. The lower light (3) will
illuminate as the implement lowers.
BSE2884C 7
Turn the draft sensitivity knob (1) slowly clockwise. The

system will respond with smaller, quicker movements as
will be seen by both the indicator lights flickering. At this
point, turn the knob slightly anti-clockwise until either of
the indicator lights flashes once every 2 s or 3 s or, as
required, to suit the soil conditions.
Once the required working conditions have been estab-

lished there is no need to move the position control lever
again until the work in hand is completed.
BRI4097D 8
Upon reaching the headland, momentarily depress the top

of the raise/lower switch (3) to quickly lift the implement to
the position set by the height limit control knob. When re-
entering the working area, momentarily depress the lower
part of the switch and the implement will descend at the
rate set by the drop rate control knob and stop when it
reaches the depth set by the draft loading wheel (2).
During the raise cycle, momentarily depressing the top of

the raise/lower switch will pause implement lift.
NOTE: Depressing the top of the raise/ lower switch dur-
ing the lift cycle will temporarily disable the hitch. De-
pressing the top of the switch again will re- enable hitch
BRI4098F 9
operation but initial movement will be slow.
6 - 62
Faster implement penetration may be required, for exam-

ple, after turning at a narrow headland. Also, some imple-
ments are reluctant to penetrate, particularly if the ground
is heavy. Press and hold the bottom of the raise/ lower
switch (3) and the implement will lower at the rate set by
the drop rate control knob, until it contacts the ground.
The drop rate and the Position Control settings will then
be overridden and the implement will quickly penetrate the
ground, rising to the preset working depth when the switch
is released.
Alternatively, the adjustable stop may be used to set the

implement depth. When the required implement depth BRI4098G 10
has been established, rotate the thumbwheel (4). This
will move the stop (1) so that it is against the front edge
of the position control lever (2). Whenever the implement
is raised, using the Position Control lever, it will always
return to the same working depth when the lever is moved
forward to contact the stop.
NOTE: If required, the Position Control lever may be
eased sideways (to the left), in order to bypass the stop,
to lower the implement further.
The slip limit control (1), available only with the optional
radar sensor unit, enables the operator to select a wheel
slip threshold which, if exceeded, will result in the imple-
ment working depth being adjusted to reduce wheel slip.
When slip control is activated, the Draft Control system

will temporarily reduce the working depth of the imple-
ment. As rear wheel slip reduces, Draft Control will lower
the implement back to its original working depth.
BRI4097B 11
Care must be taken not to select a wheel slip limit that
is either too high or too low. Setting the slip limit to a
very low level, unobtainable in wet conditions, may have
a detrimental effect on the work rate and depth.
NOTE: The wheel slip function does not work in Position
Control.
The slip limit ‘on’ indicator (2) will illuminate when slip con-
trol is activated and the implement is raising to restore the
selected slip rate. The knob is detented at the ‘off’ posi-
tion (knob fully clockwise).
Transport Lock
When transporting equipment on the 3-point hitch, turn
the drop rate control knob (2), fully anti-clockwise to the
transport lock position (padlock symbol). This will prevent
the implement from accidentally lowering and damaging
the road surface.
6 - 63
Dynamic Ride Control

When transporting equipment on the 3-point hitch, imple-
ment bounce can lead to lack of steering control at trans-
port speeds. With Ride Control selected, when the front
wheels hit a bump, causing the front of the tractor to rise,
the hydraulic system will immediately react to counter the
movement and minimise implement bounce to provide a
smoother ride.
To engage Ride Control, turn the draft sensitivity knob (1),

fully anti- clockwise. Using the raise/ lower switch (4) Fig-
ure 125, raise the implement to the height set by the height
limit control (3). BSE2884E 12
Turn the drop rate control knob (2) fully anti-clockwise to

the transport lock position (padlock symbol).
Ride Control will only operate at speeds above 8 km/h

(5.0 mph). When tractor speed exceeds 8 km/h (5.0
mph), the implement will drop by 4 - 5 points (as displayed
on the instrument cluster) as the hydraulic system makes
corrections to counteract implement bounce. When trac-
tor speed falls below 8 km/h (5.0 mph) the implement will
raise again to the height set by the height limit control and
ride control will become inoperative.
BRI4098H 13
6 - 64
EXTERNAL HITCH CONTROLS [30649420]

WARNING
Avoid injury!
W0420A
Two external switches are provided on each rear fender

assembly. Depress the upper switch (1) to raise the 3-
point hitch, depressing the lower switch (2) will cause the
hitch to drop.
SS10M114 1
• Activate the external hydraulic control switches (1)

only while standing to the side of the tractor. DO
NOT stand on or near the implement or between the
implement and the tractor.
controls:
position.
• Before using the external 3- point hitch controls en- BRL6304C 2
sure that no person or object is in the area of the
6 - 65
Pressing the upper switch (1), will cause the hitch to raise
slowly. Pressing the lower switch (2) will cause the hitch
to lower. When the lower links align with the implement,
release the switch and attach the implement to the 3- point
hitch in the normal way.
NOTE: Using the external lift control will cause the hitch
to become out of phase with the Position Control lever in
the cab.
SS10M114 3
To re- phase the Position Control lever with the lower links,
start the engine and move the lever (1) slowly forward
or rearward, as required, until the position of the lever
matches the height of the hitch. This will be confirmed
by the ’hitch disabled’ warning light going out.
Alternatively, use the fast raise switch (3) to raise or lower

the hitch until the hitch disabled light goes out. During the
re- phase sequence, the lower links will raise slowly but
once the lever and hitch are in phase, the lower links will
operate normally.
NOTICE: When control of the 3- point hitch is transferred
back to the lift control, an attached implement may raise
BRI4098F 4
fully and damage the rear of the cab. Operator’s should
be aware of this and take appropriate action to stop rais-
ing before full lift height is reached. Adjust the height limit
control knob as described under Position Control Opera-
tion.
6 - 66
FRONT HITCH
SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS [29917869]

Transport Position
The top link and lower links should be placed in the trans-
port position when not in use. Raise the top link (1) to the
vertical position and secure by inserting the lock pin (2)
through the top link and anchor bracket. Secure the pin
with the spring clip as shown.
BRH3269B 1
Each lower link arm rotates about the pivot pin or bolt (2).
This should not be removed unless it is required to take
off the lower links.
Extract the lower pin (3) from the link assembly and raise
the lower link (1) to the vertical position, as shown. In-
sert the pin through the upper hole in the inner link arm
when the holes in the inner and outer links (4) are cor-
rectly aligned. Before operating the tractor ensure both
pins are secured with lynch- pins.
BRH3294B 2
To convert to the working position, remove the lynch- pin,

pull out the pin (5) and manually lower the link arm down
to the operating position, as shown. Install the removed
pin in one of the holes (6) or (7), as required.
When installed in the rear hole (6) as shown, the lower

link will be locked as a rigid unit. If the pin is installed in
the front hole (7), the lower link will be allowed to move
up and down freely (float) through a range of approx. 75
mm (3 in). Secure the pin with the lynch- pin.
Repeat on the other lower link, ensuring that both lower

links are set up the same, i.e., both are locked as rigid
units or both are allowed to float. BRH3293B 3
6 - 67
NOTE: With the lower links pinned in the float position, the
left and right- hand sides of the implement can move up
and down independently to allow for operation on uneven
surfaces. In addition, the remote control valve float func-
tion will allow the whole implement to move up or down as
it passes over uneven ground.
WARNING
When transporting heavy front-mounted im-
plements at road speeds, it is recommended
that you install the pivot pin in the rear hole (in
the RIGID position). This keeps the implement
from bouncing excessively, which can effect
steering control.
rious injury.
W0434A
Coupling Implement to Tractor

Start the engine. Move the remote valve lever or joystick
(where fitted) from neutral (N) to lower (L) until the link
arms are just clear of the ground. Position the tractor so
that the open claw ends are beneath the implement hitch
pins.
BRE1707C 4
Slowly move the remote valve lever or joystick rearward

to raise the lower links until the claw couplers engage the
ball- bushings. An audible click will be heard as the self-
locking latches (1) engage the ball- bushings (2) on the
implement. The lift control should be returned to the neu-
tral position before the lower links start to lift the implement
from the ground.
NOTICE: Before operating the tractor, ensure the release
latches (1) are fully retracted into the link end.
BRJ5353B 5
Attach the top link to the implement, adjusting to the cor-

rect length by rotating the threaded centre section (3) us-
ing the handle (1) as leverage. To prevent the centre sec-
tion from rotating while in work, place the locking latch (2)
over the adjuster handle.
The top link has similar claw ends to the lower links. Lower
the top link claw onto the upper implement ball- bush and
press down until the latch is heard to engage.
The implement supports, where fitted, may now be re-

moved or retracted and the implement supported on the
front hitch.
BRL6500B 6
6 - 68
The top link is connected to the bracket with the pin (2)
secured by the spring pin. Two holes are proved in the
top link bracket for location of the top link. Use the top
hole (1), as shown, for maximum lift capacity. Use the
lower hole (3) to provided the greatest implement height,
when raised.
BRH3268C 7
Uncoupling Implement from Tractor

Using the remote lever or joystick, lower the implement to
the ground, ensuring that it cannot fall when disconnected
from the front hitch. Use the implement supports (where
fitted).
Pull back the lever on the top link to release the claw from
the implement upper hitch pin.
Pull the ring (1) on both lower links fully rearwards. The
lever will lock in position with the latch retracted. This will
allow the links to clear the ball- bushings on the implement
lower hitch pins when the links are lowered fully. BRJ5323B 8
Fully lower the lower links using the remote lever or joy-
stick and reverse the tractor clear of the implement.
6 - 69
HITCH OPERATION [42725490]

The optional front hitch consists of an adjustable top link
(1) and a pair of folding lower links (2). The top link and the
lower links have open claw ends that permit rapid coupling
and uncoupling of implements.
The claws are equipped with self- locking latches to en-

sure positive retention of the 3- point hitch to the imple-
ment.
BRJ5356D 1
Three ball- bushings are supplied for installation on the

implement, if required. The ball- bushing with projecting
lips (1) should be installed on the implement upper hitch
pin.
The two plain ball- bushings (2) with their detachable

guides (3) should be installed on the implement lower
hitch pins.
BRJ5352B 2
Operating the Front Hitch

The front hitch is operated by mechanical rear remote
valves or.
– with mechanical rear remote valves:
Using valves I or II at the rear of the tractor, operation
of the front hitch may be controlled via the remote valve
levers.
With the front hitch connected to the appropriate valve,

pull the lever rearwards (R) to raise the front hitch. Move
the lever to (N) to halt hitch movement, the hitch will
maintain its height position. Select (L) to lower the hitch.
With the lever in the float position (F), the hitch van move
up and down (float) allowing the implement to follow the
ground contours.
BRE1743B 3
The front hitch may be connected to any of the rear remote
valves.
Where an implement requires additional hydraulic ser-

vices, these may be connected to any unused valve.
If the implement requires additional hydraulic services,

these may be connected to any unused remote valve.
However, for convenience, it is recommended the second
valve (II) is used for this purpose
6 - 70
As an alternative, the levers operating remote valves I

and II may be replaced by a joystick located in a forward
position on the right- hand side of the operators seat.
NOTE: With the joystick operating the rear remote valves,
a float position (F) is available by moving the lever fully to
the right. The function is not available when operating with
a mid- mounted 2- spool remote valve.
BRE1534B 4
EHR Visual Displays

Depress the remote valve key on the keypad and the fol-
lowing information will be displayed in the DMD for each
valve:
1. Momentary oil flow from the valve. The shaded

area represents the percentage of oil flow, this will
change as the flow increases or decreases.
2. Maximum flow rate (%) as set by the operator. The
extend/ retract directional arrows represent the
maximum flow setting.
3. Number of the remote valve in operation. BRE1569B 5
4. Direction of cylinder movement, extend (Raise) or

retract (Lower). The direction of cylinder travel is
identified by the arrow.
Additional Displays
As each of the electronic remote valve functions are se-
lected, a corresponding visual display will appear in the
Dot Matrix Screen.
Number 1 remote valve lever in NEUTRAL position.
Number 1 remote valve operating at maximum flow set by the operator. Illustration shows cylinder
operating in RETRACT mode.
Number 1 remote valve lever in FLOAT position.
Electronic remote valve system switched OFF.

All remote valve functions de- activated.
6 - 71
AUXILIARY FRONT COUPLERS (where fitted) [29812609]

Two auxiliary couplers with 1/2 in female couplings may
be fitted to the front of the hitch frame. These will provide
a double- acting hydraulic service for equipment mounted
on the front 3- point hitch.
When operated by the joystick, lateral movement of the

lever (left or right) will provide pressurised oil at the cou-
plings.
NOTE: When the front couplers are not in use always re-
insert the protective plug into the coupler to prevent dust
or debris from entering the hydraulic system.
BRI4169A 1
Disconnecting Hydraulic Hoses from Front

Couplers
Before disconnecting hoses from the front couplers, any
residual pressure in the hydraulic lines must be released.
Pressure can be released by using one of the following
procedures.
NOTE: All procedures must commence with the tractor
engine running.
Valve numbers 1 and 3 (where fitted):
On tractors equipped with a joystick and 3 mid mount re-

mote valves, the joystick can be used to release pressure
in valves 1 and/ or 3 by selecting the float position and
switching off the engine. (Depress and hold the joystick
button to select valve 3 as previously described).
Valve number 2:
To release pressure in valve number 2, start the engine

and apply the following procedure.
• Depress and hold the Menu/ Enter key (2) until SET-
UP MENU appears in the Dot Matrix Display. Pause
for 2 s and one of the following displays will appear:
CAL (tractors without groundspeed radar)
OR
Clock setup (tractors with groundspeed radar) SS11K155 2
• Depress the EHR key and the display will change to

show PEhr.
6 - 72
• Depress and hold the joystick button (1) for 2 s and

the display will change to FEhr, release the button.
After a short pause the display will change to show
F2.
If you wish to select an alternative remote valve, i.e. valve

3, momentarily depress the joystick button again to select
valve F3 in the display.
• With the correct valve selected, depress and hold

the joystick button and the display will start to count-
down showing:
F2 3
BRK5647D 3
F2 2
F2 1
F2 FL
• When the display shows F2 FL, the pressure at the

hydraulic couplers for the selected valve will be zero.
Release the button and the display will return to F2
(or F4). Switch off the engine, apply the hand brake
and disconnect the hydraulic hoses.
NOTE: On re- starting the engine, the remote valves will
return to normal operation.
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Make sure no one will be injured by moving
equipment when relieving pressure in the sys-
tem. Before disconnecting cylinders or equip-
ment, make sure the equipment or implement
is supported securely.
rious injury.
W0424A
Joystick
The electronic joystick is provided with a mechanical
transport lock. To engage the lock, grip the joystick, push
down and rotate clockwise. This will lock the joystick in
the neutral position. Reverse the procedure to unlock the
joystick.
SS10M196 4
6 - 73
EXTERNAL HITCH CONTROLS [24159891]

WARNING
Avoid injury!
W0420A
External raise and lower buttons are provided on the left-

hand side of the front hitch assembly. Depress and hold
the appropriate button to raise or lower the hitch, release
the button to halt movement of the hitch.
• Activate the external hydraulic control switches only

while standing to the side of the tractor. DO NOT
stand on or near the implement or between the im-
plement and the tractor.
controls:
1
position. BRL6298A

• Before using the external front 3- point hitch controls
6 - 74
HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
REMOTE CONTROL VALVES [42726335]

NOTE: See page 6-84 for available oil quantities when
powering external hydraulic equipment.
The hydraulic remote control valves described here are

of the load sensing type. By automatically sensing oil de-
mand from the implement, load sensing valves continu-
ally adjust the oil flow from the tractor to suit implement
requirements.
The valves are used to operate external hydraulic cylin-

ders, motors etc. Up to four remote control valves (2 con-
figurable + 2 non- configurable) may be installed and are
located at the rear of the tractor. All remote valves incor-
porate an automatic lock valve in the left- hand (raise) port BRE1744B 1
to prevent in advertent leak down of the implement.
The valves are operated by levers which are located in the

console to the right of the operator’s seat. The levers and
their respective valves are numbered for identification.
Valve number 1 is located at the bottom of the stack with

additional valves mounted directly above.
Control Levers
Each remote control valve lever has four operating posi-
tions, as follows:
(R) Raise (or Extend)

Pull a lever rearward to extend the cylinder to which it is
connected and raise the implement.
(N) Neutral
Push the lever forward from the raise position to select
neutral and deactivate the connected cylinder.
(L) Lower (or Retract) BRE1743B 2

Push the lever further forward, past neutral to retract the
cylinder and lower the implement.
(F) Float - Push the lever fully forward, beyond the lower
position, to select float. This will permit the cylinder to
extend or retract freely, thereby allowing equipment such
as scraper blades to ‘float’ or follow the ground contour.
6 - 75
Joystick Control (where fitted)

The joystick, actuates valves I and II, operating in a cross
pattern.
Moving the joystick backwards and forwards in a straight

line actuates valve No. I.
Moving the joystick sideways in a straight line actuates

valve No. II.
Moving the joystick diagonally will actuate both valves si-

multaneously. By applying directional bias, one valve can
be made to actuate at a faster or slower rate than the BRE1534B 3
other.
Move the joystick rearward from the neutral position and

the cylinder connected to valve No. I will extend to raise
the implement. Push the joystick forward, past neutral, to
retract (lower) the cylinder. Pushing it fully forward, be-
yond the ‘retract’ position, will select ‘float’ which will per-
mit the cylinder connected to remote control valve No. I to
extend or retract freely, thereby allowing equipment such
as scraper blades to float or follow the ground contour.
Move the joystick to the left from the neutral position and
the cylinder connected to valve No. II will extend to raise
the implement. Move the joystick to the right, past neu-
tral, to retract the cylinder. Move it fully to the right, beyond
the ‘retract’ position, will select ‘float’ which will permit the
cylinder connected to remote control valve No. II to ex-
tend or retract freely.
The joystick and it’s respective valves are number coed

for identification.
Operating with detents
The Raise, Neutral, Lower and Float positions are identi-
fied by symbols on a decal next to the control levers.
A detent will hold the lever in the raise (extend) or lower
(retract) position until the remote cylinder reaches the end
of the stroke when the control lever will automatically re-
turn to neutral. Alternatively, the lever may be returned to
neutral manually. The lever will not return automatically
from the float position.
NOTE: Do not hold the lever in the extend or retract posi-
tion once the remote cylinder has reached the end of the
stroke as this will cause the hydraulic pump to generate
maximum pressure. Maintaining maximum system pres-
sure for extended periods may overheat the oil and cause
premature failure of hydraulic or driveline components.
BRE1743B 4
6 - 76
Configurable Detent Operation (where fitted)

Your tractor may be fitted with one or two remote valves
having configurable detents. The rotary control (1) is used
to select one of five detent settings.
To select a setting, rotate the control until the number (2)

on the end cap aligns with the mark (1) on the valve body.
NOTE: If the number on the rotary control is not aligned
correctly with the reference mark on the valve body, the
performance of the valve may be affected.
Before turning the selector, ensure any residual pressure

BRH3755B 5
in the hydraulic system is exhausted. To do this, stop the
tractor engine, cycle the remote valve lever through all
positions and then place the lever in neutral.
Each position offers the following functions:
I.
Raise (R), Neutral (N), Lower (L) and Float (F) positions
available. Detent position in Float only. No lever auto
return to neutral (kick out).
II.
Raise, Neutral and Lower positions only. No Float facil-
ity. No detent positions available. No lever auto return to
neutral (kick out).
III.
Raise, Neutral, Lower and Float positions available. De-
tents in Raise, Lower and Float. Lever auto return to neu-
tral (kick out) in Raise and Lower positions.
6 - 77
IV.
Raise, Neutral, Lower and Float positions available. De-
tents in Raise, Lower and Float. No lever auto return to
neutral (kick out).
V.
*Lower and Float positions available. Detents in Raise
and Float. No lever auto return to neutral (kick out).
* To select position 5, place the remote valve lever in neu-

tral, select position I or IV then move the lever to the Float
position. With the lever in Float select position V.
To de- select position V, put the remote valve lever into

float, turn the selector control to position I or IV and then
move the remote valve lever to neutral. It is now possible
to select positions I to IV.
WARNING
When starting the machine engine, make sure
the remote valve levers are in the correct posi-
tion BEFORE you operate the key switch. This
prevents an attached implement from moving
unintentionally.
rious injury.
W0433A
With the selector in positions I to IV - Neutral

With the selector in position V - Float
Flow Control
Each remote valve has its own flow control (1) this pro-
vides individual flow settings for each valve.
Turn the flow control knob anti- clockwise to increase the

rate of oil flow.
For available flow rates, see the Specification section in

this manual.
BRE1562B 6
6 - 78
CONNECTING REMOTE CYLINDERS [39935758]

Each remote control valve has a pair of 0.5 in quick- dis-
connect, female couplers. These are of a self- sealing/
locking design but will allow remote cylinder hoses to pull
free if the implement should become disconnected from
the tractor.
The raise (extend) coupler (1) is on the left- hand side, the
lower (retract) coupler (2) on the right- hand side.
Hinged, spring- loaded dust caps are provided on each

coupler. To connect a remote cylinder, lift the dust cap
until it locks in the raised position then insert the hydraulic
hose into the coupler, ensuring that it is correctly seated.
Ensure that there is sufficient slack in the hose(s) to allow

BRE1565B 1
the tractor/ implement to turn in either direction. To dis-
connect, grip the hose a short distance from the coupler,
push the hose forward, into the coupler, then quickly pull
on the hose to ‘pop’ the coupler free.
Connecting Single- Acting Cylinders

Connect the hose from a single- acting cylinder to the left-
hand (raise) coupler on the remote control valve.
To extend a single- acting cylinder, pull the control lever

back to the raise position (R).
Manually return the lever to the neutral position to stop the

cylinder when it has reached the desired position.
To retract a single- acting cylinder, move the lever fully

forward to the float (F) position.
BRL6492B 2
NOTE: In single acting timer mode the remote lever will

lock in the extend position and will not automatically return
to the neutral position.
NOTICE: Always use the float position to retract a single-
acting cylinder. The lower position is for double- acting
cylinders only.
NOTE: If a single- acting cylinder is disconnected in the
extended position, while supporting a load, the hose may
be reconnected to the remote control valve but will not
operate until the pressure is released. Proceed as follows:
• Connect the hose, as previously described.

BRE1539B 3
• Start the engine and momentarily pressurise the
cylinder by moving the remote control valve lever
to the extend position and then immediately to the
float position to retract the cylinder and lower the
implement.
6 - 79
Connecting Double- Acting Cylinders

Connect the feed hose from a double- acting cylinder to
the left- hand coupler (1) on the remote control valve and
the return hose to the right- hand coupler (2).
To extend a double- acting cylinder, pull the control lever

back to the raise (R) position.
To retract a double- acting cylinder, push the control lever

forward past neutral (N) to the lower (L) position.
BRE1538B 4
Place the lever in the neutral (N) position to stop all cylin-
der movement.
Further forward movement of the lever will select float (F)

which will allow the cylinder to extend or retract freely.
This feature is very helpful when carrying out work with
equipment such as scraper blades and loaders.
NOTE: To prevent cylinders creeping under load, always
connect the hose from the load supporting side of the
cylinder to the left- hand coupler.
BRL6492B 5
6 - 80
OPERATING WITH REMOTE VALVES [30212512]

Operating Continuous Flow Hydraulic
Equipment
Continuous flow hydraulic equipment (e.g. hydraulic mo-
tors) should be connected to a remote control valve cou-
pler with the feed hose (1) connected to the left- hand cou-
pler and the return hose (2) connected to the right- hand
coupler of the same valve.
With the remote control valve lever in the float position the
motor will be stationary. The hydraulic motor will operate
if the lever is moved to the lower (R) position, Figure 1.
NOTE: With configurable detents, select position V, see
on page PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Control and
following.
NOTICE: To stop the motor, always move the lever to the
float position. The motor will then slow to a halt and not
stop abruptly causing internal line pressures which could
damage the motor seals.
Observe the following to further protect the tractor and

equipment:
• Do not open any bypass valve in the equipment or

motor. Use the flow control valve (1) to control the
rate of flow or speed of the motor.
• To assure optimum hydraulic oil cooling and prevent
overheating, operate continuous flow equipment at
the highest flow setting by use of the flow control BRI4137C 1
valve (1) and lowest engine speed that will give the
required machine performance and speed.
• It is recommended that a temperature gauge, where
available, is installed in the remote circuit when us-
ing hydraulic motors for continuous operation. If
overheating occurs, stop the hydraulic motor, put
all hydraulic controls into neutral and run the tractor
engine to circulate the oil through the transmission/
hydraulic oil cooler until the oil cools.
If operating conditions are normal and high temperatures

persist, install an oil cooler in the motor return circuit. The
maximum recommended operating temperature of the oil
is 125 °C (257 °F). Your authorised dealer can supply a
suitable oil cooler and the necessary fittings or make the
installation for you.
6 - 81
Operating Several Remote Valves Simultane-

ously or Remote Valves and Hydraulic Lift Si-
multaneously
NOTE: The hydraulic load- sensing system on your tractor
adjusts the oil flow according to the individual flow control
settings up to the maximum output possible, dependent
upon engine speed. The oil flow will be relatively con-
stant in the remote control valve circuits if the flow control
valves are used to regulate the flow, thus providing con-
stant operating speed for hydraulic motors, etc., even if
engine speed varies. Maintain the engine speed above
the minimum required for simultaneous operation of all
the required circuits and vary ground speed by selection
of the appropriate gear ratio.
If operating two or more remote control valves simultane-

ously or remote valves and the hydraulic lift, all the flow
control valves should be adjusted to provide a partial flow.
If not so adjusted, all the available flow may be directed
to the full flow circuit when the pressure in that circuit is
less than that of the other circuits in use.
Operating with a Front Loader

If your tractors is fitted with configurable detent remote
valves, the valves can be adjusted to operate with front
loaders.
To operate the boom raise and lower set the detent selec-
tor on the appropriate valve to position I (detent position
in Float only).
For bucket operation, set the detent selector on the appro-

priate valve to position II, this will eliminate detent opera-
tion on the raise (roll- back) and lower (dump) positions.
See on page PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Control and
following for details.
6 - 82
Bleeding Remote Cylinders

When connecting a cylinder with trapped air, i.e., a new
cylinder, one that has been out of service or one that has
had the hoses disconnected, it will be necessary to bleed
the cylinder to remove the air.
With the hoses connected to the remote control valve cou-

plers at the rear of the tractor, position the cylinder with the
hose end uppermost and extend and retract the cylinder
seven or eight times using the remote control valve lever.
WARNING
Escaping fluid!
Hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel leaking under
pressure can penetrate the skin and cause
infection or other injury. To prevent personal
injury: Relieve all pressure before discon-
necting fluid lines or performing work on the
hydraulic system. Before applying pressure,
make sure all connections are tight and all
components are in good condition. Never use
your hand to check for suspected leaks under
pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood
for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid,
see your doctor immediately.
rious injury.
W0178A
Check the rear axle oil level before and after operating
with a remote cylinder or hydraulic motor.
NOTICE: All hydraulic hoses should have a minimum tem-
perature rating of 125 °C (257 °F). Pressure and sensing
hoses should be rated at 295 bar (4278 psi) working pres-
sure.
6 - 83
JOYSTICK OPERATION WITH A FRONT LOADER [42726857]

Where a front loader is installed as a factory option, an mechanical joystick is provided to control the mechanical
remote valves used for operating the loader and attachments. Two remote valves may be operated simultaneously
by the joystick.
Joystick for 2 Remote Valves
Remote valve 1:
Move the joystick forwards (L) or backwards (R) to raise
and lower the loader boom.
Pushing the joystick forward to the ‘lower’ position (L) will

allow the loader boom to lower to the ground at a con-
trolled rate of descent.
By moving the joystick fully forward into ‘float’ (F) the

loader boom will lower quickly under its own weight.
When float is engaged with the boom in the fully lowered
position, the bucket or attachment will follow the ground BRE1534B 1
contours.
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Lower all components, attachments, or imple-
ments to the ground before leaving the cab.
rious injury.
W0419A
Moving the joystick to the left from the neutral position

and the cylinder connected to valve No. II will extend to
raise the implement. Move the joystick to the right, past
neutral, to retract the cylinder. Move it fully to the right,
beyond the ‘retract’ position, will select ‘float’ which will
permit the cylinder connected to remote control valve No.
II to extend or retract freely.
BRE1534B 2
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL WHEN USING REMOTE HYDRAULIC

EQUIPMENT [25012612]
WARNING
Escaping fluid!
Hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause infection or
other injury. To prevent personal injury: Relieve all pressure before disconnecting fluid lines or per-
forming work on the hydraulic system. Before applying pressure, make sure all connections are tight
and all components are in good condition. Never use your hand to check for suspected leaks under
pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid, see your
doctor immediately.
W0178A
6 - 84
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Loss of hydraulic pressure or movement of a control can cause raised equipment to fall. Never work
under an implement or attachment supported only by the hydraulic system. Always use suitable equip-
ment to support an implement or attachment that must be serviced in a raised position.
W0430A
When checking the rear axle oil level, it is good practice to ensure that the oil is up to the full mark in the sight glass
with the tractor parked on level ground and the three- point hitch in the fully raised position. However, when connecting
auxiliary equipment to the remote control valves it should be remembered that the equipment utilises oil from the rear
axle and could seriously lower the oil level. Operating the tractor with a low oil level may result in damage to the rear
axle and transmission components.
NOTE: Before connecting remote cylinders, stop the engine and thoroughly clean the connections to prevent oil con-
tamination.
With the rear axle oil level at the Normal, Intermediate or Extra marks in the sight glass, the following maximum oil
volumes maybe taken from the rear axle to power auxiliary equipment without the need to further top up the system:
Operating Parameters
a) Operating while driving in normal conditions, including
long periods of use.
b) Operating while driving in normal conditions (flat fields)

for short periods only.
c) Operating stationary equipment on level ground.
SS11K174 1
6 - 85
Maximum Oil Volumes , All Transmissions

Extra Level (1)
38 l (10.0 US gal)
Normal Level (2)
18 l (4.8 US gal)
Normal Level (3)
SS11H229 2
6 - 86
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES (where fitted)
JOYSTICK OPERATION WITH A FRONT LOADER [24160995]

Where a front loader is installed as a factory option, an electronic joystick is provided to control the electronic remote
valves (EHR’s) used for operating the loader and attachments. remote valves may be operated simultaneously by
the joystick.
NOTE: Where a tractor is equipped with front loader and rear EHR’s, the joystick is dedicated to operate the loader
mid- mount valves only, it is not possible to control the rear EHR’s using the joystick.
Joystick for 2 Remote Valves
Remote valve 1:
Move the joystick forwards (L) or backwards (R) to raise
and lower the loader boom.
Pushing the joystick forward to the ‘lower’ position (L) will

allow the loader boom to lower to the ground at a con-
trolled rate of descent.
By moving the joystick fully forward into ‘float’ (F) the

loader boom will lower quickly under its own weight.
When float is engaged with the boom in the fully lowered
position, the bucket or attachment will follow the ground SS10M106 1
contours.
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Lower all components, attachments, or imple-
ments to the ground before leaving the cab.
rious injury.
W0419A
NOTE: The ’float’ position is not available on remote valve

2 and 3.
Remote Valve 2:
Moving the joystick to (R) operates bucket roll- back, mov-
ing the joystick to (L) to operate bucket dump.
NOTE: By moving the joystick diagonally, both loader
boom and bucket actions can be operated simultane-
ously.
Where additional hydraulic services are required, the joy-

stick can offer optional functions activated by depressing
and holding the switches (1) and (2) on the joystick.
Switch Function
SS10M165 2
Switch Functionality
Number
1 Operates remote hydraulic service via relay
and additional valve
2 Operates remote hydraulic service via relay
and second additional valve
6 - 87
Joystick Activation and Calibration

At key- off, the joystick function is de- activated. To acti-
vate the joystick, the operator must be in the seat with the
engine running for more than 5 s.
When the joystick is de- activated, the warning light (2)

will flash.
NOTE: If the operator leaves the seat with the engine run-
ning, joystick operation will be de- activated and the warn-
ing light (2) will start to flash. When the operator is re-
seated, joystick operation will be re- activated after 2 s.
The warning light will stop flashing and will remain illumi-
BRK5676D 3
nated.
NOTICE: Where a loader has been retro- fitted to a tractor
having the remote valves configured for front hitch oper-
ation or front coupler operation, it is most important the
valves are reconfigured by your authorised dealer for
loader operation.
This will provide the advanced features available when

the loader is used in conjunction with the colour display,
and will also disable the auto function so joystick operation
cannot be included in HMC programmes.
The re- configuration procedure requires the use of

special tools and MUST be carried out by an authorised
dealer.
Joystick Functionality Screen (where fitted)
Where tractors are equipped with a factory fitted front
loader, the functionality screen will show joystick move-
ment for loader arm raise/ lower and bucket rollout/ roll-
back.
NOTE: Switching the joystick from mid- mount to rear
valve operation will automatically suspend lever operation
of the rear remote valves.
NOTICE: Before switching joystick operation between
mid and rear valve packs or vice versa, ensure both re-
mote valve levers and joystick are in the neutral position.
BRL6140Z 4
6 - 88
EXTERNAL EHR CONTROLS [24190987]

WARNING
Avoid injury!
W0420A
• Activate the external hydraulic control switches only

while standing to the side of the tractor (outboard
of the rear tires). DO NOT stand on or near the
implement or between the implement and the tractor
controls:
position.
• Before using the external remote valve controls (1) BRL6304C 1
implement or 3- point hitch.
Two external buttons (1) are provided on each rear fender
assembly. Depress the upper button to extend a hydraulic
cylinder, depress the lower button to retract a cylinder.
NOTE: External EHR switches are linked to remote valve
3 only and cannot be reconfigured to operate through a
different valve.
When operating a single acting service, the lower switch

can be used to extend the cylinder but the remote valve
lever in the cab must be used to retract the cylinder (float
position).
The fender switches will only operate when the tractor

BRK5798C 2
speed is below 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) and will provide a
maximum flow rate of 20 l/min (5.3 US gpm) through the
valve.
6 - 89
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL WHEN USING REMOTE HYDRAULIC

EQUIPMENT [25012612]
WARNING
Escaping fluid!
Hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause infection or
other injury. To prevent personal injury: Relieve all pressure before disconnecting fluid lines or per-
forming work on the hydraulic system. Before applying pressure, make sure all connections are tight
and all components are in good condition. Never use your hand to check for suspected leaks under
pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid, see your
doctor immediately.
W0178A
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Loss of hydraulic pressure or movement of a control can cause raised equipment to fall. Never work
under an implement or attachment supported only by the hydraulic system. Always use suitable equip-
ment to support an implement or attachment that must be serviced in a raised position.
W0430A
When checking the rear axle oil level, it is good practice to ensure that the oil is up to the full mark in the sight glass
with the tractor parked on level ground and the three- point hitch in the fully raised position. However, when connecting
auxiliary equipment to the remote control valves it should be remembered that the equipment utilises oil from the rear
axle and could seriously lower the oil level. Operating the tractor with a low oil level may result in damage to the rear
axle and transmission components.
NOTE: Before connecting remote cylinders, stop the engine and thoroughly clean the connections to prevent oil con-
tamination.
With the rear axle oil level at the Normal, Intermediate or Extra marks in the sight glass, the following maximum oil
volumes maybe taken from the rear axle to power auxiliary equipment without the need to further top up the system:
Operating Parameters
a) Operating while driving in normal conditions, including
long periods of use.
b) Operating while driving in normal conditions (flat fields)

for short periods only.
c) Operating stationary equipment on level ground.
SS11K174 1
6 - 90
Maximum Oil Volumes , All Transmissions

Extra Level (1)
38 l (10.0 US gal)
Normal Level (2)
18 l (4.8 US gal)
Normal Level (3)
SS11H229 2
6 - 91
HYDRAULIC POWER BEYOND PORT
HYDRAULIC POWER BEYOND FOR EXTERNAL SERVICES

[24193123]
NOTE: See page 6-84 for available oil quantities when NOTICE: Before attempting to remove any blanking plugs
powering external hydraulic equipment. or attach pipework, switch OFF the engine and ensure the
areas around the plugs and pipe connections are thor-
For implements or attachments requiring continuous or oughly clean to prevent contamination of the tractor hy-
high oil flows from the tractor hydraulic system, provision draulic system.
is made to connect directly into the main hydraulic circuit
at the rear of the tractor. POWER BEYOND PORTS
To operate correctly the implement must be fitted with a
variable flow hydraulic system that will, through a sensing
line, control oil flow from the main tractor hydraulic pump.
LS - Load Sensing (LS) Line (1)
Connect the sensing line from the port (1) to the imple-
ment control valve. It is the sensing line which gener-
ates and controls the oil pressure and flow from the trac-
tor hydraulic pump. When an implement control valve is
operated, the low standby pressure from port (P) (2), is
diverted down the sensing line to ’switch on’ the tractor
hydraulic pump. In operation, the load sensing line con-
stantly monitors pressure and flow to ensure supply never
exceeds demand.
The connection of the LS port is M12 x 1.5 ISO.
SS11H257 1
If the load sensing port (1) Figure 1 is already being used

for a service, then a shuttle ’T’ connector (2) Figure 2 will
have to be installed (9/16--18 to SAE1453). Consult your
authorised dealer.
NOTICE: To ensure correct operation of the system, the
implement control valve, when in neutral, must be capa-
ble of directing the pressure from the sensing line back
to sump through the return line (4) to the tractor. The hy-
draulic system will then return to the low pressure standby
mode.
BSF4567A 2
P - Pressure Line (2)

To connect the implement pressure line, remove the plug
(2) from the external services ’power beyond’ port below
the remote valve manifold. Using a suitable connector,
M22 x 1.5/15.5 (ISO 6149), attach the implement supply
line to this port. With the implement control valve in neu-
tral, a low standby pressure of 21 bar (305 psi) to 24 bar
(348 psi) will be maintained in the pressure line connected
to this port.
6 - 92
D - Seal Drain (3)

Equipment or attachments having a low pressure/ flow
return line, such as a leak off line from a hydraulic motor,
may be connected into the low pressure return port (3).
The seal drain port has a 3/4 BSP fitting with an ’O’ ring
(G3/4 -BS5380).
R - Return Oil Line (4)

The return oil line from the implement control valves
should be connected to the M27 x 2/19 (ISO 6149) port
(4). This will permit the oil to return directly back into the
tractor hydraulic system. SS11H257 3
Alternative Oil Return (where fitted)

Where it is more convenient, low pressure oil returning
from the implement can be directed straight back to the
tractor reservoir by connecting the hose to the coupling
on the right side of the rear axle.
NOTE: Ensure the hoses have a suitable capacity to ac-
comodate the required oil flow and that both the sensing
line and hoses are sufficiently long enough to allow for im-
plement movement or articulation when in work.
NOTICE: All hydraulic hoses should have a minimum tem-
perature rating of 125 °C (257 °F). Pressure and sensing
hoses should be rated at 295 bar (4278 psi) working pres- BRL6321A 4
sure.
6 - 93
ISO POWER BEYOND COUPLINGS

Where an oil supply from the Power Beyond ports is required on a frequent basis, it is recommended that dedicated
ISO Power Beyond couplings are fitted to your tractor.
The ISO coupling consists of three ports.
Return oil line (1)
Coupling size: 25
Port size: M30x2/19
Oil supply (pressure) port (2)
Coupling size: 19
Port size: M27x2/19
Load sensing port (3)
Coupling size: 6.3
Port size: M14x1.5/11.5
The maximum flow available through the ISO pressure

port will depend on the output from the tractor hydraulic SS10M123 5
pump. Full flow will be available from a 120 l pump as-

suming there are no other hydraulic demands on the sys-
tem.
With the high capacity pump, up to 140 l/min (37.0 US
gpm) is available.
WARNING
Escaping fluid!
Do not disconnect hydraulic quick coupler un-
der pressurized conditions. Make sure all hy-
draulic pressure is removed from the system
before disconnecting hydraulic quick coupler.
rious injury.
W0095A
6 - 94
THREE POINT HITCH
ATTACHING THREE-POINT HITCH EQUIPMENT [24212139]

NOTE: Before attaching equipment to the three- point NOTE: It is essential to have the engine running to oper-
hitch, read the following text carefully. ate the external fender- mounted switches when making
lower link connections. If your tractor does not have these
NOTE: Before attaching equipment, adjust lift rods and
switches or when making other connections, stop the en-
select the correct top link hole for the implement and work
gine.
to be carried out.
3. With the engine stopped and parking brake en-
Ensure that the telescopic stabilisers or sway blocks are
gaged, adjust the top link until the implement mast
installed and correctly adjusted. Remove the swinging
pin can be inserted through the mast and top link.
drawbar, if close- mounted equipment is being attached.
Ensure sufficient thread remains in the adjuster
NOTICE: Always select Position Control by setting the tube to prevent the threaded ends from pulling out
draft loading wheel to position 10 when attaching equip- under load.
ment, transporting equipment, when no equipment is at- 4. Connect remote equipment, where applicable.
tached or at any time when not operating in Draft Control.
5. After attaching implement and before actual opera-
NOTE: See also ‘External Power Lift Control’ on page tion check that:
HITCH Electronic draft control - Control for more de-
tails. • No interference occurs with tractor components.
Most equipment can be attached to your tractor as • The top link does not contact the P.T.O. guard with
follows: the implement at its lowest position.
1. Position the tractor so that the lower link hitch points NOTICE: Before operating P.T.O. driven equipment,
are level with and slightly ahead of the implement check to make sure that the .PT.O. driveline will not over-
hitch pins. extend so as to become disengaged, bottom out or be at
an excessive angle. Ensure that the driveline shield does
WARNING not contact the P.T.O. guard or drawbar. See ‘Attaching
P.T.O.- Driven Equipment’ on page 6-42.
Engage the parking brake and put all levers NOTICE: When attaching mounted or semi- mounted
in neutral before leaving the machine to make equipment to the 3- point hitch or when attaching trailed
the connections. equipment to the drawbar or hitch, ensure that there is
Failure to comply could result in death or se- adequate clearance between the implement and the trac-
rious injury. tor. Semi- mounted or trailed equipment may interfere
W0425A
with the tractor rear tyres. If necessary, adjust steering
2. Attach the implement to the lower links, as de- stops or stabilisers.
scribed in ‘Flexible Link Ends’ on page 6-100 or
’Quick Hitch’ on page 6-101.
6 - 95
IMPLEMENT TO CAB CLEARANCE

WARNING adjust the lift linkage, open the cab rear window, or mod-
ify the equipment to clear the cab.
Uncontrolled equipment movement!
Some mounted and semi-mounted equipment NOTE: Linkage adjustments, while increasing cab clear-
may collide with cab, causing damage. You ance, may have an adverse effect on the implement op-
could be injured by broken glass, and/or the erating characteristics
Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) could
be damaged. Always adjust equipment as in- When attaching mounted equipment to the three- point
structed in this manual. hitch, the following adjustments may be made to ensure
Failure to comply could result in death or se- satisfactory operation:
rious injury.
W0426A
• Set the lift rods in the front hole in the lower links.
This will reduce the lift height (dependent upon the
To prevent tractor damage, proceed as follows:
lift rod length).
• Attach the equipment as outlined previously. • Lengthen the lift rods.
• Rotate the draft loading wheel to select full position • Connect the top link to the upper hole in the top
control. Check for adequate clearance by slowly link attachment bracket and use the lowest possible
raising the equipment with the 3- point hitch lift con- equipment mast hole.
trol. If any part of the equipment comes closer than
• Make only the minimum adjustments required to
100 mm (4 in) to the cab, adopt one of the following
clear the cab. If equipment performance is unsat-
options:
isfactory, it may be necessary to modify the equip-
• Adjust the height limit control knob to limit upward ment, consult your authorised dealer.
movement.
If Draft Control is needed or if insufficient ground clear-

ance is obtained with adequate cab clearance, you can
Removing Equipment
When removing equipment, the procedure is the reverse
of attaching. The following information will make discon-
nection easier and safer.
• Always park the equipment on a firm, level surface.

• Support equipment so that it will not tip or fall when
detached from the tractor.
• Always relieve all hydraulic pressure in remote cylin-
ders by selecting the float position before discon-
necting.
6 - 96
LIFT ROD ADJUSTMENT [42941746]

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Before trying to adjust a mechanically operated lift rod or the top link, lower the attached implement
to the ground, apply the parking brake, and stop the engine. Make sure the attached implement is
correctly supported and no pressure remains in the hydraulic system before removing any securing
pin.
W0431A
Mechanical Lift Rod Adjustment

The lift rods are adjusted by rotating the upper part of the
lift rod by means of the handle (1) on the turnbuckle.
Before the turnbuckle can be rotated, it is necessary to lift

the turnbuckle to disengage from the lug (2) on the lower
section of the lift rod. Rotate the turnbuckle to lengthen or
shorten the lift rod assembly.
When adjustment is satisfactory, allow the turnbuckle to

lower into position. Ensure that the turnbuckle is fully
down and engaged with the lock to prevent unintentional
rotation.
Depending on tractor specification, the lower link will have
two or three holes (2) for attachment of the lift rods.
For maximum lift height attach the lift rods (1) to the front
hole (nearest the tractor), for maximum lift capacity attach
to the rear holes. Where fitted, the centre hole offers a
compromise between the optimum lift height and lift ca-
pacity.
NOTICE: When attaching mounted or semi- mounted
equipment to the 3- point linkage or when coupling trailed
equipment to the drawbar or automatic pick- up hitch,
ensure that there is adequate clearance between the im-
plement and the cab or rear window in any open position.
BRL6484B 1
6 - 97
Hitch Float
The float facility allows a limited amount of vertical
movement on the lower link when operating with wide
implements or equipment which requires to move inde-
pendently of the lower links.
Remove the lower link retaining clip and washer. With-

draw the pin (2) from the lift rod and re- insert through the
slot (1). Replace the washer and retaining clip. The hitch
is now in the float position.
WARNING
Loss of control hazard! SS11H233 2
When traveling on the road with a heavy imple-
ment mounted on the three point hitch, make
sure both lift rods are connected to the lower
links in the FIXED position to keep the imple-
ment from bouncing excessively.
rious injury.
W0432A
6 - 98
TOP LINK ADJUSTMENT [24212352]

Mechanical Top Link Adjustment
The top link has a threaded centre section (3) which, when
rotated, will shorten or lengthen the top link, as required.
Lift up the spring retainer (1) to allow the centre section
(3) to rotate. To ease adjustment, lift the handle (2) and
use it as a lever. Alternatively, rotating the link end (4) will
permit limited adjustment of top link length.
To lock the sleeve after adjustment, push the spring re-

tainer down so that it holds the handle flush against the
sleeve.
BRF1819B 1
When not in use, the top link can be removed and stored
or left in an upright position. Hook the ball end of the
handle (2) into the bracket (1) on the rear axle housing,
as shown.
BRE1720B 2
Top Link Bracket

Two or three holes are provided in the bracket for attach-
ment of the top link.
To remove the top link, pull out the ‘R’ clip (1) and extract
the securing pin. Relocate the top link and re- insert the
securing pin ensuring that the tang on the end of the pin
(2) handle locates in the adjacent hole.
Insert the pin through the upper hole, as shown, for maxi-
mum lift capacity and the greatest implement to cab clear-
ance. Use the lower hole (3) for the best ground penetra-
tion and greatest implement to ground clearance (when BRI4205B 3
the implement is raised).
NOTE: If your tractor is equipped with an automatic pick-
up hitch, the pin may foul the hitch lift rods during removal.
If necessary, raise or lower the hitch until the pin can be
easily withdrawn.
6 - 99
Where the top link bracket has three holes, attaching the
link in the centre hole (4) will provide the best balance
between lift capacity and ground penetration.
BRL6320B 4
FLEXIBLE LINK END ADJUSTMENT [24212391]

A release ring (1) is provided on the upper surface of each
link end. Pull up the ring to release the latch and slide the
link end rearwards. With the link ends released, connec-
tion to the implement will be easier. The link end (4) is
shown in the extended position. The link end (2) is shown
in the closed (operating) position.
With both link ends extended, as at (4) connect the link

ends to the equipment and secure with lynch pins. Start
the engine and carefully inch the tractor rearwards until
the latches lock in the detent (3) on each link arm. Stop
the engine and engage the handbrake.
Attach the top link and adjust accordingly. BRI4201B 1
NOTICE: Before transporting or operating the equipment,

make sure the flexible link ends are locked in the operating
position. Remove the drawbar if it interferes with close-
mounted equipment.
6 - 100
QUICK HITCH [24212572]

The quick hitch consists of an alternative pair of lower links
(1) and an adjustable top link (2). The lower links and the
top link have open claw ends that permit rapid coupling
and uncoupling of implements without leaving the cab.
The claws are equipped with self- locking latches to en-
sure positive retention of the tractor linkage to the imple-
ment. Cables are provided for attachment to the latches.
An adjustable spacer spring is available as an accessory.

The spring maintains the lower links at the width setting
required to match that of the implement.
BRF1820B 1
Three ball- bushings are supplied for installation on the

implement, if required. The ball- bushing with projecting
lips (1) should be installed on the implement upper hitch
pin.
The two plain ball- bushings (2) with their detachable

guides (3) should be installed on the implement lower
hitch pins.
BRJ5354B 2
Coupling Implement to Tractor

Adjust the stabilisers to maintain the tractor lower links
at the correct distance apart so they align with the ball-
bushings installed on the implement lower hitch pins.
Alternatively, use the optional, adjustable spacer, if avail-

able. The space consists of a closed spring, with a rod
screwed into one end. To adjust, remove the ‘R’ clip and
disconnect the spacer rod from the bracket on the right-
hand lower link. Screw the rod into or out of the spring to
shorten or lengthen the assembly.
Place the top link in the transport position. With the link BRE1709B 3
arms fully lowered and the self- locking latches in the un-
locked position (1) reverse the tractor until the link ends
are beneath the implement hitch pins.
The combination of large claw openings and the guides

on the implement ball- bushes make accurate alignment
of tractor to implement unnecessary.
Raise the lower links until the claw couplers engage

the ball- bushes. An audible click will be heard as the
self- locking latches engage the implement ball- bushes.
Lower the top link claw onto the upper implement ball-
bush and press down until the latch is heard to engage.
Increase or decrease top link length, as necessary.
The implement supports, where fitted, may now be re-

moved or retracted and the implement supported on the
3- point hitch.
6 - 101
Uncoupling Implement from Tractor

Using the hydraulic lift control lever, fully lower the imple-
ment to the ground ensuring that it cannot fall when dis-
connected from the tractor. Use the implement supports
(where fitted).
Pull the release cable on the top link to release the claw
from the implement hitch.
Pull the release cable (2) on both lower links. The lever
will lock in position with the latch (1) retracted. This will
allow the links to clear the ball- bushings on the implement
lower hitch pins when the links are lowered fully. Fully SS10D206 4
lower the lower links and drive the tractor forward, clear
of the implement.
NOTE: Ensure the release cables do not foul wheels, or
moving parts of the hydraulic linkage or implement. When
not in use, secure the cables to the rubber strap on the
rear right- hand side of the cab frame.
6 - 102
LINKAGE STABILISER ADJUSTMENT [37139976]

WARNING
Always install the telescopic stabilizers and adjust them as instructed in this manual before operating
any steerable equipment. This prevents excessive sideways equipment movement.
W0427A
ROUND SECTION SCREW TYPE (where fit-

ted)
Telescopic stabilisers control the side to side movement
(sway) of the lower links and attached equipment when
in work or when being transported. This is especially im-
portant when operating on slopes or near fences, walls or
ditches and with certain implements. Check your imple-
ment Operator’s Manual.
Each stabiliser consists of a tube (5), with a coupling at

each end. The front, sliding end (6) is attached to a
bracket (1) bolted to the outer end of the rear axle hous-
ing. This coupling is a loose, sliding fit within the tube. The
overall length of the stabiliser is determined by the posi-
tion of a pin (3) that passes through a hole in the tube.
The rear end (4) is attached to the 3- point linkage and is
threaded to provide fine adjustment.
To adjust, attach the implement to the 3-point linkage with
the locating pin removed from both stabilisers. To remove
the pin, pull back the securing clip. When the implement
is satisfactorily aligned, the locating pin should then be
passed through the holes and the securing clip replaced.
With the pin removed, the tube may be rotated to provide
fine adjustment and the pin re- inserted.
With the pins inserted in the front holes, both stabilisers

will be locked as a rigid unit and the implement will be
prevented from swaying both in work or when raised to
the transport position.
The front of each stabiliser is attached by a pin (2), pass-

ing through holes in the mounting brackets. The sta-
bilisers are normally attached to the lower hole in each
bracket, to provide parallel lift.
NOTE: The lower hole is the only hole to which the sta-
bilisers may be connected when locked as a rigid unit,
as described above, otherwise damage to the lower links
may occur when the linkage is raised.
6 - 103
It may be desirable to allow equipment such as ploughs

etc., to sway from side to side.
If the pin is removed from the front hole, the front end (1)
of the stabiliser will be allowed to telescope and a limited
degree of sway will be permitted. The pin should be re-
inserted through the central hole, as shown at (3) in Figure
230.
When the front of the stabiliser is attached to the up-

per hole (2) in the front mounting bracket the stabilisers
will allow the implement to sway in work with reduced
sway when the implement is raised. This feature provides
greater implement control when turning on the headlands
of a field.
NOTE: When setting the stabiliser length, particularly if
using the sway facility, ensure that there is no possibility
of the rear tyres fouling the stabilisers or lower links.
AUTOMATIC STABILISERS (where fitted)

Automatic telescopic stabilisers may be fitted in place of
the standard telescopic stabilisers, described previously.
Each stabiliser consists of a telescopic tube assembly in-

ternally threaded at the rear end. The tube assembly is
attached to a mounting bracket bolted to the outer ends
of the rear axle housing.
An externally threaded rod (3) is attached to the lower

links. The threaded rod engages with the screwed thread
in the tube assembly and the overall length of the assem-
bly is determined by screwing the rod in or out, as re- SS10D211 1
quired.
An adjustable chain (4) is attached, at one end to the rear

cab support and at the other end, via a spring, to a hinged
cover (1) on the telescopic part of the stabiliser. A lug (2)
on the telescopic part of the stabiliser engages a notch in
the cover.
When the chain is correctly adjusted it will be slack when

the lower links are raised from the operating position, so
allowing the cover to drop down over the lug on the sta-
biliser. When the cover is down, as shown, the stabiliser is
locked at the preset length. The lower links are, therefore,
retained at a set distance apart, preventing them (and at-
tached equipment) from moving from side to side (sway-
ing).
However, when the 3- point hitch is lowered into the work

position, the chain becomes taut and lifts the cover from
the stabiliser allowing it to telescope freely. The stabilis-
ers (and implement) will then sway when engaged in the
ground. This feature is useful a sit provides greater im-
plement control when turning on the headlands of a field.
6 - 104
Adjusting the Stabiliser

In practice, the implement should be attached to the 3-
point hitch with the cover (4) on both stabilisers raised, so
as to allow the stabilisers to telescope freely.
Lift the locking/ adjusting lever (2) up over the peg (1)
so that the lever is at right- angles to the stabiliser. Turn
the telescopic section, by means of the lever, so that the
threaded section (3) screws into or out of the stabiliser.
When the length is satisfactory, i.e., the notch in the cover
aligns with the lug on the stabiliser, lower the lever back
down over the peg and close the cover.
SS10D211 2
The chain should then be adjusted, by placing the appro-
priate link over the attaching hook, so that the cover on
the stabiliser is lifted when the implement is lowered into
work.
NOTICE: When setting the stabiliser length to provide
sideways movement, ensure that there is no possibility
of the rear tyres fouling the stabilisers or lower links.
NOTE: When using an Automatic Pick- Up Hitch, ensure
the stabilisers are adjusted to provide adequate clearance
between the lower links and the hitch.
6 - 105
DRAWBARS AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS
DRAWBARS AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS [24213184]

WARNING
Overturning hazard!
The operator must know the correct OPERATING LOAD capacity of the machine before attempting to
operate the machine. Always follow the recommended load limits.
W0216A
NOTICE: Before attaching trailed equipment to the tractor, read the following text carefully.
Maximum Permissible Towing Weights
The Product Identification Number plate, located on the
rear of the cab, provides important information on tractor
and towed equipment weight combinations.
The figures shown are the maximum permissible vehicle

and towing weights and should not be exceeded to do so
may affect the safe operation of the tractor.
SS10D341 1
Towing Speeds • At speeds over 32 km/h (20 mph); or

• That, when fully loaded, has a mass (weight) over
Your tractor may be capable of operating at speeds that
1500 kg (3307 lb) and more than 1.5 times the mass
exceed the maximum allowable transport speed for most
(weight) of the tractor.
towed equipment.
• When trailer brakes are required by law.
Before transporting towed equipment, read the Opera-
• That has a mass (weight) that exceeds the values
tor’s Manual for the equipment. Ensure that equipment
declared on the tractor Product Identification Num-
is correctly installed, know how to transport it safely, and
ber plate (as applicable).
determine the maximum permissible transport speed. En-
sure that the combination of tractor and towed equipment
is in compliance with local and national legislation. For towed equipment with brakes
Never transport at speeds that exceed the equipment’s Do not tow equipment that has brakes,
maximum transport speed. Exceeding the equipment’s • At speeds over 40 km/h (25 mph); or
maximum transport speed may result in reduced braking
performance and/ or loss of control of the tractor and its • That when fully loaded has a mass (weight) more
towed equipment. than 2.5 times the mass (weight) of the tractor.
• That has a mass (weight) that exceeds the values
Unless otherwise specified by the equipment manufac- declared on the tractor Product Identification Num-
turer or legislation, observe the following when towing. ber plate (as applicable).
For towed equipment without brakes

Do not tow equipment that does not have brakes,
6 - 106
ATTACHING/ DETACHING TRAILED EQUIPMENT

NOTICE: Regulations in some areas require brakes on towed equipment when operating on the public highway. Be-
fore travelling on public roads, make sure you comply with the legal requirements for your country.
To attach the tractor to trailed equipment and implements: NOTE: For implements that require hitch extensions or
interfere with the tractor clevis, remove and store the cle-
1. Ensure that the implement is at draw bar height.
vis and hitch pin.
2. Slowly inch rearwards to allow the drawbar and im-
plement hitch to align. Always use a safety chain installed between the tractor
and implement hitch when transporting equipment on the
3. Apply the handbrake and stop the engine.
highway. See Safety Chain Figure 2.
4. Insert the hitch pin and ensure that the retainer is in
the latched position. Observe the following precautions for towing equipment
not equipped with brakes:
NOTICE: When attaching mounted or semi- mounted
equipment to the 3- point hitch or when attaching trailed • Do not tow equipment weighing more than twice the
equipment to the drawbar or hitch, ensure that there is tractor weight.
adequate clearance between the implement and the trac- • Do not exceed 16 km/h (10 mph) if towed equip-
tor. Semi- mounted or trailed equipment may interfere ment weighs more than the tractor.
with the tractor rear tyres. If necessary, adjust steering
stops or linkage stabilisers. • Do not exceed 32 km/h (20 mph) while towing
equipment that weighs less than the tractor.
DRAWBAR SAFETY
WARNING NOTICE: When transporting equipment on the highway
it is recommended that a safety chain having at ensile
Overturning hazard! strength equal to the gross weight of the implement be
Always use the drawbar, pick-up hitch, installed between the tractor and implement hitch. See
or lower links in the lowered position for Safety Chain Figure 2.
pull-type work. Do not pull from the lower
links if they are above the horizontal position.
rious injury.
W0417A
NOTE: When supporting equipment on the drawbar en-

sure that the total weight on the rear axle does not exceed
the maximum static downward load or the rear tyre load
capacity, whichever is the lower, see page 6-149.
6 - 107
Maximum Permissible Drawbar Load Storing the Drawbar

Hitch Type Maximum Static When not in use, the hook or clevis drawbar may be
Downward Load stored in a bracket which is located at the rear of the
Hook 3000 kg (6614 lb) tractor or on the right- hand step support. Ensure the
Clevis 2000 kg (4409 lb) clamp screw is fully tightened to retain the drawbar in the
bracket.
NOTICE: When supporting equipment on the drawbar or
pick- up hitch ensure that the total weight on the rear axle If the hydraulic hitch pressure lines are disconnected from
does not exceed the maximum static downward load or the remote valve, ensure the male couplings are pro-
the rear tyre load capacity, which ever is the lower, see tected from contamination and the pressure lines secured
page 6-149. to the tractor to avoid possible damage.
SAFETY CHAIN
When towing implements on public roads, use a safety
chain (2) with a tensile strength equal to or greater than
the gross weight of the implement to be towed. This will
control the implement (1) in case the drawbar (3) and im-
plement become disconnected.
After attaching the safety chain, make a trial run by driving

the tractor to the right and to the left for a short distance
to check the safety chain adjustment. If necessary, re-
adjust to eliminate a tight or loose chain.
Check the implement operator’s manual for implement BRJ4932B 2

weight and attaching hardware specifications.
Safety chains, attaching hardware and chain guide are

available from your authorised dealer.
6 - 108
SWINGING DRAWBARS [24031291]

Two types of swinging drawbar are available. The sliding
type is illustrated in Figure 1. This drawbar may be in-
stalled as part of a tow hitch or as an independent unit.
The roller type, shown in Figure 2 is recommended when

heavy draft, trailed equipment is used for extended peri-
ods. This drawbar is mounted on rollers and offers addi-
tional turning ease when compared with the sliding type.
Sliding Type Swinging Drawbar (where fit-

ted)
The drawbar pivots about a single pin at the front end so
as to allow the rear of the drawbar to swing the full width
of the hanger. By inserting the swing limiter pins (1) in the
appropriate holes, restricted movement of the drawbar is
permitted.
Alternatively, the drawbar can be pinned in any one of

three positions by insertion of the pins in the appropriate
holes. The drawbar is shown pinned in the central position
to prevent swinging.
BRJ4904B 1
Pin the drawbar to prevent swinging when pulling ground
engaging equipment which requires accurate positioning.
Allow the drawbar to swing when pulling ground engaging

equipment which does not require accurate positioning.
This will make steering and turning easier.
WARNING
Collision hazard!
During road transport, the drawbar must be
locked in the center position, and the imple-
ment must be centered behind the tractor.
rious injury.
W0324A
The drawbar is adjustable for height and projection rela-

tive to the end of the P.T.O. shaft. To vary the height of
the drawbar/ implement hitch point, remove the drawbar
and invert it.
6 - 109
Roller Type Swinging Drawbar (where fitted)

The drawbar (2) pivots about a single pin at the front end
so as to allow the rear of the drawbar to swing the full
width of the hanger.
By inserting the swing limiter pin (1) in the appropriate

hole and through the drawbar, the drawbar can be pinned
in any one of seven positions. Alternatively, the drawbar
may be allowed to swing the full width of the hanger (3).
Pin the drawbar to prevent swinging when pulling ground

engaging equipment which requires accurate positioning.
Allow the drawbar to swing when pulling ground engaging TA55 2
equipment which does not require accurate positioning.
This will make steering and turning easier.
WARNING
Collision hazard!
During road transport, the drawbar must be
locked in the center position, and the imple-
ment must be centered behind the tractor.
rious injury.
W0324A
The drawbar is adjustable for height and projection rela-

tive to the end of the P.T.O. shaft. To vary the height of
the drawbar/ implement hitch point, remove the drawbar
and invert it.
NOTICE: When towing equipment exerting high static
downward forces, such as two- wheeled trailers, etc., use
hole (2) with the clevis in the uppermost position.
The front securing pin may be inserted in one of two holes

in the drawbar to vary the P.T.O. shaft to hitch point dis-
tance.
Hole P.T.O. Shaft to Maximum Static

Drawbar Hitch Point Downward Load
Drawbar clevis uppermost
1 406 mm (16 in) 1360 kg (2998 lb)
2 356 mm (14 in) 1630 kg (3594 lb)
Drawbar clevis underneath SS10D202 3
1 406 mm (16 in) 1045 kg (2304 lb)

2 356 mm (14 in) 1225 kg (2701 lb)
Use of hole (1) is required for 1000 RPM P.T.O. operations

and hole 2 for 540 RPM P.T.O. operations.
6 - 110
AUTOMATIC PICK-UP HITCH [30090924]

WARNING
Overturning hazard!
W0216A
The automatic pick- up hitch on your tractor is a hydrauli-

cally extending, drop down type which is raised and low-
ered using the 3- point lift. It is fully self- supporting when
locked in the operating (raised) position.
The pick- up hitch is equipped with interchangeable hook
and clevis drawbars.
BRL6326B 1
Raising and Lowering the Hitch

Rotate the thumb wheel (2) fully forward to position 10.
Move the Position Control lever (1) fully rearwards until
the 3- point lift is supporting the weight of the hitch.
To unlock the hitch, pull up and hold the release handle

(1), Figure 1. Move the Position Control lever forward to
lower the hitch. When the hitch has cleared the locking
latches, allow the release handle to lower.
BRI4098B 2
Operated through one of the rear remote valves, the hitch

is extended or retracted using the remote valve lever. The
hoses should be connected in such a way that moving the
remote valve lever to (E) (Extend) will extend the hitch,
moving the lever to (R) (Retract) will retract the hitch.
Lower the hitch until it is clear of the locking latches and

then extend the hook or clevis rearwards by moving the
remote valve lever to (E). With the drawbar extended con-
tinue to lower the hitch until it is just above the ground.
BRI4045B 3
6 - 111
Position the tractor so that the hitch hook (2) is beneath

the eye of the implement drawbar. Rotate the position
control clockwise to raise the hitch until the implement
drawbar is just clear of the ground.
Fully retract the pick- up hitch by moving the remote valve

lever to (R). To assist in retracting the hitch release the
tractor brakes to allow movement of the tractor towards
the implement.
With the hitch in the fully retracted position raise it slowly

until an audible click indicates the locking latches (1) have
engaged the cross tubes (3). Re- apply the handbrake
before leaving the tractor seat. BRH3320B 4
NOTICE: The hitch must be fully retracted before it will

latch correctly. If difficulty is experienced in latching or
unlatching the hitch, refer to Section 4 for adjustments to
the latching mechanism.
Turn the position control anti- clockwise so that the weight

of the pick- up hitch (and attached implement) is sup-
ported by the locking latches.
WARNING
Driving hazard!
Before operating the machine, slightly lower
the three point hitch and visually inspect the
connection to be sure the locking latches fully
support the pick-up hitch.
rious injury.
W0418A
NOTE: The maximum static downward load on the hitch

hook must not exceed 3000 kg (6614 lb).
To change from the hook to drawbar, lower the pick- up

hitch, extract the securing pin (2) and withdraw the hook
assembly.
NOTICE: Do not remove the front pin (1) as this retains
the hydraulic cylinder inside the hitch slider frame.
Install the clevis drawbar assembly and secure with pin

(2).
SS10M159 5
6 - 112
REAR TOW HITCH [24031364]

WARNING
Overturning hazard!
W0216A
Description
Various rear tow hitch options are available. All versions
consist of a fabricated steel frame bolted to the rear axle
centre housing. A tow pin or K 80 ball is provided, ad-
justable for height.
The slider type frame is equipped with rotating pins that

engage in notches in the frame to secure the hitch at the
required height.
With this type of frame a second fixed tow pin (piton) is

available as an option. The piton is installed at the bottom
of the assembly.
Six types of tow hitch assembly are available:
• Category C hitch with non- swivelling tow pin.

See Figure 1.
• Category D2 hitch with non- swivelling tow pin.
See Figure 2.
• Swivelling tow pin- auto operation.
See Figure 4.
• Heavy duty swivelling tow pin- auto operation.
See Figure 4.
• Swivelling tow pin- manual operation.
See Figure 6.
• K 80 ball.
See Figure 8.
A swinging drawbar may also be provided as part of the

assembly. See ‘Swinging Drawbar’ on page 6-109 for de-
tails of drawbar operation.
NOTE: The tow hitch is designed primarily for use with
four wheel trailers which do not place a heavy downward
load on the tow pin. Observe the maximum static down-
ward loads quoted in the text.
6 - 113
Slider Frame with non- swivelling Tow Pins

(where fitted)
The tow hitches shown are equipped with a height ad-
justable, non- swivelling, tow pin assembly.
Remove the securing clip (1) and lift the handle (5) to the
vertical position. Lifting the handle will rotate the pins and
disengage them from the notches in the frame. Using both
hands on the handle (5) lift or lower the tow pin assembly
(4), as required. When at the required height, support
the tow pin with one hand and lower the handle to the
horizontal position. The pins will rotate and reengage
the notches in the frame. SS10K058 1
To attach a trailer drawbar to the tow pin, remove the ‘R’

clip (3) from the tow pin and lift out using the handle (2).
Re- insert the tow pin so that it passes through the eye of
the trailer drawbar. Replace the ‘R’ clip.
NOTE: The static downward load on the tow pin must not
exceed the rear tyre load capacity or the following values,
which ever is lower. (See on page 6-149)
Category C tow pin (Fig. 1) 1500 kg (3307 lb)

Category D2 tow pin (Fig. 2) 2000 kg (4409 lb)
NOTE: A Category D3 tow pin (with housing) is available
as a dealer installed accessory. The static downward load
on the Category D3 tow pin should not exceed 2500 kg SS10K059 2
(5512 lb) or the rear tyre load capacity, whichever is lower.
6 - 114
Slider Frame with swivelling Tow Pins

(where fitted)
The tow hitches shown are equipped with a height ad-
justable, swivelling tow pin assembly with manual or auto
operation.
With reference to Figure 3, adjust the height of the tow pin

assembly, as follows:
Grasp the handle (2) with the right hand. Press and hold
in the button (1) to release the locking mechanism. Pull
the handle (3) down to the horizontal position with the left
hand and release the push button to lock the handle (3) SS10K060 3
in the horizontal position.
Lowering the handle will rotate the pins and disengage

them from the frame. Using both handles, lift or lower the
complete tow pin assembly. When at the required height,
hold in the push button and lift the left- hand handle up to
the vertical position, as shown in Figure 3. The pins will
rotate and reengage the notches in the frame.
NOTICE: Before attaching a trailer, ensure that the pins
are fully engaged in the notches, i.e. the handle (3) Figure
3 is in the vertical position. The tow pin assembly must not
rest on the P.T.O. guard or on the bolt heads at the end of
the slider guides.
Swivelling Tow Pin - Auto Engagement

The tow pin (2) is spring- loaded in the engaged (down)
position, as shown. To attach a trailer to the tow pin, lift
the release lever (1) to the vertical position to retract the
tow pin up into it’s housing.
The release lever is connected by the cable (4) to a han-

dle in the cab. This will permit trailer attachment without
leaving the cab. Pull up the handle (1) to actuate the ca-
ble release and retract the tow pin up into it’s housing.
SS10K061 4
6 - 115
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Fingers may be trapped by the action of the
spring-loaded tow pin. Do not attempt to trip
the release lever by hand.
rious injury.
W0404A
The pin will stay in the raised position until the trailer draw-
bar is located beneath it. The eye of the drawbar will con-
tact the trip lever (3) and cause the pin to drop down into
the engaged position. Alternatively, the tow pin will drop
down into the engaged position if the lever (1) is pulled BRL6326B 5
down.
Swivelling Tow Pin- Manual Engagement
To attach a trailer drawbar to the tow pin, remove the ‘R’
clip (1) from the tow pin and lift out using the handle (2).
Re- insert the tow pin so that it passes through the eye of
the trailer drawbar. Replace the ‘R’ clip.
NOTE: The static downward load on the tow pin must not
exceed 2000 kg (4409 lb) or the rear tyre load capacity,
whichever is lower. (See on page 6-149)
SS10K062 6
Swivel Lock
The tow pin may be allowed to swivel after loosening the
socket- headed screw (1) Figure 6 on the side of the tow
pin assembly. This feature will permit a trailer with a non-
swivelling drawbar to articulate relative to the towing trac-
tor.
NOTICE: Do not allow the tractor tow pin to swivel if the
trailed equipment is equipped with a swivelling tow pin
connector.
BSE3683A 7
6 - 116
Fixed Tow Pin (Piton) (where fitted)

An optional fixed tow pin (piton) may be provided at the
bottom of the assembly.
To attach a trailer to the piton, remove the lynch pin (2)

and withdraw the retaining pin (4). Lift the security latch
(1) and lower the eye of the trailer drawbar over the piton
(3). Drop the security latch down, re- insert the retain-
ing pin and secure with the lynch pin. The security latch
will ensure that the trailer cannot become accidentally de-
tached from the piton.
SS10D209 8
NOTE: The static downward load on the piton must not

exceed 3000 kg (6614 lb) or the rear tyre load capacity,
whichever is lower. (See on page 6-149)
SS10D210 9
6 - 117
Slider Frame with welded K 80 Ball (where

fitted)
The tow hitch shown is equipped with a height adjustable,
80 mm ball assembly.
Remove the securing clip (2) and lift the handle (1) to the
vertical position. Lifting the handle will rotate the pins and
disengage them from the notches in the frame.
Using both hands on the handle, lift or lower the tow ball
assembly as required. When at the required height, sup-
port the tow ball with one hand and allow the handle to
lower to the horizontal position. The pins will rotate and BRJ4959B 10
reengage the notches in the frame. Lower the P.T.O.
guard.
NOTE: When setting the height of the tow ball, it should
be adjusted to the lowest position relative to the correct
operating height of the implement drawbar.
To attach a trailer, lift up the retaining catch (2) and pull out
the locking pin (3). This will allow the security latch (1) to
pivot upwards. When the implement drawbar has been
securely attached, replace the locking pin so it passes
through the security latch and re- insert the ’R’ clip.
NOTE: The static downward load on the tow ball in its
lowest operable position must not exceed 3000 kg (6614
lb) or the rear tyre load capacity, which ever is lower. (See
on page 6-149)
BRJ4958B 11
6 - 118
TRAILER BRAKING SYSTEMS
AIR-OPERATED TRAILER BRAKES [23862545]

WARNING
Do not exceed 25 km/h (15 mph) with single-line pneumatic trailer braking systems. Machine/trailer
combinations with dual-line braking systems may be used at higher speeds, but you must comply
with local regulations at all times.
W0414A
NOTE: Gross train weight, i.e., tractor plus trailer(s) and/ NOTICE: In extremely humid conditions, or where the fil-
or individual trailer weight must not exceed that laid down ter/ drier unit has not been serviced correctly, the air brake
in local regulations governing the use of trailers. reservoirs should be manually drained on a daily basis.
To drain the reservoirs, grasp the ring on the drain valve
The following text covers operation of the air- operated below the tank and move laterally. This will allow any ac-
trailer braking systems that may be installed as an al- cumulated water to be exhausted from the reservoir.
ternative, or in addition to, hydraulically- actuated trailer
brakes. The couplers installed at the back of the tractor may be
connected to single or dual line trailer braking systems.
The system consists of an engine- driven air compressor, The air lines connected to the couplers are colour- coded
two air reservoirs, a pressure gauge, control valves, two black, red and yellow. The black line is used for a single
or three couplers and related pipework. line system, the red and yellow lines are used for dual line
systems.
A filter/ dryer unit in the braking system extracts moisture
from the pressurised air helping to avoid components in NOTE: Single line systems (black coupler) are only avail-
the implement braking system from freezing in low tem- able as a dealer installed accessory.
peratures. Any moisture collected is automatically ex-
hausted through the system unload valve.
WARNING
attached to the machine.
rious injury.
W0375A
NOTE: The tractor parking brake is connected to the main

control valve. Whenever the parking brake is applied, the
trailer brakes are activated.
6 - 119
Operation
When starting the engine with a trailer connected into the
tractor air brake system, chock the wheels and release
the parking brake and footbrakes. The warning light (1)
will illuminate until air pressure builds up to 4.5 - 5.5 bar
(65 - 80 psi).
The pressure will continue to rise, as indicated by the air

pressure bargraph in the lower display, Figure 2 . To se-
lect the air pressure bargraph, depress the appropriate
key on the keypad.
SS11K153 1
The air tanks should reach operating pressure within 3

min of start- up but may take longer, dependent upon the
capacity of the air brake reservoir/s on the trailer.
Once required pressure has been reached a loud ‘pop’

will be heard, signifying that the unload valve has opened
to allow excess pressure to escape to atmosphere.
NOTICE: Apply the footbrakes several times, ensuring
that the pressure, as indicated by the gauge, drops as
the brakes are applied and rises again when they are re-
leased. Never drive the tractor with the trailer brake warn-
ing light on.
SS11K154 2
NOTICE: When the footbrakes are applied, with the park-

ing brake off, ensure that the front wheel drive indicator
light (1) illuminates and that all stoplights are functional.
NOTICE: Various types of trailer braking systems are
available. Check the trailer manufacturers’ instruction
manual before making connections to the tractor air brake
system.
Clean the trailer and tractor connectors before coupling up

the hose(s). Ensure that connections are secure. Check
the trailer brakes regularly to ensure that they are func-
tioning correctly.
SS11K148 3
WARNING
Do not overuse the brakes on steep, downhill
slopes. Use the same gear going downhill that
you would use going up the same hill.
rious injury.
W0436A
6 - 120
Dual Line System

For a trailer with a dual line braking system, connect the
supply line hose to the red coupler (1) and the control line
hose to the yellow coupler (2).
NOTICE: The dual line system will only operate if both the
red and yellow lines are connected.
Red line (brake supply line) - (1):

Air is supplied to the red coupler at full system pressure.
This is the brake supply line and charges the reservoir(s)
on the trailer. If the trailer braking system is disconnected
from the tractor for any reason, the air pressure will fall to
SS11A007 4
zero and the trailer brakes will be applied.
Yellow line (control line) - (2):
As the tractor brakes are applied, increasing air pressure
is supplied, via the yellow coupler, to the control valve on
the trailer until full system pressure is generated. Appli-
cation of the trailer brakes is proportional to the pressure
applied to the tractor brake pedals.
SS11A006 5
Single Line System (where fitted)

If the trailer has a single line system an additional coupler
is supplied. Connect the hose to the black coupler (1).
A pressure of 5.5 bar (80 psi) is available at the coupler at

all times when the tractor brake pedals and parking brake
are released. Application of the tractor brakes causes the
pressure to drop to zero allowing the trailer brakes to be
applied.
BRE1545C 6
6 - 121
AIR-OPERATED TRAILER BRAKES (Italy only) [23862582]

This system operates in a similar manner to the dual line system, previously described, except that a combined dual
coupler is utilised. Please read all the previous text relating to pneumatic trailer brakes plus the following:
The coupler is protected by a metal cover (1). To remove
the cover, press the handle (2) down. The handle is held
in position by a stiff spring and some pressure is required
to move it down to release the cover (1).
BRJ5018B 1
Connections
The lines to the couplers are colour- coded for ease of
use. The supply line to the left- hand coupler (1) is red
and the control line to the right- hand coupler (2) is yellow.
The trailer hoses will have a male dual coupler. Press
down the handle (3) and insert the trailer coupler. When
the handle is released, it will lock the trailer and tractor
couplers together.
BRJ5019B 2
6 - 122
TRAILER BRAKE BIAS CONTROL [25013685]

This control (where fitted) is set to allow maximum avail-
able braking effort to the trailer. Under most conditions,
the control will remain in this position and will give well
balanced braking.
Occasionally, with some trailers this setting may provide a

greater braking bias to the trailer than is ideal. In this case
the braking force to the trailer may be reduced slightly by
turning the adjuster (1) in an anti- clockwise direction.
To turn the valve, it is first necessary to pull the knob out.

After adjustment, push the knob in to lock the setting. The
adjuster must be reset to the fully clockwise position when
a different trailer is used. SS11A088 1
WARNING
The trailer brake bias adjustment is very sen-
sitive. DO NOT rotate more than one-half
turn before testing with a fully-loaded trailer
attached. Failure to do this may result in an
imbalance between machine and trailer brak-
ing forces if you rotate the valve too far in the
counter-clockwise direction.
rious injury.
W0416A
SS11A089 2
AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY CONNECTOR (where fitted) [25013768]

An auxiliary air supply is available for the purpose of in-
flating tyres, etc. The air supply operates at full system
pressure 7 bar (102 psi) or 8 bar (116 psi) dependent
upon system installed. When not in use, ensure protec-
tive dust cap is fitted.
Always use a proprietary inflating gun, with gauge, when

inflating tyres. Connect the air hose to the air outlet (1),
located on the right- hand side of the engine, to the rear
of the fuel filters.
BRI4126B 1
6 - 123
HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKES [23862452]

NOTE: Gross train weight, i.e., tractor plus trailer(s) and/ or individual trailer weight must not exceed that laid down
in local regulations governing the use of trailers.
Hydraulic trailer brakes may be connected into the hy-
draulic system via a quick- release coupling (1) at the rear
of the tractor.
NOTE: The position of the trailer brake coupling may vary
slightly from that shown, dependent upon the type of re-
mote control valves installed.
If the trailer brake hose is connected into the coupling

the trailer brakes will be automatically applied when the
footbrakes are used to stop the tractor.
WARNING
SS11H261 1
rious injury.
W0375A
WARNING
Hydraulic pressure cannot be applied to the
trailer braking system when the tractor engine
is off. Always apply the tractor and trailer
parking brakes while the engine is running.
With the brake pedals locked together, apply
the parking brake, stop the engine, and imme-
diately block the wheels.
rious injury.
W0333A
NOTE: Always keep the dust- cap in place when the trailer
brake coupling is not in use. It is a legal requirement in
most countries that trailer brakes may only be connected
to the tractor coupling by means of a compatible female
coupling.
6 - 124
HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKES (Italy only) [23862507]

NOTE: Gross train weight, i.e., tractor plus trailer(s) and/ or individual trailer weight must not exceed that laid down
in local regulations governing the use of trailers.
The hydraulic trailer braking system on tractors for the
Italian market function in a slightly different way to the
universal system previously described.
If the trailer brake hose is connected into the coupling (1)

the trailer brakes will be automatically applied when the
footbrakes are used to stop the tractor or when the trac-
tor parking brake is applied when the engine is running.
When the engine is switched off, the trailer brakes will re-
main applied.
SS11H261 1
WARNING
rious injury.
W0375A
To release hydraulic pressure and free the trailer brakes,

start the engine, depress both brake pedals and release
the tractor parking brake.
NOTE: The light (1) on the instrument panel will flash,
accompanied by critical alarm, to indicate that hydraulic
oil pressure to the trailer brake circuit is low. Stop the
engine and investigate the cause.
ATTENTION: Should the trailer brake warning light com-
mence to flash, the trailer brakes will apply automatically.
NOTE: Always keep the dust- cap in place when the trailer
brake coupling is not in use. It is a legal requirement in
most countries that trailer brakes may only be connected
to the tractor coupling by means of a compatible female
coupling.
SS11K153 2
6 - 125
FRONT WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT [24062296]

NOTE: If the wheel track setting is adjusted beyond the initial factory position then you may be required to reposition
the lights or fit auxiliary lighting to comply with legal requirements. Additionally, before travelling on the highway,
ensure that the overall tractor width does not exceed the maximum permitted in your country.
Front Axle Width
The width of the front axle on your tractor will differ de-
pending on whether it is Class 3 or Class 4 axle. Class 3
axles have a flange to flange width of 1890 mm (74.4 in)
and Class 4 models are 1900 mm (74.8 in).
With Variable Track Wheels

Front wheel drive tractors have fixed axle assemblies.
However the track width is fully adjustable by changing
the wheel rim relative to the centre disc, the rim and/ or
disc relative to the axle hub or by interchanging both front
wheels. The track width is the distance between the cen-
tre of each tyre at ground level.
NOTICE: If your tractor is equipped with front fenders,
ensure there is adequate clearance between fender and
wheel under all operating conditions. With the smaller
track settings a foul condition may occur between the tyre
or fender and the tractor when the wheels are turned to
the full lock position particularly when the axle is fully ar-
ticulated. To avoid this condition, adjust the fenders and/
or steering stops.
WARNING
If you are supporting any wheel(s) of a four-
wheel drive machine on a stand, NEVER at-
tempt to start the engine or rotate a wheel. The
wheels could move, causing the machine to
fall from the stand. Instead, support all wheels
so they are just clear of the ground.
rious injury.
W0429A
6 - 126
Track settings with 24" and 28" front wheels

The sectioned drawings illustrate the wheel rim and disc
positions relative to the hub at various track settings. The
track widths available are as follows:
Position Track Width

A 1560 mm (61.4 in)
B 1656 mm (65.2 in)
C 1760 mm (69.3 in)
D 1856 mm (73.1 in)
E 1960 mm (77.2 in)
F 2056 mm (80.9 in)
G 2160 mm (85.0 in)
H 2256 mm (88.8 in)
The track widths in the above table are based on a tractor

fitted with a Standard 4WD front axle and may vary de-
pending on tyre size.
With HD front axle add 10 mm (0.4 in).

WARNING
Heavy parts!
The wheels are very heavy. Handle with care.
Make sure that the wheels, when stored, can-
not fall over and cause injury.
rious injury.
W0403A
NOTE: The fitment of dual wheels to the front axle is not

recommended.
SS10D217 1
6 - 127
With Non Adjustable Front Wheels

Tractors equipped with non adjustable front wheels offer
a choice of two track settings. To alter the track width,
interchange both front wheels to provide a narrow (A) or
wide (B) track setting as required.
NOTE: The track widths in the following table are nominal
and may vary by up to 25 mm (1.0 in) dependent upon
rim offset.
NOTE: The fitment of dual wheels to the front axle is not
recommended.
SS10D216 2
4wd Axle Type Position Class 3 Class 4

Flange to flange 1890 mm (74.41 in) 1900 mm (74.80 in)
* 1822 mm (71.73 in) 1832 mm (72.13 in)
A
** 1808 mm (71.18 in) 1818 mm (71.57 in)
* 1978 mm (77.87 in) 1988 mm (78.27 in)
Standard, B
** 1992 mm (78.43 in) 2002 mm (78.82 in)
Suspended * plus 34 mm (1.34 in) offset with tyres 13.6R28, 420/70R28, 14.9R28,
440/80R24, 500/65R28 and 520/60R28
** plus 41 mm (1.61 in) offset with tyres 440/65R28, 480/65R28. 540/65R28
and 540/65R28
Refitting the Front Wheels

When refitting or adjusting a wheel, tighten the bolts to the
following torques then recheck after 1 hour and 50 hours
of operation. Thereafter check the torque as required.
Disc to hub nuts 210 Nm (155 lb ft)

Disc to rim nuts 250 Nm (184 lb ft)
(where applicable)
WARNING
Roll-over hazard!
Never operate the machine with a loose wheel
rim or disc. Always tighten nuts to the speci-
fied torque value and at the recommended in-
tervals.
rious injury.
W0346A
NOTE: If your tractor is equipped with front fenders, en-

sure there is adequate clearance under all operating con-
ditions. If necessary, adjust the steering or axle oscillation
stops and/ or fender position, as necessary.
6 - 128
FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT [23862649]

After resetting the track width, the front wheel alignment
may require adjustment. For correct operation the front
wheels should be parallel.
Measure the distance between the wheel rims at hub

height at the front of the wheels. Rotate both front wheels
180 ° and check the measurements again, this time at the
rear of the wheels. This will eliminate wheel rim run- out
errors. The correct setting is 0 mm +/- 3 (0 in +/- 0.12)
SS10D203 1
Should it be necessary to adjust the front wheel alignment,

proceed as follows:
Remove and discard the self- locking nut (2) on the left-
hand end of the track control rod (1) and extract the track
rod end. Loosen the lock nut (3) and screw the track rod
end into or out of the track rod to shorten or lengthen the
assembly, as required.
TA43 2
6 - 129
STEERING STOPS [23862711]

Two steering stops are incorporated in the axle, one at
each end. The stops are adjustable and should be set to
provide a minimum clearance of 20 mm (0.79 in) between
the tyres and any part of the tractor on full left and right
lock with the axle fully articulated.
To adjust, slacken the locknut (1) and turn the stop bolt (2)
anti- clockwise to reduce the steering angle of the wheels
or clockwise to increase the steering angle. Tighten the
locknut to 150 Nm (111 lb ft).
NOTE: After adjusting both steering stops, ensure that
there is adequate clearance between the tyres and any
part of the tractor with the axle fully articulated.
BRJ5318B 1
NOTICE: On tractors equipped with Steerable Front fend-

ers, the adjustment of the fender stops must be checked
to ensure excessive force is not applied to them when the
steering is at full lock. See page 6-131.
FRONT AXLE OSCILLATION STOPS [23862772]

Axle oscillation stops are installed one each side of the
axle. Each stop consists of a plate (1) secured to the
underside of the front axle support by one or two flush
fitting, socket head screws.
Oscillation of the axle causes the stop plate to contact the

projection (2) on the axle casing, so preventing further
movement. With the stop plates in position, as shown,
axle oscillation is 8 °.
Extract the screws and remove the stop plates to increase

axle oscillation to 12 °.
NOTE: If the oscillation stops are removed, ensure that
BRG3055B 1
there is adequate clearance between the front tyres and
any part of the tractor with the axle fully articulated.
NOTE: Where front fenders are fitted, ensure adequate
clearance is maintained between front fender and the trac-
tor chassis or hood with the steering on full lock and the
axle at maximum oscillation. See front fender adjustment
on page 6-131.
6 - 130
FRONT FENDER [23862857]

Two types of optional front fender are available, both of-
fering a full range of adjustment to suit varying tire sizes
and track widths. The method of adjustment is very simi-
lar for both, but the following text describes the setting of
the Steerable front fender. Ensure all fixing bolts are re-
tightened after adjustment.
Dynamic fenders turn with the front wheels as the tractor

is steered. As the steering angle increases, a spring cen-
tered pivot in the fender mount restricts the turn angle of
the fenders.
This prevents interference with the tractor hood or loader

frame while allowing the wheels to continue turning
beneath the fender. As a result, tighter turns can be
achieved that would not be possible with a conventional
fender, particularly at narrower track settings.
NOTICE: With certain options and/ or tyre sizes, the
smaller track settings may not be attainable due to min-
imal clearance between tyre or rim and any part of the
fender or attaching hardware. Where a combination
of narrow track settings and maximum turn angles are
required, it may be necessary to adjust the fender stops
or remove the fenders to prevent damage to the fenders
or tractor.
Steerable fenders are available in four widths, 420 mm

(16.54 in) 480 mm (18.90 in) 540 mm (21.26 in) and 620
mm (24.41 in).
FRONT FENDER ADJUSTMENT

A fender may be moved laterally, towards or away from
the tractor, vertically up or down and may be tilted for-
wards or rearwards.
Lateral Adjustment, Fender Support
To move the complete fender assembly laterally, loosen
the two clamp bolts securing the fender support (1) to the
mounting bracket (3). Move the support to the desired
position and re- tighten the bolts.
Vertical Adjustment
The fender may be moved vertically by relocating the bolt
, (2) in the appropriate holes in the fender support. A
number of the holes are elongated allowing the fender to
be tilted forward or rearward.
BRJ4866B 1
6 - 131
Lateral Adjustment, Fender

The fender support bolt (1) and bracket attachment points
(2) beneath the fender, provide further lateral adjustment
allowing the fender to be centered over the tyre.
NOTE: A second fender support bolt (not shown) is lo-
cated on the opposite end of the support bracket.
BRJ4863B 2
Fender Turn Stop Adjustment

An adjustable stop bolt (4) is fitted to both fender mounting
brackets. When turning, the bolt contacts a fixed stop on
the axle housing restricting the angle at which the fender
will turn while allowing the wheels to continue turning be-
neath the fender. The stop bolts may require adjusting if
the track width or tyre size is changed.
Where the axle steering stops are to be adjusted to pro-

vide more lock, the fender stops should also be reset to
prevent excessive force being applied to them on full lock.
• With the front wheels in the straight ahead posi- BRJ4866B 3

tion, loosen the fender stop bolts and screw fully in
wards.
• Adjust the axle steering stops to provide the required
steering angle as described on page 6-130.
• With the axle stops adjusted, carefully turn the steer-
ing wheel until the front wheels are on full RH lock
and the axle stop bolt is in contact with the pad on
the front axle.
NOTICE: During this procedure the fender may come into
contact with the tractor. Do not move the tractor.
• Adjust the fender stop bolt outwards until there is

sufficient clearance between the fender and the
tractor. Tighten the lock nut. Re- check the clear-
ance with the axle on full lock and full oscillation. If
necessary re- adjust to provide adequate clearance.
Repeat the above procedure on the left- hand fender.
6 - 132
REAR WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT
FLANGE TYPE AXLE (where fitted) [24062443]

With a fixed flange type axle, rear wheel track adjustment
is effected by changing the wheel rim relative to the centre
disc, the rim and/ or the disc relative to the axle hub or by
interchanging the rear wheels.
NOTE: If the wheel track setting is adjusted beyond the
initial factory position then you may be required to repo-
sition the lights or fit auxiliary lighting to comply with legal
requirements. Additionally, before travelling on the high-
way, ensure that the overall tractor width does not exceed
the maximum permitted in your country.
WARNING
Heavy parts!
rious injury. BTB0357 1
W0403A
Disc Types
There are two different designs of centre disc dependent
upon tyre size and tractor model. The centre discs shown
are as follows:
Round centre disc- variable track (Type 1)
Round centre disc- fixed track (Type 2)

NOTE: Variable track wheels are not available on tractors
with 50 km/h transmission.
The type of centre disc installed will affect the track set-
ting. Identify the type of centre disc fitted to your tractor BTB0358 2
wheels, then refer to the following table and Figure 3 to

see the wheel rim and disc positions necessary to achieve
the required track setting.
WARNING
Roll-over hazard!
Never operate the machine with a loose wheel
rim or disc. Always tighten nuts to the speci-
fied torque value and at the recommended in-
tervals.
rious injury.
W0346A
6 - 133
The sectioned drawings shown, illustrate the wheel rim

and disc positions relative to the hub at various track set-
tings.
When refitting or adjusting a wheel, tighten the bolts to the

following torques then recheck after driving the tractor for
1 hour and again after 50 hours operation.
Rear disc to hub nuts 250 Nm (184 lb ft)

Rear disc to rim nuts 250 Nm (184 lb ft)
M 16 nuts
Track Settings - Adjustable Rim (Types 1)

Track setting Disc types 1
A 1530 mm (60.2 in)
B 1630 mm (64.2 in)
C 1734 mm (68.3 in)
D 1834 mm (72.2 in)
E 1930 mm (76.0 in)
F 2030 mm (79.9 in)
G 2134 mm (84.0 in)
H 2234 mm (88.0 in)
NOTE: The track widths are nominal and may vary from
that shown dependent on wheel and tyre size.
NOTE: With the larger tyre sizes, the narrower track set-
tings may not be attainable due to minimal clearance be-
tween tyres and fenders or equipment. The dimensions
shown in the chart are nominal and should be used as
a guide only. Track settings may vary dependent upon
wheel type and tyre size.
SS10D217 3
6 - 134
Track Settings - Fixed Rim (Type 2)

A track adjustment of approximately 50 mm (2.0 in) each
side, my be achieved by interchanging wheel assemblies.
Track setting Disc type 2 (18.4 x 38 tyre)

A 1840 mm (72.4 in)
B 1834 mm (72.2 in)
NOTE: Depending on rim type, the above settings may

vary by approximately 10 mm (0.4 in).
SS10D216 4
6 - 135
BAR TYPE AXLE (where fitted) [24062467]

WARNING
Roll-over hazard!
Never operate the machine with a loose wheel rim or disc. Always tighten nuts to the specified torque
value and at the recommended intervals.
W0346A
With bar axles, the same method of adjustment applies

but with the added advantage of being able to move the
wheel hub on the axle shaft. This provides an infinite
range of adjustment between the narrowest and widest
settings.
NOTE: If the wheel track setting is adjusted beyond the
initial factory position then you may be required to repo-
sition the lights or fit auxiliary lighting to comply with legal
requirements. Additionally, before travelling on the high-
way, ensure that the overall tractor width does not exceed
the maximum permitted in your country.
Tractors equipped with a bar axle may have a steel or cast
centre disc (2) mounted on a cast iron hub (3). The hub is
clamped to the bar axle (1). With a cast centre disc, the
hub is an integral part of the disc.
Two bar axle lengths are available ( 2490 mm (98 in) and
2845 mm (112 in)). The wheel may be moved along the
bar to provide a range of track widths. Depending on tyre
size, a range of 190 mm (7 in) per wheel or 380 mm (15
in) over all is available with the 98 in axle. If the 112 in
axle is installed, the range is increased to 735 mm (29 in).
BRG3036B 1
Track width adjustment is effected by moving the com-

plete wheel/ hub assemblies in or out on the axle shaft.
Additionally, repositioning the wheel rim on the centre disc
and/ or the rim on the axle hub or by interchanging the
rear wheels provides a greater range of adjustment.
Tractor wheels are very heavy so it is recommended that

you do not remove them to reposition the rims on the disc
unless the track setting required is outside the slide range
of the bar axle.
6 - 136
MOVING A WHEEL ON THE AXLE SHAFT

Block the front wheels and jack up and support the rear
axle.
Adjustment of the track setting is achieved by sliding the

complete wheel/ hub assembly on the axle shaft.
Loosen the two centre wedge bolts (1) Figure 2 approx-
imately 12 mm (0.5 in). Remove the four outer wedge
bolts (2).
Clean the threads on the four bolts and the threaded

holes in the wedges before lubricating and installing the
removed bolts at (1) Figure 3. These bolts are used to
push against the wheel or hub to withdraw or ’jack’ the
wedges from the hub. Tighten these bolts evenly until the
wedges loosen in the hub and the wheel assembly can
be moved on the axle shaft.
NOTICE: Do not use a torque greater than 407 Nm (300
lb ft) on the jack bolts. The use of penetrating oil between
BRD1011B 2
the wedge, hub and axle shaft will be of benefit. If difficulty
is experienced, place a shaft protector over the end of the
axle shaft and strike with a hammer to ‘shock’ the wedge
free.
WARNING
Eye injury hazard!
Avoid eye injury when using a drill, hammer,
saw, or other tools that may cause chips to fly.
Always wear safety glasses when working.
rious injury.
W0174A
Set the wheel to the desired position on the shaft. Re-

move the jack bolts and replace them in the original holes
(2) Figure 2.
Tighten all six wedge retaining bolts in increments of 68 BRD1012B 3

Nm (50 lb ft) until the final torque setting is achieved.
6 x M 20 Bolts
300 Nm (221 lb ft)
(Cast centre)
6 x M 22 Bolts
500 Nm (369 lb ft)
(Steel centre)
NOTICE: The wedge bolts must be tightened evenly.
Repeat the procedure on the other wheel, making sure

that both rear wheels are the same distance from the ends
of the axle shafts.
6 - 137

with 98" Bar Axle and Adjustable Wheels
Wheel Disc type 1
setting on page 6-133
A 1470 - 2220 mm (57.87 - 87.40 in)
B 1570 - 2320 mm (61.81 - 91.34 in)
C 1674 - 2424 mm (65.91 - 95.43 in)
D 1774 - 2524 mm (69.84 - 99.37 in)
E 1870 - 2620 mm (73.62 - 103.15 in)
F 1970 - 2720 mm (77.56 - 107.09 in)
G 2074 - 2824 mm (81.65 - 111.18 in)
H 2174 - 2924 mm (85.59 - 115.12 in)
with 98" Bar Axle and Adjustable Wheels with 98" Bar
Axle and Fixed Wheels
Wheel Disc type 2
A 1780 - 2530 mm (70.08 - 99.61 in)
H 1864 - 2614 mm (73.39 - 102.91 in)
with 98" Bar Axle and Adjustable Wheels

Wheel Disc type 1
A 1590 - 2220 mm (62.60 - 87.40 in)
B 1690 - 2320 mm (66.54 - 91.34 in)
C 1794 - 2424 mm (70.63 - 95.43 in)
D 1894 - 2524 mm (74.57 - 99.37 in)
E 1990 - 2620 mm (78.35 - 103.15 in)
F 2090 - 2720 mm (82.28 - 107.09 in)
G 2194 - 2824 mm (86.38 - 111.18 in)
H 2294 - 2924 mm (90.31 - 115.12 in)
with 98" Bar Axle and Adjustable Wheels with 98" Bar
Axle and Fixed Wheels
Wheel Disc type 2
A 1900 - 2530 mm (74.80 - 99.61 in)
H 1984 - 2614 mm (78.11 - 102.91 in)
SS10D217 4
6 - 138
Rear Wheel Hardware Torque Values

- with Steel Centre disc
Disc to Hub Fixings
10 x M 22 Bolt 500 Nm (369 lb ft)
Disc to Rim Nuts

All wheels ( M 16) 250 Nm (184 lb ft)
Split Wedge Bolts

6 x M 22 Bolt 500 Nm (369 lb ft)
- with Cast Centre disc

Disc to Rim Nuts
All wheels ( M 16) 250 Nm (184 lb ft)
Split Wedge Bolts

6 x M 20 Bolt 300 Nm (221 lb ft)
WARNING
Heavy parts!
rious injury.
W0403A
When refitting or adjusting a wheel tighten the bolts to the

following torques then recheck after driving the tractor
for 1 hour and 50 hours operation and thereafter at the 50
hour service intervals.
6 - 139
BALLASTING AND TYRES
BALLASTING AND TYRES [24062520]

GENERAL The amount of ballast required is affected by:
Maximum tractor performance is dependent upon proper • Weight of tractor

ballasting and tyre selection. Maximum efficiency will be Soil and traction conditions
•
achieved when tractor weight is correct for the application.
• Type of implement: fully- mounted, semi- mounted
The tyres selected for your tractor must be able to support or trailed
the weight of the tractor and equipment and must also Working speed
•
be able to provide adequate traction to utilize the tractor
horsepower and turn it into useful drawbar horsepower. • Tractor horsepower load
• Type and size of tyres
Always maintain the correct air pressure in the tyre to
carry the load. Do not over inflate tyres. • Tyre pressures
NOTE: Radial tyres will work with lower air pressures and Do not use more ballast than needed. Excess ballast
will show up to 20 % side wall deflection or bulge when should be removed when it is not required.
correctly inflated.
Too little ballast:
Front Axle Suspension
• Rough ride
NOTICE: On tractors fitted with front axle suspension,
correct ballasting is essential to optimise suspension • Excessive wheel slip
operation, particularly when using heavy rear mounted Power loss
•
equipment. For this application, sufficient front ballast
must be added by the use of wafer weights in preference • Tyre wear
to liquid ballast in the tyres. • Excessive fuel consumption
In certain conditions, with insufficient front weight added, • Lower productivity
suspension operation may become disabled and a five
digit error code will be displayed. Too much ballast:
Stop the tractor, switch off the engine and restart again to • Higher maintenance costs
clear the error code and re- enable the suspension. If the
• Increased driveline wear
error code re- occurs, then further front weight should be
added ensuring maximum axle and vehicle weights are • Power loss
not exceeded. Increased soil compaction
•
Factors Affecting Tyre Performance • Excessive fuel consumption
• Lower productivity
• Correct air pressure for the load
Correct wheel slip For maximum performance in heavy draft conditions
•
weight should be added to the tractor in the form of liquid
• Correct tyre size for expected load ballast, cast iron weights or a combination of both.
• Correct fill of liquid ballast
Front end ballast may be required for stability and steering
• Maintaining equal tyre- pressure in both tyres on a control when weight is transferred from the front to the
given axle. rear wheels as rear mounted implement is raised by the
tractor 3- point hitch.
SELECTING BALLAST
When a rear mounted implement is raised to the transport
When tractor horsepower loads vary, the optimum weight position, the weight on the front wheels should be at least
of the tractor will change. This means that ballast may 20 % of total tractor weight.
have to be added or removed to maintain the best tractor
performance. Proper ballast will greatly improve tractor
operation and ride.
6 - 140
WARNING Ballast Limitations

Driving hazard! Ballast should be limited by the tyre capacity or tractor ca-
Additional front ballast may be needed when pacity. Each tyre has a recommended carrying capacity
transporting heavy three-point mounted which should not be exceeded, see on page 6-149.
equipment. Always drive slowly over rough
terrain, no matter how much front ballast is If a greater amount of weight is needed for traction, larger
used. tyres should be used.
rious injury. Ballast can be added by bolting on cast iron weights or by
W0386A
adding liquid calcium chloride in the tyres. Bolt- on cast
iron weights are recommended because they can easily
For optimum performance and efficiency, two wheel drive
be removed when not needed.
tractors should be ballasted so that approximately one
third of the total tractor weight (less implement) is on the NOTICE: Do not exceed the tractor gross vehicle weight
front wheels. Four wheel drive tractors should be bal- shown on the following page. This can cause an over-
lasted so the weight on the front wheels is approximately load condition that may invalidate the warranty and
40 - 45 % of the total tractor weight. may exceed the load rating of the tyres. The maximum
recommended gross vehicle weight is the weight of the
Add additional front end ballast, as required, for stability tractor plus ballast plus any mounted equipment such
during operation and transport. Ballasting of the front end as sprayers, tanks etc. in the raised position. See the
may not always provide adequate stability if the tractor is following tables:
operated at high speed on rough terrain. Reduce tractor
speed and exercise caution under these conditions.
When using front mounted implements it may be neces-

sary to add weight to the rear wheels to maintain traction
and stability.
6 - 141
Maximum Vehicle Weights and Axle Loads

with Front Axle Rear Axle Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight
Class 3 Heavy Duty 9000 kg (19842 lb)
Class 4 Heavy Duty 9000 kg (19842 lb)
NOTICE: Braking regulations in some countries may impose lower gross vehicle weight limits for road transport than
the figures quoted in the above table.
Individual axles (front and rear) are also subject to weight limitations, as follows:
with Front Axle Maximum Rear Axle Loading

Class 3 7300 kg (16094 lb)
Class 4 7300 kg (16094 lb)
NOTE: Total rear axle weight is measured with only the rear wheels on the scales inclusive of liquid and cast iron
ballast and with mounted equipment in the raised position.
with Front Axle Maximum Front Axle Loading - 4WD # (Continuous Operation)
Class 3 4100 kg (9039 lb)
Class 4 4900 kg (10803 lb)
# Includes a front end loader in the raised position but with no load in the bucket.
NOTICE: For four wheel drive vehicles, the figures shown in the foregoing table are for continuous operation. For
intermittent operation, the front axle loading (including loaded loader, provided that ground speed does not exceed 8
km/h (5 mph) and the track width settings are maintained within the limits shown:
with Front Axle Maximum Front Axle Loading - 4WD (Restricted Operation) *
Class 3 7000 kg (15432 lb)
Class 4 8000 kg (17637 lb)
* Track width must be between 1725 mm (68 in) and 1900 mm (75 in). .
Front Axle Recognition

Your tractor may be fitted with a Class 3 or Class 4 4WD front axle. To determine the type of axle you have, measure
the diameter of the front hub.
Hub Diameter
Class 3 Axle: 290 mm (11.4 in)
Class 4 Axle: 362 mm (14.3 in)
6 - 142
IRON WEIGHTS (where fitted) [41321363]

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Counterweights are very heavy. Always use certified lifting equipment to remove and install the coun-
terweights. Make sure the hardware securing the counterweight(s) to the machine is installed correctly
and the clamp bolts are tightened fully before operating the machine.
W0402A
WARNING
Heavy object!
Clear the area around and under the counterweight removal and installation system before installing
or removing counterweights. Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area. Make sure all lifting
devices are in good condition and capable of handling the counterweight mass.
W0037A
Rear Wheel Weights

NOTICE: These are recommended weights and should
not be increased as this may exceed the load ratings for
the tyres, rear axle or the gross vehicle weight.
With flanged or bar axles, up to 6 x 65 kg (143 lb) weights

may be fitted permitting a maximum weight of 390 kg (860
lb) to be carried.
NOTICE: It is not recommended to fit rear wheel weights
on tractors operating at speeds in excess of 40 km/h (25
mph).
BTB0360A 1
6 - 143
Front Weight Assemblies

NOTICE: Before adding front weight see reference to front
axle suspension on page 6-140.
Front end weights are available in sets as described be-

low.
With standard and suspended 4WD axle:
2 weights, tow hook and narrow 319 kg (703 lb)
carrier
carrier
carrier
BRL6494A 2
Installing Wafer Weights

To install the weights, hook the upper part of the weight
over the lip on the carrier and then slide to the centre
of the carrier. A recess in the lower part of the weight
will interlock with a locating pad beneath the carrier. Add
more weights as necessary and clamp together using the
long bolts and retaining plates supplied. Use the correct
length of bolt to clamp the weights together and tighten the
retaining nut to a torque of 169 Nm (125 lb ft). Recheck
the bolt torques after 50 hours of operation if the bolts
have been disturbed for any reason.
To remove the weights, reverse the above procedure. BRL6494A 3
When the front tow hook is installed, the weight pack is

secured by a pin passing through the rear of the tow hook
segment into the weight carrier. Do not operate the trac-
tor without this pin installed and the retaining ’R’ clip (1),
inserted to prevent the pin from becoming dislodged.
BSE3642A 4
6 - 144
If the front weights and weight carrier are not installed,

a tow pin is available for bolting directly to the front axle
support.
TA35 5
6 - 145
LIQUID BALLAST [37409072]

Filling the front and rear tyres with liquid ballast is a con- WARNING
venient method of adding weight. A solution of calcium
chloride and water is recommended. This gives a low Hazardous chemicals!
freezing point and provides a higher density than plain SLOWLY add calcium chloride flakes to water,
water. stirring continuously. To avoid a violent reac-
tion, NEVER add water to calcium chloride.
The following tables show the quantity of calcium chloride If any flakes contact the eyes, flush the eyes
and water required for each tyre size option and is based immediately with clean, cold water for at least
on 0.6 kg (1.3 lb) of calcium chloride per 1 l (0.26 US 15 minutes. Seek medical assistance immedi-
gal) of water. The figures in the table will give a 75 % fill ately.
of the tyre. This calcium chloride/ water solution will give Failure to comply could result in death or se-
protection from freezing down to an ambient temperature rious injury.
W0388A
of -50 °C (-58 °F).
NOTE: When mixing the ballast solution it is imperative
the calcium chloride flakes are added to the water and
the solution stirred until the calcium chloride is dissolved.
Front Tyre Ballast

Total Weight of solution
Tyre Size Water Calcium Chloride
per tyre
12.4 - 24 94 l (25 US gal) 56 kg (123 lb) 150 kg (331 lb)
13.6R - 24 123 l (32 US gal) 73 kg (161 lb) 196 kg (432 lb)
14.9 - 24 151 l (40 US gal) 90 kg (198 lb) 241 kg (531 lb)
370/70R
13.6 - 28 119 l (31 US gal) 71 kg (157 lb) 190 kg (419 lb)
420/70R - 24 149 l (39 US gal) 89 kg (196 lb) 238 kg (525 lb)
440/80R - 24
500/65R - 28
Front Tyre Ballast NAR

Total Weight of solution
Tyre Size Water Calcium Chloride
per tyre
12.4 - 24 94 l (25 US gal) 56 kg (123 lb) 150 kg (331 lb)
14.9 - 24 151 l (40 US gal) 90 kg (198 lb) 241 kg (531 lb)
14.9R - 30
320/85R - 34
6 - 146
Rear Tyre Ballast

Tyre Size Water Calcium Chloride Total Weight of solution
Rear Tyre Ballast NAR

Tyre Size Water Calcium Chloride Total Weight of solution
NOTE: In some countries it is illegal to use calcium chloride as a ballast solution for tyres. Ensure that you comply
with the legal requirements of your country. Use cast iron weights as an alternative to liquid ballast
NOTE: When filling a tyre with calcium chloride/ water solution the valve should be at the highest point on the wheel.
The valve should be at the lowest point when checking or adjusting air pressure if the tyre contains liquid ballast.
Special equipment is required to water ballast tyres. See your authorised dealer or tyre supplier for details.
6 - 147
TYRE INFLATION [23863884]

Upon receiving your tractor, check the air pressure in the yond the maximum shown in the Tyre Pressure and
tyres and recheck every 50 hours or weekly. The tyres Load tables if the tyre is not marked with the maxi-
fitted to your tractor may be of the tubed or tubeless type. mum pressure.
• Do not reinflate a tyre that has been run flat or se-
When checking tyre pressures, inspect the tyres for dam-
riously under inflated until it has been inspected for
aged tread and side walls. Neglected damage will lead to
damage by a qualified person.
early tyre failure.
• Torque wheel to axle nuts to specification after re-
Inflation pressure affects the amount of weight that a tyre installing the wheel. Check nut tightness daily until
may carry. torque stabilises.
Do not exceed the recommended load for the tyre pres- • Refer to tractor weighting section before adding bal-
sures in use, seethe following page for details. Do not last to the tyres.
over or under inflate the tyres.
• Ensure the jack is placed on a firm, level surface.
WARNING • Ensure the jack has adequate capacity to lift your
tractor.
Explosion hazard!
When inflating tires, use a clip-on air chuck • Use jack stands or other suitable blocking to support
with a gauge, remote valve, and hose long the tractor while repairing tyres.
enough to allow you to stand to one side and Do not put any part of your body under the tractor
•
NOT in front of or over the wheel assembly. or start the engine while the tractor is on the jack.
Keep others out of the DANGER AREA. Never
inflate a tire beyond the maximum allowable • Never hit a tyre or rim with a hammer.
pressure printed on the tire. • Ensure the rim is clean and free of rust or damage.
Failure to comply could result in death or se- Do not weld, braze, otherwise repair or use a dam-
rious injury. aged rim.
W0059A
• Do not inflate a tyre unless the rim is mounted on

the tractor or is secured so that it will not move if
the tyre or rim should suddenly fail.
Observe all following precautions:
• When fitting a new or repaired tyre, use a clip- on
• Never attempt tyre repairs on a public road or high- valve adaptor with a remote gauge that allows the
way. operator to stand clear of the tyre while inflating it.
• Do not inflate steering tyres above the manufac- Use a safety cage, if available.
turer’s maximum pressure shown on the tyre or be-
6 - 148
TYRE PRESSURES AND PERMISSIBLE LOADS [23863864]

Radial tyre performance is denoted by a Load Index and
Speed Symbol replacing the Ply Rating commonly found
on cross ply tyres. The figure shows typical markings to
be found on the sidewall of radial ply tyres.
NOTE: Radial tyres will have a speed symbol of ‘A8’ and/
or ’B’ which identifies the maximum speed rating for that
tyre. Tyres marked with the A8 symbol are suitable for
speeds up to 40 km/h (25 mph), those marked with a ’B’
symbol may be operated at speeds of 50 km/h (31 mph).
The maximum load that may be carried by the tyre is de-

pendent upon the Load Index shown on the side wall. In
the following charts the loads given are for individual tyres
SS10K088 1
operated at speeds up to 40 km/h (25 mph) or 50 km/h
(31 mph). The two right- hand columns indicate the max-
imum permissible load per tyre at speeds of 40 km/h (25
mph) or 50 km/h (31 mph). 1. Load Index
WARNING 2. Speed Symbol for 40 km/h (25 mph)

Loss of control!
When operating at high road speeds, tire 3. Speed Symbol for 50 km/h (31 mph)
pressures and maximum load capacities rec-
ommended by the manufacturer should be
strictly followed. Consult your authorized 4. Maximum load/ inflation pressure at 40 km/h (25
dealer or tire supplier for the correct pres- mph)
sures and load capacities of the tires fitted to
your machine. 5. Old ply rating mark
rious injury.
W0387A
Inflation Pressure
Tyre Size Load Index 0.8 bar 1.0 bar 1.2 bar 1.4 bar 1.6 bar Max Road
Load Capacity per TYRE (kg) @ 30 km/h Speed
133A8 1500 1640 1780 1920 2060 40 km/h
420/70 R28
133B - 1640 1780 1920 2060 50 km/h
380/85 R28 133A8 1500 1640 1780 1920 2060 40 km/h
(14.9 R28) 133B - 1640 1780 1920 2060 50 km/h
420/85 R38 144A8 2040 2230 2420 2610 2800 40 km/h
(16.9) R38 144B - 2230 2420 2610 2800 50 km/h
155A8 2835 3095 3355 3615 3875 40 km/h
580/70 R38
155B - 3095 3355 3615 3875 50 km/h
520/85 R38 155A8 2835 3095 3355 3615 3875 40 km/h
(20.8 R38) 155B - 3095 3355 3615 3875 50 km/h
460/85 R42 150A8 2460 2685 2905 3130 3350 40 km/h
(18.4 R42) 150B - 2685 2905 3130 3350 50 km/h
NOTICE: The above table provides an example of the should be used for guidance only. For exact information
maximum load limitations that occur at various tyre regarding inflation pressures and loads for your particular
pressures on a representative range of rear tyre sizes tyres, consult your authorised dealer.
available for your tractor. These figures are per tyre and
6 - 149
Inflation Pressure
Tyre Size Load Index 12 psi 15 psi 18 psi 20 psi 23 psi Max Road
Load Capacity per TYRE (lbs.) @ MPH Speed
133A8 3306 3615 3924 4232 4541 25 mph
420/70 R28
133B - 3615 3924 4232 4541 31 mph
380/85 R28 133A8 3306 3615 3924 4232 4541 25 mph
(14.9 R28) 133B - 3615 3924 4232 4541 31 mph
420/85 R38 144A8 4497 4916 5335 5753 6172 25 mph
(16.9) R38 144B - 4916 5335 5753 6172 31 mph
155A8 6250 6823 7396 7969 8542 25 mph
580/70 R38
155B - 6823 7396 7969 8542 31 mph
520/85 R38 155A8 6250 6823 7396 7969 8542 25 mph
(20.8 R38) 155B - 6823 7396 7969 8542 31 mph
460/85 R42 150A8 5423 5919 6404 6900 7385 25 mph
(18.4 R42) 150B - 5919 6404 6900 7385 31 mph
NOTICE: The above table provides an example of the regarding inflation pressures and loads for your particu-
maximum load limitations that occur at various tyre lar- tyres, consult your authorised dealer.
pressures on are presentative range of rear tyre sizes
available for your tractor. These figures are per tyre and
should be used for guidance only. For exact information
6 - 150
AUXILIARY POWER CONNECTIONS
DIAGNOSTIC SOCKET [22255311]

Your tractor is fitted with two diagnostic sockets (1) on the
rear trim panel behind the seat and on the right C- pillar.
NOTICE: For Dealer use only. The sockets are provided
for dealers to connect diagnostic equipment to the tractor
electrical control systems. Any attempt to connect other
equipment to the diagnostic sockets may cause damage
to the tractor electrical system or its components.
SS09C008 1
BRH3754B 2
TRAILER SOCKET ELECTRICAL [22255131]

Seven Pin Electrical Power Outlet
A standard 7- pin trailer lighting socket (1) is provided and
is mounted at the rear of the tractor. With reference to
the picture inset, the socket connections (viewed from the
front of the socket) are as follows:
Pin No. Wire Colour Circuit

1 Yellow L.H. Turn Signal
2 - Not Used
3 White Earth (Ground)
4 Green R.H. Turn Signal
5 Brown R.H. Parking Light
6 Red Brake Lights
7 Black L.H. Parking Light
SS11H250 1
6 - 151
ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTORS
INTERNAL POWER CONNECTORS [22255232]

Depending on tractor specification there are a number of
electrical power connectors provided for various applica-
tions. These are as follows:
3 PIN Power Socket
ISO implement power socket. Provides constant and key-
start switched live feeds.
Pin No.
30 25 A power supply
31 Ground
82 10 A power supply (key switched)
SS10N013 1
7 PIN Standard Signal Socket

7 Pole DIN/ ISO implement socket provides the informa-
tion below.
Pin No.
1 True ground speed. (Radar Sensed)
2 Theoretical ground speed.
3 Rear P.T.O. speed.
4 Rear 3- point hitch, in work/ out of work.
5 Rear 3- point hitch position
6 5 A power supply. (Key switched)
7 Common ground connection.
SS10D183 2
Screw terminals
Connect power wires to the red terminal (positive), con-
nect ground wires (earth) to the black terminal (negative).
Rating: 10 A
SS10D187 3
6 - 152
AUXILIARY POWER SOCKETS

Cigar Lighter Socket
For mobile telephone or cooler box (where fitted). This
socket may also be used with a cigarette lighter, consult
Rating: 8 A
SS10J103 4
Single Pole Power Socket

Live with key- start in ’on’ position.
Rating: 8 A
NOTICE: To ensure that the screw terminals and connect-
ing cables do not get excessively hot when loaded with
near maximum current it is important to make secure, tight
connections to prevent overheating and damage. Ensure
that equipment is connected to the terminals with cables
of suitable gauge and insulation thickness and fitted with
appropriate terminal connectors.
SS10J104 5
6 - 153
EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTORS [22255281]

3- Pin Implement Socket
A 3- pin socket (1) is standard on all tractors with cab and
is located at the rear of the tractor.
PIN
30 25 A power supply
31 Ground
82 10 A power supply (key switched)
SS11A090 1
Beacon Power Socket

Two power sockets for the rotating beacon are provided
at the rear of the cab, one on each side.
BSE2681A 2
6 - 154
ISO Connector (where fitted)

Implements equipped with an ISO standard electronic
control unit/s can be connected to the Colour Display via
the multi- pin ISO connectors.
The ISO connector permits information to be communi-

cated between implement and tractor.
Rating: 30 A on Pin 1 & 3 or 2 & 4
Pin No.
1 Ground
2 Ground BRI4134A 3
3 + 12 V Ignition
4 + 12 V Ignition
5 not used
6 CAN Supply 12 V
7 CAN Supply Ground
8 CAN High
9 CAN Low
The functionality is to ISO 11783 Class 1
The tractor Basic Information for Class 1 includes:

Power Management Key switch state
Maximum time of tractor power
Maintain power request
Speed information Wheel- based request

Ground- based speed
Engine speed
Hitch information rear hitch position

rear implement in- work indication
P.T.O. information rear P.T.O. output shaft speed

rear P.T.O. output shaft engagement
Lighting Left turn signal lights

right turn signal lights
marker light
left stop light
right stop light
implement rear flood light
Identification component ID
software ID
Language specific parameter storage in TECU or Virtual Terminal
6 - 155
6 - 156
7 - MAINTENANCE
7 - MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
This section gives full details of the service procedures necessary to maintain your tractor at peak efficiency.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING THE FIRST 50 HOURS OPERATION

WARNING In addition to the regular maintenance operations listed,
check the following items every 10 hours or daily during
Moving parts! the first 50 hours of operation:
Disengage the Power Take-Off (PTO), turn off
the engine, and remove the key. Wait for all • Check transmission/ rear axle/ hydraulics oil level
movement to stop before leaving the opera- • Wheel nuts for tightness
tor's position. Never adjust, lubricate, clean,
or unplug machine with the engine running. • Front axle hub oil levels
Failure to comply could result in death or se- NOTICE: Park the tractor on level ground and, where ap-
rious injury. plicable, extend all cylinders before checking oil levels.
W0112A
With some wheel equipment fitted, it may be necessary
Read and observe all safety precautions listed in ‘Servic- to raise the front or rear of the tractor to ensure it is level
ing the Tractor’ and ’Prevention of Fire or Explosion’ in before checking the oil.
the General Information and Safety Section at the front of
this Manual. FLEXIBILITY OF MAINTENANCE INTER-
NOTE: Dispose of used filters and fluids properly. VALS
The intervals listed in the lubrication and maintenance
PREVENTING SYSTEM CONTAMINATION chart are guidelines to be used when operating in normal
working conditions.
To prevent contamination when changing oils, filters, etc.,
always clean the area around filler caps, level and drain Adjust the intervals for environmental and working condi-
plugs, dipsticks and filters prior to removal. Before con- tions. Intervals should be shortened under adverse (wet,
necting remote cylinders, ensure that oil contained within muddy, sandy, extremely dusty) working conditions.
them is clean, has not degenerated due to long storage
and is of the correct grade.
LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE CHART
To prevent dirt entry during greasing, wipe dirt from the
The chart on page 7-14 lists the intervals when routine
grease fittings before greasing. Wipe excess grease from
checks, lubrication, service and/ or adjustments should
the fitting after greasing.
be performed. Use the chart as a quick reference guide
when servicing the tractor. The operations follow the
WARNING SYMBOLS chart.
A number of maintenance items are represented by sym-
bols that may appear in the display screens. For more in- FUEL INJECTOR MAINTENANCE
formation on these symbols, refer to page 3-66 and 8-2.
The fuel injectors on your tractor are electronically con-
trolled and therefore do not require periodic servicing or
adjustment.
7-1
7 - MAINTENANCE
FUEL REQUIREMENT [22500007]

Diesel
The engine in your tractor is of an advanced design ca- Using diesel fuel with sulphur content above 5 mg/kg re-
pable of providing dependable performance and good fuel quires more frequent oil changes as noted in the mainte-
economy. In order to maintain this performance, it is im- nance schedule.
portant that tractor maintenance schedules are carried
out at the correct intervals. The use of diesel fuel with a sulphur content above 10
mg/kg is not recommended.
NOTICE: Diesel approved for your engine must comply
with the Specification Standard EN 590 (or equivalent). For the best fuel economy, use Number 2- D fuel when-
ever temperatures allow.
Be aware that use of Diesel not complying with the above
mentioned Specification Standard could lead to severe Do not use Number 2- D fuel below -7 °C (19 °F). The
damage to the engine and to the fuel system. Be aware cold temperatures will cause the fuel to thicken, which
that the use of non approved fuel may void the Warranty may prevent the engine from running. (If this happens,
cover. contact your dealer.)
The quality of fuel used is an important factor for depend- To be sure that a fuel meets the required properties, enlist
able performance and satisfactory engine life. Fuels must the aid of a reputable fuel oil supplier. The responsibility
be clean, well- refined, and non- corrosive to fuel system for clean fuel lies with the fuel supplier as well as the fuel
parts. Be sure to use fuel of a known quality from a rep- user.
utable supplier.
Use Number 2- D in temperatures above -7 °C (19 °F). Storage, handling, and transport
Use Number 1- D in temperatures below -7 °C (19 °F). Take the following precautions to ensure that stored fuel
is kept free of dirt, water and other contaminants.
To obtain optimum combustion and minimum engine • Store fuel in black iron tanks, not galvanized tanks,
wear, the fuel selected for use should conform to the as the zinc coating will react with the fuel and form
application and property requirements outlined in the compounds that will contaminate the injection pump
following ‘Diesel Fuel Selection Chart’. and injectors.
DIESEL FUEL SELECTION CHART • Install bulk storage tanks away from direct sunlight
and angle them slightly so sediment in the tanks will
General Sulphur settle away from the outlet pipe.
Final Boiling Cetane
Fuel Clas- Content
Point (max) Rating (min) • To facilitate moisture and sediment removal, pro-
sification (max)
288 °C (550 vide a drain plug at the lowest point at the end op-
No. 1- D 40* 3 mg/kg posite the outlet pipe.
°F)
357 °C (675 • If fuel is not filtered from the storage tank, put a
No. 2- D 40 5 mg/kg
°F) funnel with a fine mesh screen in the fuel tank filler
neck when refuelling.
NOTE: When long periods of idling or cold weather con- Arrange fuel purchases so summer grade fuels are
•
ditions below 0 °C (32 °F) are encountered or when con- not held over and used in winter.
tinuously operating at an altitude above 1500 m (4921 ft)
use Number 1- D fuel.
* When continually operating at low temperatures or high

altitude, a minimum cetane rating of 45 is required.
7-2
7 - MAINTENANCE
DEF/AdBlue®
Storage, handling, and transport

NOTICE: Storage temperatures above 30 °C (86 °F) greatly reduce the shelf life of DEF/AdBlue®.
DEF/AdBlue® has a typical shelf life of 6-12 months. Refer to the SHELF LIFE table below. In order for DEF/AdBlue®
to remain in a useable condition, storage requirements need to be met.
• Store between -11 °C (12 °F) and 30 °C (86 °F).
• Use only an approved DEF/AdBlue® container. Contact your dealer to obtain proper storage container(s).
• Keep container tightly closed.
• Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.
• Keep away from heat and direct sunlight.
Thawing
• Your machine is equipped with an internal tank heater to thaw frozen DEF/AdBlue®. Your machine will still
function until the DEF/AdBlue® begins to flow. The SCR system will then function normally.
• Do not heat DEF/AdBlue® for long periods of time at temperatures above 30 °C (86 °F). This causes the solution
to decompose, which very slowly decreases the expected shelf life.
NOTICE: Do not use an anti-gelling or freeze point improver in your DEF/AdBlue®. The 32.5 % solution is specifically
designed to provide the optimum NOx reduction properties. Any further blending or adjusting of the DEF/AdBlue®
mixture will lessen its ability to perform correctly and may cause damage to the SCR components.
Handling and supply of additives, if any.

• No additives are required.
NOTICE: Contaminated DEF/AdBlue® can affect the performance of your machine. Follow all instructions in this
manual when handling DEF/AdBlue®.
Shelf life
Constant ambient storage temperature Minimum shelf life
Less than or equal to 10 °C (50 °F) 36 months
Less than or equal to 25 °C (77 °F) ¹ 18 months
Greater than 35 °C (95 °F) -²
¹ To prevent decomposition of DEF/AdBlue®, prolonged transportation or storage above 25 °C (77 °F) should
be avoided.
² Significant loss of shelf life: check every batch before use. See your authorised dealer for more information
on testing.
NOTE: The main factors taken into account to define the shelf life in the table above are the ambient storage tem-
perature and the initial alkalinity of DEF/AdBlue®. The difference in evaporation between vented and non-vented
storage containers is an additional factor.
NOTE: The information in this table is for reference only and has been provided by the International Organization for
Standardization, Document number ISO 22241-3 Diesel engines - NOx reduction agent AUS 32 - Part 3: Handling,
transportation and storage.
Disposal
• Dispose of DEF/AdBlue® and any filter accumulations in accordance with all applicable Federal, State, and
local laws governing waste disposal.
7-3
7 - MAINTENANCE
BIODIESEL FUEL [22499949]

Biodiesel usage in CASE IH AGRICULTURE • EN 590 - Specification of Diesel fuel. (10 ppm sulfur
products maximum)
Biodiesel blends are covered by:

Introduction to Fatty Acid Methyl Ester
(FAME) biodiesel • European Diesel Fuel Specification EN 590 allows
up to 7 % biodiesel since 2009. European fuel sup-
FAME biodiesel, called biodiesel fuel in the following sec- pliers are allowed to use up to 7 % biodiesel fuel
tion, consists of a family of fuels derived from vegetable (B7) to supply the network.
oils treated with methyl esters.
Pure biodiesel (B100) specification is covered by the
There are two main biodiesel fuel types: Rapeseed following requirements:
Methyl Ester (RME) and Soybean Methyl Ester (SME). • Europe: EN 14214:2009 - Automotive fuels. Fatty
RME is a blend of rapeseed and sunflower methyl ester, Acid Methyl Ester (FAME) for diesel engines. Re-
and is the preferred crop in Europe. SME is the preferred quirements and test methods.
crop in the United States.
• DIN V 51606 - German standard for biodiesel.
Biodiesel fuel is a renewable alternative fuel source. Its
use and development is promoted worldwide, especially Before raw oil can be converted into usable biodiesel
in Europe and in the United States. fuel, it must undergo transesterification to remove glyc-
erides. During the transesterification process, the oil
NOTICE: Your Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) sys- reacts with an alcohol to separate the glycerine from
tem is compatible with up to 20 % biodiesel fuel (B20). Be the fat or vegetable oil. This process leaves behind two
aware that the use of biodiesel fuel that does not comply products: methyl ester (the chemical name for biodiesel)
with the standards mentioned in this section could lead to and glycerine (a byproduct usually sold for use in soaps
severe damage to the engine, fuel system or aftertreat- or other products).
ment system of your machine. The use of non-approved NOTICE: Biodiesel fuels approved for use in the CASE IH
fuels may void CASE IH AGRICULTURE Warranty cov- AGRICULTURE equipment must be transesterified and
erage. comply with the European Standard EN14214 or the Ger-
man standard DIN V 51606.
Biodiesel fuel can be used to run diesel engines as pure
biodiesel fuel or when blended with standard diesel fuel: NOTICE: Cold Pressed Biodiesel, Cold Pressed Oil,
Straight Vegetable Oil (SVO), or more generally unre-
• B5: indicates the blend of 5 % biodiesel and 95 %
fined vegetable oils used as motor fuel, are fuels that
diesel fuels.
are normally made from Rapeseed oil or similar high oil
• B7: indicates the blend of 7 % biodiesel and 93 % content crops. These kinds of fuel are not transesterified,
diesel fuels. so they do not fulfil the EN14214 requirements. There is
B20: indicates the blend of 20 % biodiesel and 80 no recognized quality standard available for these types
•
% diesel fuels. of fuel. Therefore the use of Cold Pressed Biodiesel,
Cold Pressed Oil, Straight Vegetable Oil (SVO), or more
• B100: indicates pure biodiesel, or 100 % biodiesel generally unrefined vegetable oils used as motor fuel
fuel. Do not use. are NOT APPROVED at any blend in any CASE IH
AGRICULTURE product.
Biodiesel fuel has several positive features in comparison
with diesel fuel: NOTICE: Any engine and fuel injection equipment fitted
to a CASE IH AGRICULTURE vehicle found to have run
• Biodiesel fuel adds lubricity to the fuel, which is ben- with any blend of NON-APPROVED fuel (fuel not fulfilling
eficial in many circumstances, particularly as sulfur the specification described in the requirement EN14214)
and aromatics are removed from the fuel. will no longer be covered for Warranty by CASE IH AGRI-
• Biodiesel has a greater cetane number and burns CULTURE.
cleaner.
• Biodiesel produces less particulate matter and re- Biodiesel fuel usage conditions
duces smoke emissions.
You must stringently follow the biodiesel fuel usage con-
• Biodiesel is fully biodegradable and non-toxic. ditions. Incorrect application of the biodiesel fuel usage
conditions could lead to severe damage to the engine,
Diesel and biodiesel fuel specifications fuel injection equipment and aftertreatment system.
Tier 4a diesel fuel specifications are covered by the The main concerns related to operation with biodiesel
following: fuels are:
7-4
7 - MAINTENANCE
• Filters and injector blockage caused by poor fuel • Group II Metals content (Calcium + Magne-
quality. sium) is ≤ 5 mg/kg per EN14538 as specified
in the biodiesel spec.
• Wear and corrosion of internal components due to
water content, which affects lubricity. • Phosphorus content lower than specified is
a mandatory requirement. Phosphorus must
• Deterioration of some rubber sealing compounds in
not exceed 4 mg/kg per EN14107.
the fuel system.
3. The resulting greater than B7 through B20 blend
• Biodiesel oxidation, which can lead to the formation
must not exceed 1 mg/kg for Group I Metals
of deposits that can harm the fuel injection system.
(Sodium + Potassium) and for Group II Metals
NOTICE: Any problem in the engine fuel injection equip- (Calcium + Magnesium).
ment associated with non-compliance to the following
conditions for biodiesel fuel handling and maintenance NOTICE: For machines using Tier 4a engines with SCR
will not be covered for Warranty by CASE IH AGRICUL- aftertreatment in regions where the biodiesel blend stock
TURE. is supplied to the DIN V 51606 standards, it is essential
that evidence of compliance to the special limits for Group
Purchase biodiesel fuel from a trusted supplier who I Metals, Group II Metals and the reduced phosphorus
understands the product and maintains acceptable content specified above be obtained on every delivery of
fuel quality. It is highly recommended that you use fuel from the fuel supplier. Failure to comply with this re-
biodiesel from BQ 9000 accredited suppliers to maintain quirement can result in damage to the SCR system which
the quality and consistency of the fuel. The BQ 9000 will not be covered under warranty.
Quality Management Program is accredited by the Na-
NOTICE: CASE IH AGRICULTURE may void your war-
tional Biodiesel Board for producers and marketers of
ranty if the problem is associated with poor fuel quality
biodiesel fuel. See the National Biodiesel Board website
due to improper blending. It is the responsibility of the
at www.biodiesel.org for more information.
fuel supplier and/or yourself to ensure the right type of
The use of biodiesel blends above B7 through B20 will fuel and blend is delivered and used.
not void the CASE IH AGRICULTURE warranty as long
as the following conditions for biodiesel fuel handling and Maintenance intervals
maintenance are stringently followed:
For machines using the all electronic engines with a high
Biodiesel fuel must be pre-blended by the supplier. Mixing pressure common rail fuel system, the engine oil and fil-
biodiesel fuels on-site can result in an incorrect mixture ter change interval is not affected when using biodiesel
that could damage the engine and/or fuel system. blends up to B20.
For machines using Tier 4a engines with SCR Check all hoses, connections and gaskets to ensure in-
aftertreatment: tegrity and cleanliness every 3 months or 150 hours of
operation, whichever comes first.
1. The biodiesel blend stock must fully meet the latest
fuel specification EN 14214:2009. Regular oil sampling is highly recommended to monitor
2. If the biodiesel blend stock to DIN V 51606 is used, for oil and engine deterioration.
special precautions need to be taken to insure that
NOTE: Oil sampling kits are available from your autho-
it fully complies with the following special require-
rized CASE IH AGRICULTURE dealer.
ments:
• Group I Metals content (Sodium + Potassium) When switching back from biodiesel to regular EN 590
is ≤ 5 mg/kg per EN14108 as specified in the diesel, all fuel filter, oil and oil filter should be changed
biodiesel spec. even if this falls between routine service intervals.
7-5
7 - MAINTENANCE
ENGINE OIL CHANGE [22514263]

NOTE: The normal 600 hour engine oil and filter change period is depicted on page 7-38. However, the oil change
period may be affected by other factors:
Cold Temperature Operation Low Operating Hours

Engines operating in temperatures below -12 °C (10 °F) In case of low operating hours for the machine the oil must
or in arduous conditions should have the oil changed ev- be changed every year.
ery 300 hours of operation. (The oil filter need only be
changed at the normal 600 hour service interval).
7-6
7 - MAINTENANCE
PROTECTIVE DEVICES [24711981]

WARNING
Moving parts!
Install all covers, panels, and guards after servicing or cleaning the machine. Never operate the ma-
chine with covers, panels, or guards removed.
W0135A
Engine Hood
For safety the hood must be closed and correctly latched
before operating the tractor.
The hood is hinged at the rear to provide easy access to

the engine area for routine maintenance. Two gas struts
(located under the hood) assist in raising the hood to ei-
ther of two positions. A safety stay holds the hood in the
selected position.
To open the hood, push with a screwdriver or similar tool

into the hole (1) on the left- hand side of the air intake
and raise the hood with the handle (2) slightly, the gas SS11H255 1
struts will take over and raise the hood to the first position
secured by the nylon retaining strap located at the front
of the hood. All routine maintenance operations may be
performed with the hood raised to this position.
Additional guards are provided to prevent the fingers be-

ing trapped by the fan/ air conditioner drive belt when the
hood is closed.
Should it become necessary to raise the hood to its full ex-
tent, unclip the retaining strap (1) from its anchor bracket
and, holding firmly onto the strap, allow the hood to raise
fully on the gas struts.
NOTE: Raising the hood to full height is only necessary
for service requirements that are best left to your dealer.
To close the hood, pull it fully down ensuring the retaining

strap has been re- fitted to the anchor bracket. An audible
click will signal engagement of the locking catch. Check
that the hood is properly closed.
SS11H248 2
Battery Cover
To gain access to the battery open the securing pin (1)on
the right- hand step.
SS11H247 3
7-7
7 - MAINTENANCE
Raise the right hand step and fix it with a suitable cable.
SS11H280 4
To retain the battery cover turn the retaining screw (1) anti-
clockwise and remove the cover.
SS11H276 5
Relay and Fuse Panel Cover

The moulded panel on the right hand side of the cab
may be easily removed for service. Remove the retain-
ing screws (1), then ease the cover forward and slide it to
the left removing the two retaining tongues (2) from their
recess and allowing access to the fuses and relays.
BAIL08CCM031AVA 6
Cover Main Power Fuse, Maxi Fuses (Starter

Motor)
To access the maxi fuses remove the cover (2) from the
starter motor. Loosen and remove the 13 mm nut (1) then
lift the cover from the starter motor.
After replacing a fuse ensure the cover and nut are re-
placed to prevent a build up of dust or debris around the
fuses.
SS11E054 7
7-8
7 - MAINTENANCE
LUBRICANTS AND COOLANTS [24712117]

Lubrications
The correct engine oil viscosity grade is dependent upon ambient temperature. Refer to the chart when selecting oil
for your tractor engine.
SS09J076 1
NOTE: In areas where prolonged periods of extreme temperatures are encountered, local lubricant practices are
acceptable; such as the use of SAE 5W30 in extreme low temperatures or SAE 50 in extreme high temperatures.
Biodegradable Transmission and Hydraulic Oil

WARNING
Burn hazard!
Be very careful to avoid contact with hot fluids. If fluid is extremely hot, allow it to cool to a moderately
warm temperature before proceeding.
W0362A
A biodegradable oil has been approved for use in the transmission, 4WD front axle and hubs, and the hydraulic system
of your tractor. Although the oil is 90 % biodegradable, it is important to follow safe handling and disposal practices.
The CASE IH AKCELA TSM BIO oil is available from your authorised dealer.
Biodegradable oil should not be used in conjunction with other oils. Use the following procedure to replace standard
oil with biodegradable lubricant.
1. Operate the tractor until the oil that is being changed reaches a temperature greater than 60 °C (140 °F).
2. Stop the engine and immediately drain the oil.
3. Replace all transmission and hydraulic filters.
4. Add the biodegradable oil to the correct level and run the tractor to circulate the oil.
5. Check for oil leaks and recheck the oil level.
7-9
7 - MAINTENANCE
Sulphur in Fuel
The engine oil and filter change period are shown in the Lubrication and Maintenance in the operators manual. How-
ever, locally available fuel may have a high sulphur content, in which case the engine oil and filter change period
should be adjusted as follows:
Sulphur Content Oil Change Period

Below 0.5 % Normal
From 0.5 - 1.0 % Half the normal
Above 1.0 % One quarter normal
NOTE: The use of fuel with a sulphur content above 1.3 % is not recommended.
Coolants
WARNING
Hazardous chemicals!
Chemical agent may be harmful.
-Avoid contact with eyes, and prolonged/repeated skin contact.
-Wear protective goggles when handling.
-Eye contact: Flush with water for 15 minutes. Seek immediate medical assistance.
-Wash skin with soap and water after handling.
-Keep out of reach of children.
W0370A
To reduce the amount of deposits and corrosion, the water used in the cooling system must comply with the following
values.
Total Hardness Chloride Sulphate

300 parts per million 100 parts per million 100 parts per million
Using Plain water

If you reside in a country where antifreeze is not available, use clean water premixed with 5 % chemical inhibitor. The
inhibitor is available from your authorised dealer.
7 - 10
7 - MAINTENANCE
General specification [24976481]

CIH INTERNATIONAL
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND APPLICATIONS
SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION
RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL**
CASE IH AKCELA UNITEK ENGINE OIL SAE 10W-40
CASE IH AKCELA UNITEK ENGINE OIL SAE 15W-40 MS 3521 API CJ-4
CASE IH AKCELA UNITEK ENGINE OIL SAE 0W-40
ALTERNATIVE ENGINE OIL
CASE IH AKCELA NO. 1™ ENGINE OIL SAE 15W-40
MS 1121 API CI-4, ACEA E7
CASE IH AKCELA NO. 1™ ENGINE OIL SAE 10W-30
TRANSMISSION, REAR AXLE AND HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM OIL
AKCELA NEXPLORE SAE 10W-30
FRONT AXLE (Axle and Hubs) MAT 3525 API GL4,
AKCELA NEXPLORE ISO VG32/46
FRONT P.T.O. GEARBOX OIL
AKCELA NEXPLORE
ENGINE RADIATOR COOLANT
AKCELA PREMIUM ANTI-FREEZE
MS 1710 Ethylene Glycol
(mixed with 50 % of water)
BRAKE OIL
AKCELA LHM FLUID n/a ISO 7308
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR OIL PAG-E13
Low Viscosity Oil SP10 n/a ISO100 Viscosity
GREASE FITTINGS AND BEARINGS
AKCELA MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE 251H EP 251H EP NLGI2
7 - 11
7 - MAINTENANCE
CAPACITIES [24712143]
MAXXUM Efficient Power
110 120 130 115 125 140
4 Cylinder 6 Cylinder
FUEL TANK 175 l (46.2 US gal) 227 l (60.0 US gal)
DEF/ AdBlue® TANK 37 l (9.8 US gal)
25 l
COOLING SYSTEM 21 l (5.5 US gal)
( 6.6 US gal )
ENGINE (including filter) 10 l (2.64 US gal) 15 l (3.96 US gal)
TRANSMISSION / REAR AXLE / HYDRAULICS

16x16 62 l (16.4 US gal)
24x24 65.5 l (17.3 US gal)
4WD FRONT AXLE - DIFFERENTIAL 9 l (2.38 US gal)
4WD FRONT HUBS

1.25 l (0.33 US gal)
(Class 3 Axle - less brakes)
4WD FRONT HUBS

3.0 l (0.79 US gal)
(Class 3 Axle - with brakes)
4WD FRONT HUBS

not applicable 3.6 l (0.95 US gal)
4WD FRONT HUBS

FRONT P.T.O. 0.5 l (0.13 US gal)
7 - 12
7 - MAINTENANCE
TRACTOR JACKING POINTS [40728222]

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Unit could fall if not properly supported. Follow jacking instructions provided for the unit. Use suitable
jack stands. Be sure to position them properly.
W0919A
It is advised to lift the machine by placing one jack stand under the front axle support and two jack stands under the
rear axle left and right ensuring that front axle is blocked.
Exact position to be defined.
7 - 13
7 - MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE CHART
Maintenance Chart [37126833]

Charging
Bleed
Change fluid
Adjust
Grease
Cleaning
Check
Drain fluid
Replace
Interval Page Maintenance Action Nb.
Nb. of
pts
WHEN THE 7-16 CHANGE THE ENGINE AIR CLEANER OUTER X
WARNING LAMP ELEMENT
LIGHTS 7-17 DRAIN FUEL SYSTEM WATER SEPARATOR X
7-18 CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL X
EVERY 10 7-19 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL X
HOURS OR 7-20 CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL X
EACH DAY 7-20 CHECK REMOTE CONTROL VALVE DRAIN X
BOTTLES
7-21 CHECK WINDSCREEN WASHER RESERVOIR X
7-21 DRAIN AIR RESERVOIR ON AIR OPERATED X
TRAILER BRAKE
FIRST 50 HOURS 7-22 SERVICE OPERATIONS X
EVERY 50 7-23 CLEAN THE CAB AIR FILTER X
HOURS 7-25 CLEAN THE COOLER SECTION X
ALL GREASE FITTINGS X
7-31 CHECK FRONT AND REAR WHEEL NUTS X
7-31 CHECK TYRE PRESSURES AND TYRE X
CONDITION
EVERY 100 7-32 INSPECT POLY V-BELT X
HOURS 7-32 INSPECT COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT X
EVERY 300 CHECK BATTERY FLUID LEVEL X
HOURS 7-35 ADJUST HANDBRAKE X
7-36 CHECK TRANSMISSION/REAR AXLE AND X
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL
7-37 CHECK 4WD FRONT AXLE DIFFERENTIAL AND X
HUBS OIL LEVEL
7-37 CHECK FRONT P.T.O. GEARBOX OIL LEVEL X
EVERY 600 7-38 CHANGE ENGINE OIL AND FILTER X
HOURS 7-40 CHANGE FUEL PRE-FILTER AND FUEL FILTER X
ELEMENT
7-41 CHANGE THE ENGINE AIR CLEANER OUTER X
ELEMENT
CHANGE CHARGE PUMP OIL FILTER X
7-43 CHECK ENGINE AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS X
7-44 CHECK TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER PIPE X
COUPLINGS
7-44 CLEAN DEF/ AdBlue INLINE FILTER X
7 - 14
7 - MAINTENANCE
Charging
Bleed
Change fluid
Adjust
Grease
Cleaning
Check
Drain fluid
Replace
Interval Page Maintenance Action Nb.
Nb. of
pts
EVERY 1200 7-45 CHANGE CAB AIR FILTERS X
HOURS OR 7-47 CHANGE MAIN OIL FILTER CARTRIDGE X
ANNUALLY 7-48 CHANGE TRANSMISSION/ REAR AXLE AND X
HYDRAULIC OIL
7-49 CHANGE 4WD DIFFERENTIAL OIL X
7-50 CHANGE 4WD PLANETARY HUB OIL X
7-50 CHANGE FRONT P.T.O. GEARBOX OIL X
EVERY 1200 CHECK BATTERY FLUID LEVEL X
HOURS OR 7-53 CHANGE DEF/ AdBlue INLINE FILTER X
EVERY 2 YEARS 7-54 CHANGE ENGINE AIR CLEANER INNER X
ELEMENT
7-55 CHANGE ENGINE BREATHER FILTER X
7-55 CHECK VALVE TAPPET CLEARANCE X
7-56 CHANGE ENGINE COOLANT FLUID X
7-60 CHANGE AIR BRAKE DRIER RESERVOIR X
7-61 CHANGE POLY V-BELTS X
EVERY 3600 7-62 CHANGE DEF/ AdBlue MAIN FILTER X
HOURS OR
EVERY 2 YEARS
EVERY 36 7-63 SERVICE THE AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM X
MONTHS CHECK BATTERY FLUID LEVEL X
GENERAL 7-66 CLEANING THE TRACTOR X
MAINTENANCE 7-68 FUEL SYSTEM PRE- FILTER AND WATER TRAP X
7-68 BLEEDING THE FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM X
7-69 CHECK BRAKE PEDAL LATCHING/ X
UNLATCHING
7-70 ADJUST CAB SUSPENSION (where fitted) X
7-71 ADJUST AUTOMATICK PICK- UP HITCH X
TRANSMISSION CLUTCH CALIBRATION X
7-75 HEADLIGHT AND WORKLAMP ADJUSTMENT X
7-76 BULB REPLACEMENT X
7-80 FUSES AND RELAYS X
7-85 PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC AND X
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY
CHARGING OR WELDING
BATTERY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION X
7 - 15
7 - MAINTENANCE
WHEN THE WARNING LAMP LIGHTS
CHANGE ENGINE AIR CLEANER OUTHER ELEMENT [28195895]

Replace the outer element when the restriction indicator
symbol appears in the Dot Matrix Display or every 600
hours, whichever comes first. If the symbol appears, per-
form the replacement within one hour of operation.
NOTICE: Replace the outer element only when the restric-
tion indicator symbol appears or at the recommended ser-
vice intervals. Cleaning of the filter is not recommended.
BRK5494B 1
The dry air cleaner, which is located under the left-

hand side of the hood, consists of an inner and outer
paper element contained within an easily accessible
housing. See Figure 1.
1. Unlatch the three retaining clips (1) Fig. 1, and
lift off the air cleaner assembly cover.
2. Remove the outer element (1) from the air
cleaner assembly by gently twisting the end
of the filter clockwise to disengage the seal.
Then pull the filter straight out of the housing,
not at an angle, ensuring the inner element
remains in place.
BSE2770A 2
NOTICE: Do not disturb or remove the inner element.
3. Examine the inside of the outer element. If
dust is present, the outer element is defective
and must be replaced. The inner element (1)
should also be replaced at this time.
4. Ensure the inner element (1) is located cor-
rectly in the air cleaner assembly before in-
stalling the outer element. Refit the end cover
and securely latch the three retaining clips.
BSE2769A 3
If the restriction indicator light continues to illuminate the

inner element may need replacing.
7 - 16
7 - MAINTENANCE
DRAIN FUEL SYSTEM WATER SEPARATOR [23833178]
NOTICE: Before loosening or disconnecting any part of

the fuel injection system, thoroughly clean the area to be
worked on to prevent contamination.
If the symbol appears in the Dot Matrix Display, this signals
the presence of water in the fuel sedimenter, drain the fuel
filter and sedimenter assembly, as follows:
NOTE: To loosen the drain tap (1) it may be necessary to disconnect the sensor connector to allow the knob to rotate.
1. Open the drain tap on the sedimenter/ filter as-
sembly by rotating the collar (1) approximately
180 ° on the water sensor. Contaminated fuel
will drain from the tube (2).
BRI3786B 1
2. Allow contaminated fuel to drain until only clean

fuel runs out. Catch the fuel in a suitable con-
tainer and dispose of properly. Close the drain
tap.
NOTICE: When tightening the drain tap rotate until the tap
contacts the filter and then rotate a further quarter turn. Do
not overtighten.
SS11A097 2
3. Refit the sensor connector.

The fuel system is self bleeding and should not require
priming after draining the sedimenter. If priming is required,
turn to page 7-68 for details on priming the fuel system.
NOTE: See also page 7-68, Fuel System Pre- Filter and
Water Trap.
7 - 17
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL [23833448]

If the indicator light on the instrument panel illuminates,
check the fluid level in the reservoir.
The reservoir is located under the rear of the hood on the
right- hand side and supplies fluid to the rear brakes and
front brakes (where fitted). Visually check the level of fluid
in the reservoir. It should never be allowed to fall below the
MIN line (3) moulded into the bottle. If necessary, remove
the filler cap (1) and top up with the correct brake/ clutch
mineral oil to the MAX line (2).
Do not overfill the reservoir.
NOTICE: Take care not to spill brake fluid on the tractor as
it may damage the paintwork.
SS10H001 1
WARNING
Damaged components can cause a vehicle ac-
cident.
Only use the correct type of brake fluid. Mixing
different types of fluid may damage internal
hydraulic braking components, resulting in
brake failure. Follow all instructions on the
brake fluid container.
Failure to comply could result in death or seri-
ous injury.
W0363A
See page 7-11 for correct brake fluid specification.
7 - 18
7 - MAINTENANCE
EVERY 10 HOURS OR EACH DAY
CHECK ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL [23833349]

WARNING
Burn hazard!
Always remove the recovery tank cap BEFORE you remove the filler cap. Never remove either cap
while the engine is running or the coolant is hot. Stop the engine and let the system cool. Using a
thick cloth, loosen the cap slowly and allow the pressure to escape.
W0361A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
Wear protective clothing and a face shield when working with chemicals. Do not allow chemicals to
contact skin or eyes. Always follow the chemical manufacturer's instructions.
W0052A
Check the coolant level in the recovery tank (2) when the
engine is cold. The coolant level should be above the bot-
tom line (3) on the recovery tank. If coolant is required,
remove the cap (1) and add a 50/ 50 water and antifreeze
mixture as specified on page 7-11.
NOTE: If no coolant is visible in the recovery tank, the
coolant level must be checked in the radiator. Check the
system for leaks and repair as required.
SS11H221 1
Remove the radiator filler cap (1) when the system is cold.
Add coolant as required to bring the level to just below the
top of the filler neck. Install the cap and add coolant to the
recovery tank, as described above.
SS11G266 2
7 - 19
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL [23833375]

Check the oil level when the tractor is parked on a level
surface and after the engine has been stopped for a mini-
mum of 5 min.
1. Remove the dipstick from the left- hand side of
the engine, wipe clean and re- insert fully.
2. Pull the dipstick out again and check the oil
level. The oil level should fall between the high
and low level notches on the dipstick.
3. If more oil is required, remove the filler cap
and add fresh oil until the level is between the
two notches on the dipstick. The quantity of oil
represented by the upper and lower notches is
approximately 4 l (4.2 US qt).
NOTE: Do not fill above the upper notch on the dipstick.
Excess oil will burn off, creating smoke and give a false
BRJ4908B 1
impression of oil consumption. Do not operate the engine
with the oil level below the lower notch.
4. Re- install the filler cap.
See page 7-11 for the correct oil specification and viscosity.
CHECK REMOTE CONTROL VALVE DRAIN BOTTLES [23193151]

Every time a hydraulic hose is connected or disconnected,
a small amount of oil is discharged from the remote control
valve coupler. A drain bottle is located below the remote
control valves to catch the discharged oil.
Visually check the oil level in the bottle. If necessary, take
the bottle (1), remove the cap (2) out of the bracket and
empty the oil into a suitable container. Re- install the bottle,
ensuring it is correctly seated below the valve.
SS11H254 1
7 - 20
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHECK WINDSCREEN WASHER RESERVOIR [23833399]

The reservoir for the windscreen washers is located be-
neath the rear of the cab on the left- hand side. The same
reservoir is utilised for both front and rear windscreen
washers.
Lift off the cap (1) and fill with washer solvent solution up
to the bend in the filler neck. In cold weather, use a solvent
with antifreeze properties.
SS10H010 1
DRAIN AIR RESERVOIR ON AIR OPERATED TRAILER BRAKE

[25075958]
1. Drain valve (1) actuate daily (draining condensate
out of compressed air tank).
SS10J014 1
7 - 21
7 - MAINTENANCE
FIRST 50 HOURS
SERVICE OPERATIONS [24711577]

At the first 50- hour service, ensure that the service operations are carried out by your authorised dealer. The items
are listed in the 'First 50- Hour Service' checklist, see on page 11-1.
• Check engine oil level

• Change hydraulic oil filters (see NOTICE filter
dimension below)
• Check transmission/ rear axle/ hydraulics oil
level
• Clean front P.T.O. breather (where fitted)
• Check front P.T.O. oil level (where fitted)
• Check FWD differential oil level
• Check FWD axle hub oil level
• Check and adjust parking brake
• Check all engine air intake connections
• Check torque of exhaust manifold bolts
• Inspect Poly V- belt
• Check and adjust compressor drive belt ten-
sion (air condition and air operated trailer
brakes- where fitted)
• Tighten all cooling system hose connections
• Check torque of safety cab or frame mounting
bolts
• Check torque of front end weight clamp bolts
(where fitted)
Both 50 Hour Service sheets should be signed by yourself
and your dealer and one copy retained by the dealer for
their records (Dealer’s copy).
NOTICE: Items listed in the first 50- hour check are important. If not performed, early component failure and reduced
tractor life may result.
7 - 22
7 - MAINTENANCE
EVERY 50 HOURS
CLEAN CAB AIR FILTER [22513051]

Air drawn into the cab by the blower fan passes through
three filters, two externally mounted and one recirculation
filter located inside the cab.
Before servicing the filters, switch off the blower and close
the roof hatch, all windows and one door. Forcibly close the
other door. The resulting back pressure will dislodge most
of the loose dirt from the underside of the external filters.
NOTE: In humid conditions, do not switch on the blower
prior to servicing the filter. Damp particles drawn into the
filter may be difficult to remove.
BRJ4929B 1
External Filters – Deluxe Cab

To remove the external filter, loosen the thumbscrew (1)
Figure 1 at the front end of the filter housing.
Allow the housing to drop downwards and lift out the filter
element (2).
NOTE: The filters are made of specially treated media with
a rubber sealing strip bonded to the upper surface. Take
care not to damage the element during removal.
BRJ4828B 2
The filter consists of two elements, a foam pre- filter and

electrostatic main element that traps fine dust particles.
The pre- filter may be cleaned using low pressure com-
pressed air, or by washing. If the filter is washed, ensure it
is completely dry before refitting to the tractor.
NOTE: By cleaning the pre- filter on a regular basis, the life
of the main element will be extended.
BRJ5016A 3
Clean the elements by blowing with compressed air not

exceeding 2 bar (29 psi). Blow the dust from the upper
surface through the element to the underside. Hold the
nozzle at least 300 mm (12 in) from the element to prevent
damage to the filter media.
NOTE: The main element should not be cleaned by washing as this will cause damage to the filter material.
Clean all filter chambers with a damp, lint- free cloth. Re-
install the filter elements with the clean side uppermost and
re- install the covers.
7 - 23
7 - MAINTENANCE
External Filters – Low Profile Cab

The two filters are located at the rear of the cab. Unscrew
the securing clip (2) and lower the filter cover. Carefully re-
move the filter from the housing taking care not to damage
the element.
Clean the elements as previously described.
CLean all filter chambers with a damp, lint free cloth. Re-
install the filter elements with the clean side uppermost and
re- install the covers.
BRH3285B 4
Internal Filter
The internal filter is located in the panel behind the opera-
tors seat. To remove an internal filter, loosen the retaining
screws (1) anti clockwise and remove the filter cover.
BSE2765A 5
Remove the filter (2) by easing it out and extracting it from

the housing with care.
NOTE: The filter (2) is made of specially treated media with a rubber sealing strip bonded to the upper surface. Take
care not to damage the element during removal.
Clean the elements by blowing with compressed air not
exceeding 2 bar (29 psi). Blow the dust from the clean
surface through the element to the dirty side. Hold the
nozzle at least 300 mm (12 in) from the element to prevent
damage to the filter media.
BSE2866A 6
7 - 24
7 - MAINTENANCE
CLEAN COOLER SECTION [23783732]

WARNING
Flying debris!
Wear eye protection and protective clothing during the cleaning process. Clear the area of bystanders.
W0364A
Check all cores for chaff accumulation or blockage. If any

is noted, clean as follows:
1. For cleaning, use compressed air or a pressure
washer not exceeding 7 bar (102 psi).
2. The air conditioner condenser (1) is located in
front of the engine intercooler and transmission
oil cooler. To gain access to the rear of the con-
denser first release the fasteners (2) by spin-
ning anti- clockwise, then swing the condenser
outwards.
SS10J181 1
3. Access to the rear of the intercooler and oil

cooler is gained by releasing the spring clip
(3) and, using the grab handle (4), pulling both
coolers upwards and outwards. The coolers
will ’lock’ in the raised position.
4. Direct the air or water through each core from
the back to the front. Clean the radiator first,
then the air conditioner condenser and, finally,
the driveline oil cooler. Carefully straighten any
bent fins.
5. To lower the intercooler and oil cooler grasp the
handle (4) and pull upwards, simultaneously
pushing in the top of the intercooler. As the SS10J182 2
coolers begin to lower allow the grab handle to
drop. Re- attach the spring clip to the hook and
clamp securely.
NOTE: If the cores are blocked with any oily substances,
apply a detergent solution and remove it with a pressure
washer.
7 - 25
7 - MAINTENANCE
ALL GREASE FITTINGS [40340931]

Oil all pivots and apply a grease gun to the lubrication fit-
tings as shown in the figures.
See page 7-11 for the correct grease specification.
Right and Left- hand Lift Rod (with turnbuckle adjustment)

Apply a grease gun to the lubrication fittings as shown.
BAIL09MAX017AVA 1
External Lift Cylinder (where fitted)

BAIL09MAX018AVA 2
Top Link
Apply a grease gun to the lubrication fitting, as shown.
NOTE: Tractors equipped with a hydraulically adjusted lift
rod on the right-hand side will not have this lubrication fit-
ting.
BRI4136B 3
7 - 26
7 - MAINTENANCE
Front Trunnion Pin (Standard 4WD axle)

BSE3023A 4
Rear Trunnion Pin (Standard 4WD axle)

BSE3024A 5
Panhard Rod Pivot (Suspended 4WD axle)

BSE2857A 6
7 - 27
7 - MAINTENANCE
Trunnion Pin (Suspended 4WD axle)

BAIL09MAX019AVA 7
Driveshaft Universal Joint (Suspended axles)

BSE2861A 8
Steering Cylinders (all 4WD axles)

BSE2868A 9
7 - 28
7 - MAINTENANCE
Upper Swivel Bearings, Axle Housing and Steering Cylinders (all 4WD axles)
Apply a grease gun to the lubrication fitting as shown.
NOTE: The left hand swivel bearing is shown. There is a
similar grease fitting on the right- hand swivel bearing.
BSE2846A 10
Lower Swivel Bearings (all 4WD axles)

NOTE: The left hand swivel bearing is shown. There is a
similar grease fitting on the right- hand swivel bearing.
TA57 11
Rear Tow Hitch (auto engagement type)

BRB0459B 12
7 - 29
7 - MAINTENANCE
Rear Tow Hitch (auto engagement type)

BSE3018A 13
Rear Tow Hitch (with slider frame)

TA55 14
Integrated Front Hitch

Apply a grease gun to the lubrication fittings as shown. To
gain access to the fittings on top of the lift cylinder, the
engine hood must be raised and the two rubber covers
removed.
To avoid a build up of dust or debris around the lubrication
points, the rubber covers must be replaced after greasing.
BRH3287B 15
7 - 30
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHECK FRONT AND REAR WHEEL NUTS [22513384]

Check the front and rear wheel nuts for tightness using a torque wrench (with a torque multiplier, where necessary).
The specified torque figures are shown in the accompanying tables:
Four wheel drive - Adjustable front wheels

Front disc to hub nuts 210 Nm (155 lb ft)
Front disc to rim nuts 250 Nm (184 lb ft)
BRI3815A 1
Manual adjust rear wheels - Flanged axle

Disc to hub nuts 260 Nm (192 lb ft)
Disc to rim nuts 250 Nm (184 lb ft)
Bar axle
Split wedge bolts
with cast wheel centre 300 Nm (221 lb ft)
with 10 bolt hub 500 Nm (369 lb ft)
Disc to hub nuts

with 10 bolt hub 500 Nm (369 lb ft)
Disc to rim nuts (all) 250 Nm (184 lb ft)

BRI3814A 2
CHECK TYRE PRESSURES AND TYRE CONDITION [22513439]

With the valve positioned at the top, check and adjust the
front and rear tyre pressures. Inspect the tread and side-
walls for damage.
Adjust the tyre pressures to suit the load being carried. See
on page 6-149.
NOTE: If the tyres are ballasted with a calcium chloride/
water solution, use a special tyre gauge as the solution will
corrode a standard- type gauge. Check pressure with the
valve stem at the top of the tyre.
BAIL09APH167AVA 1
7 - 31
7 - MAINTENANCE
EVERY 100 HOURS
INSPECT POLY V-BELT [22513806]

Inspect the belt over it's entire length, checking for chafing,
cracking, cuts and general wear. If in doubt, install a new
belt.
Ensure the belt is correctly located on the pulleys and
check the automatic belt tensioner is operating correctly.
INSPECT COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT [22513648]
Compressor is only mounted in conjunction with air oper-

ated trailer brake. Inspect the belt (3) over it’s entire length,
checking for chafing, cracking, cuts and general wear. If in
doubt, install a new belt.
Ensure that the belt is correctly located on the pulleys and
check that the belt tensioner is operating correctly.
7 - 32
7 - MAINTENANCE
EVERY 300 HOURS
CHECK BATTERY FLUID LEVEL [41208778]

WARNING
To prevent an explosion: 1. Always disconnect the negative (-) battery cable first. 2. Always connect
the negative (-) battery cable last. 3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal objects. 4. Do
not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery.
W0011A
CAUTION
Heavy parts!
Machine batteries are extremely heavy. Make sure the battery is supported safely during the removal
process.
C0050A
NOTE: This operation applies to the battery on tractors operating in tropical climates. Tractors operating in temperate
climates should have the battery electrolyte level checked every 1200 hours or 12 months.
1. To gain access to the battery open the securing pin
(1).
SS11H247 1
2. Rise the right hand step and fix it with a suitable ca-
ble.
SS11H280 2
7 - 33
7 - MAINTENANCE
3. To retain the battery cover turn the retaining screw

(1) anti- clockwise and remove the cover.
SS11H276 3
4. Loosen the retaining nuts (1) and remove the battery

clamp.
Disconnect the negative lead (2) from the battery ter-
minal and position to one side.
Disconnect the positive lead (3) from the battery ter-
Carefully slide the battery (4) out of the carrier.
SS11H278 4
5. Unscrew and remove the six vent plugs (1) from the
top of the battery. Check that the electrolyte level is
above the top of the separator plates in each cell.
If necessary, top up with distilled or de- mineralised
water until the level is correct. Do not overfill. Never
use tap water or water from a rain barrel or other
source.
To prevent the formation of corrosion the terminals
should be cleaned and lightly coated with petroleum
jelly (Vaseline or similar).
NOTE: In the event of the battery being severely dis-
charged, such that the terminal voltage is below 7 V,
recovery will require a special charging procedure. Con- SS10H026 5
tact your authorised dealer.
6. For re- install use all steps in reverse sequence.
7 - 34
7 - MAINTENANCE
ADJUST HANDBRAKE [22513937]

Block the front wheels, jack up the rear of the tractor and
support the rear wheels just clear of the ground. Unlatch
the brake pedals.
Apply the handbrake so that the 4th. notch of the ratchet
is engaged. Remove or ease back the rubber boot, loosen
the locknuts (1) and turn the adjuster nuts (2) on the op-
erating cables until both wheels start to lock. Release the
brake and ensure that both wheels are free to rotate. Re-
apply the brake to ensure that the system operates freely.
Tighten the locknuts.
Road test, using the handbrake to stop the tractor. The
tractor should stop in a straight line if the cables have been
correctly adjusted.
TA38 1
7 - 35
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHECK TRANSMISSION/REAR AXLE AND HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL

[22513864]
Check the oil level with the tractor parked on a level sur-
face, with all cylinders extended and the engine shut off for
at least 5 min.
NOTE: With some front/ rear wheel combinations, it may be
necessary to raise the front or rear of the tractor to ensure
it is level before checking the oil.
Check the oil level in the sight glass on the left hand side of
the rear axle housing. Ensure that the oil level is between
the marks (2) Max and (3) Min in the sight glass.
NOTE: For normal operation, do not fill above the mark (2).
If necessary, remove the filler cap (1) and add oil, as re-
quired.
See page 7-11 for the correct oil specification.
7 - 36
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHECK 4WD FRONT AXLE DIFFERENTIAL AND HUBS OIL LEVEL

[22553974]
Front Axle
Remove the combined level/ filler plug (1) and ensure that
the oil reaches the bottom of the opening. If necessary, top
up through the opening with clean oil and replace the plug.
BRI3776B 1
Front Hub
Position a front wheel with the combined level/ filler plug
(1) at the 3 o’ clock position, as shown.
Remove the level/ filler plug and ensure that the oil reaches
the bottom of the opening. If necessary, top up through
the opening with clean oil until oil just overflows from the
opening. Re- install the plug.
Repeat on the other front wheel.
See on pages 7-11 and 7-12 for the correct oil specification
and capacity.
SS11K074 2
CHECK FRONT P.T.O. GEARBOX OIL LEVEL [22514057]

Remove the combined level/ filler plug (1) and ensure that
the oil reaches the bottom of the opening. If necessary, top
up through the opening with clean oil and replace the plug.
See page 7-11 for the correct oil specification.
7 - 37
7 - MAINTENANCE
EVERY 600 HOURS
CHANGE ENGINE OIL AND FILTER [22552556]

WARNING
Burn hazard!
Be very careful to avoid contact with hot fluids. If fluid is extremely hot, allow it to cool to a moderately
warm temperature before proceeding.
W0362A
1. Warm the engine to operating temperature.

Stop the engine, remove the engine oil drain
plugs (1) which are located at the rear of the
sump on either side of the engine. Catch the
oil in a suitable container and dispose properly.
2. Replace the seal of the drain plugs and refit the
plug after the oil has drained.
SS10J179 1
3. Clean the oil filter area. Unscrew the oil filter (1)
and discard. Catch any residual oil and dispose
of properly.
4. Clean the new filter mounting surface.
5. Apply a thin coat of oil on the new filter sealing
ring and install the filter. Turn until the seal-
ing ring contacts the mounting surface, then
tighten an additional ¾ to 1 full turn. Do not
overtighten.
SS11H252 2
7 - 38
7 - MAINTENANCE
6. Remove dipstick/ filler cap and fill with the cor-

rect amount of fresh oil as specified indicated
below. Ensure the oil is of the correct grade
and viscosity.
7. Start the engine and run for 3 min at idle speed
then stop the engine.
8. Check the drain plugs and oil filter areas for
leaks.
9. Wait 5 min to allow the oil to drain into the
crankcase, then check the oil level on the dip-
stick. The oil level should fall between the MIN
and MAX on the dipstick. Add more oil if re-
3
quired. BRJ4908B
NOTICE: Do not fill above the MAX indicator on the dip-

stick. Excess oil will burn off, creating smoke and give a
false impression of oil consumption. Do not operate the
engine with the oil level below the lower notch.
10. Re- install the dipstick/ filler cap.
See pages 7-11 and 7-12 for the correct oil specification
and capacity.
7 - 39
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHANGE FUEL PRE-FILTER AND FUEL FILTER ELEMENT [22553895]

FUEL PRE- FILTER
NOTE: Before loosening or disconnecting any part of
the fuel injection system, thoroughly clean the area to be
worked on to prevent contamination.
The primary (3) and secondary (4) fuel filters are both of
the disposable type. The primary filter incorporates a water
drain on the base of the filter.
BAIL08CCM027AVA 1
1. Unscrew and remove the drain tap (1) at the base of

the primary filter/ sedimenter. Allow the fuel to drain
out (2). Catch the fuel in a suitable container and
dispose of properly.
NOTE: To allow removal of the drain tap it may be neces-
sary to remove the sensor wire.
NOTE: See also page 7-68 Fuel System Pre- Filter and
Water Trap.
BRI3786B 2
2. Unscrew and remove the filter from the filter head

and dispose of properly.
3. Before installing the new filter lightly coat the filter
gasket with oil.
4. Install a new filter to the head assembly and rotate
until the filter gasket is touching the filter head. Then
give the filter a further 3/4 turn to tighten to correct
torque 15 Nm (11.1 lb ft). Do not overtighten.
7 - 40
7 - MAINTENANCE
5. Lubricate the contact surface of the water drain tap

then replace on the filter. Rotate the tap until it con-
tacts the filter then rotate a further quarter turn. Do
not overtighten.
BRL6302B 3
6. Remove and replace the secondary fuel filter in the

same manner without step 1.
After replacing the fuel filters it will be necessary to prime
the fuel system before starting the engine, see on page
7-68.
CHANGE ENGINE AIR CLEANER OUTHER ELEMENT [22552761]

The dry air cleaner, which is located under the left-
hand side of the hood, consists of an inner and outer
paper element contained within an easily accessible
housing.
1. Unlatch the three retaining clips (1) and lift off
the air cleaner assembly cover.
BRK5494B 1

remains in place.
NOTICE: Do not disturb or remove the inner element.
BSE2770A 2
3. Clean the inside of the air cleaner housing us-

ing a damp lint- free cloth on a probe, taking
care not to damage the inner element. Install a
new outer element.
7 - 41
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHANGE CHARGE PUMP OIL FILTER [37457444]

All the filters are installed under the right- hand side of the
cab floor.
There are two filters, the main filter (3) which has a replace-
able cartridge and the charge pump filter (1) which is a dis-
posable type.
NOTE: The main filter cartridge (3) as shown should be
changed at the 1200 hours service period and is covered
on page 7-47.
BRI3791B 1
Before changing the charge pump filter (1) clean the area
around the mounting plate and filter, then unscrew and dis-
card safely.
Clean the inlet channel and the face of the filter mounting.
Smear clean oil around the rubber seal of the new filter and
install on the tractor.
Screw up until the faces just meet, then tighten a further
3/4 of a turn. Do not overtighten.
Access to the main filter cartridge (1) in Figure 1, is gained
by first removing the two 19 mm bolts retaining the guard
plate below the filter as shown.
Before changing the main filter cartridge (3) in Figure 3, first
release the air bleed valve (2) by unscrewing fully. This will
allow air into the filter so that most of the oil can drain back
into the hydraulic system.
BAIL09MAX038AVA 2
Wait a few moments and then remove the 19 mm plug (5)

from the filter casing and allow the oil to drain out. Using
a 41 mm socket or ring spanner, remove the filter support
plate by turning approximately 45 ° to the left. Both plate
and filter can now be removed from the tractor.
Ensure the support plate is clean before installing the new
cartridge, lightly oil the sealing ring and refit the assembly
to the tractor. Ensure the plate locks into place and the lug
(4) aligns correctly with the arrow on the filter casing.
BRI3791B 3
7 - 42
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHECK ENGINE AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS [22552791]

Working from both sides of the engine, check all intake
system connection clamps for tightness.
From the left- hand side of the engine, check the air cleaner
intake connections at points (1) and (2). Do not over-
tighten.
SS11H281 1
From the right- hand side of the engine, check the tur-
bocharger to intercooler at points (1) and (2). Do not over-
tighten.
It is essential that the clean air side of the air in take filtration
system is sealing correctly at the connections (3).
SS11H249 2
Also on the right- hand side of the engine, check the ex-
haust aspirator connections at points (1) and (2) for proper
sealing and the clamps for tightness.
NOTE: A special hose clamp is used on the engine coolant
hoses, to check the clamp for tightness it will be necessary
to remove the alloy cap from the head of the screw ten-
sioner. Use a pair of pliers to carefully pull off the alloy
cover, this will expose a conventional screw head. Turn
clockwise to tighten.
SS10J015 3
7 - 43
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHECK TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER PIPE COUPLINGS [22552828]

The transmission oil cooler delivery and return pipes, below
and behind the cooler radiator have quick release connec-
tions fitted. Make sure these are sealed correctly and there
are no signs of oil leaks.
BAIL08CCM040AVA 1
Two more quick release connectors can be found in the

transmission oil cooler delivery and return pipes beside the
engine block. Make sure these are sealed correctly and
there are no signs of oil leaks.
BAIL08CCM041AVA 2
CLEAN DEF/ AdBlue INLINE FILTER [32210456]

The 100 µm inline filter is located in the main DEF/ Ad-
Blue® supply line between the storage tank and the supply
module behind the cover (1).
This filter should be cleaned by your authorized dealer.
SS11H232 1
7 - 44
7 - MAINTENANCE
EVERY 1200 HOURS OR ANNUALLY
CHANGE CAB AIR FILTERS [22554102]

External Filters – Deluxe Cab
To remove the external filter, loosen the thumbscrew at the
front end of the filter housing. Allow the housing to drop
downwards and lift out the filter element (2). Dispose of
the filter elements properly.
The filter consists of two elements, a foam pre- filter and
electrostatic main element that traps fine dust particles.
Clean both filter chambers with a damp, lint- free cloth.
Install new filter elements. A flow direction arrow is
moulded into the side of the filter. Install the filters with the
arrow pointing upwards. Re- install the covers.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the element during instal-
lation.
BRJ4828B 1
External Filter – Low Profile Cab

The two filters are located at the rear of the cab. Unscrew
the securing clip (2) and lower the filter cover.
Dispose of the filter element properly.
Clean the filter chambers and install new elements as pre-
viously described.
NOTE: The filters are made of specially treated media with
a rubber sealing strip bonded around the sides. Take care
not to damage the element during installation.
BRH3285B 2
Internal Filter
The internal filter is located in the panel behind the opera-
tors seat. To remove the internal filter turn captive screws
(1) until the cover is loose.
Remove the filter cover (1) and the filter element (2) Figure
4. Dispose of the filter element properly.
Clean the filter chamber with a damp lint- free cloth.
BSE2765A 3
7 - 45
7 - MAINTENANCE
Install the new filter element making sure that the arrow on
the filter points to the rear of the tractor.
Re- install the filter cover.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the filter element during
installation.
BSE2866A 4
7 - 46
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHANGE MAIN OIL FILTER CARTRIDGE [25115352]

The filter is installed under the right- hand side of the cab
floor.
Before changing the main filter cartridge (3) release the
air bleed valve (2) by unscrewing fully. This will allow air
into the filter so that most of the oil can drain back into the
hydraulic system.
Wait a few moments and then remove the 19 mm plug (5)
from the filter casing and allow the oil to drain out. Using
a 41 mm socket or ring spanner, remove the filter support
plate by turning approximately 45 ° to the left. Both plate
and filter can now be removed from the tractor.
Ensure the support plate is clean before installing the new
cartridge, lightly oil the sealing ring and refit the assembly
to the tractor. Ensure the plate locks into place and the lug
(4) aligns correctly with the arrow on the filter casing.
BRI3791B 1
7 - 47
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHANGE TRANSMISSION/ REAR AXLE AND HYDRAULIC OIL

[22554283]
Prior to changing the oil, run the engine and operate the hydraulic system until the oil is warm. Park the tractor on
level ground, lower the 3- point hitch and stop the engine. Apply the parking brake and block wheels on both sides.
There are two drain plugs for the oil reservoir, one below the transmission and one below the rear axle. To ensure the
reservoir is completely drained, both drain plugs should be removed using a hexagon key.
WARNING
Burn hazard!
Be very careful to avoid contact with hot
fluids. If fluid is extremely hot, allow it
to cool to a moderately warm temperature
before proceeding.
Failure to comply could result in death or
serious injury.
W0362A
To change the oil:

1. Remove the drain plugs (1) and completely
drain all oil into a suitable container. Dispose
of the oil properly.
2. Re- install both drain plugs (1) after the oil has
drained.
NOTE: Change oil filters before refilling with oil, see on
page 7-47 and Filter - Replace.
3. Remove the filler plug cap (1) and refill with new
oil.
4. Run the engine and operate the hydraulic sys-
tem. Fully extend all of the cylinders.
5. Stop the engine and wait five minutes while
checking the system for leaks.
6. Check the oil level by means of the sight glass.
Add oil as required until the oil level is between
the marks (2) and (3).
NOTE: For normal operation, do not fill above the max
mark (2).
SS11H229 1
and capacity.
7 - 48
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHANGE 4WD DIFFERENTIAL OIL [22554514]

Park the tractor on level ground and engage the park brake.
1. Remove the drain plug (1) and completely drain all oil
into a suitable container. Dispose of the oil properly.
BRI3794B 1
2. Re- install the drain plug.

Remove the level/ filler plug (1).
BRI3776B 2
3. Fill with new oil until it reaches the bottom of the level/
filler plug hole. Re- install level/ filler plug.
and capacity.
7 - 49
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHANGE 4WD PLANETARY HUB OIL [22554985]

To change the oil:
1. Position the wheel so the filler/ drain/ level plug
(1) is at the lowest point. Remove the plug and
completely drain all oil into a suitable container.
Dispose of the oil properly.
2. Rotate the wheel so that the combined level/
filler plug (1) is at the 3 o’clock position, as
shown.
3. Refill the hub with new oil until it reaches the
bottom of the level/ filler plug hole (1). Install
the plug.
4. Repeat the process on the other hub.
SS11K074 1
and capacity.
CHANGE FRONT P.T.O. GEARBOX OIL [22555050]

and capacity.
7 - 50
7 - MAINTENANCE

WARNING
W0011A
CAUTION
Heavy parts!
process.
C0050A
(1).
SS11H247 1
ble.
SS11H280 2
7 - 51
7 - MAINTENANCE

SS11H276 3

clamp.
SS11H278 4
source.
7 - 52
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHANGE DEF/ AdBlue INLINE FILTER [25103924]

The 100 µm inline filter is located in the main DEF/ Ad-
Blue® supply line between the storage tank and the supply
module behind the cover (1).
This filter should be replaced by your authorized dealer.
SS11H232 1
7 - 53
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHANGE ENGINE AIR CLEANER INNER ELEMENT [23192273]

The air cleaner is accessible from the left- hand side of the
engine.
1. Unlatch the three retaining clips (1) and lift off
the air cleaner assembly cover.
BRK5494B 1

remains in place.
NOTE: Examine the inside of the outer element. If dust
is present, the outer element is defective and must be re-
placed.
BSE2770A 2
3. Pull the inner element straight out of the hous-

ing and dispose of properly.
4. Clean the inside of the air cleaner housing us-
ing a damp lint- free cloth.
5. Install a new inner element and a new outer el-
ement (if required). Ensure both elements are
correctly seated before replacing the housing
cover.
NOTICE: Failure to install the inner filter element prop-
erly could result in engine damage. Therefore it is rec-
ommended that the element be installed by an authorised
dealer.
BSE2769A 3
7 - 54
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHANGE ENGINE BREATHER FILTER [23192480]

With the engine cold, loosen the retaining clamp and ease
the ventilation tube from the valve rocker cover. Undo the
retaining nuts and remove the valve cover.
Remove the breather pipe elbow by turning 1/4 turn anti-
clockwise and withdrawing from the valve cover. Loosen
and remove the thumb screw (1) to release the filter as-
sembly from inside the valve cover.
NOTE: Should severe oil staining appear around the pres-
sure regulator (2) it would indicate the breather filter re-
quires replacing.
BRI4174B 1
Remove the three screws (3) holding the pressure regu-

lator (2) and extract both regulator and filter (1) from the
valve cover.
Thoroughly clean the valve cover before fitting the new reg-
ulator, filter and breather pipe. Tighten the regulator retain-
ing screws (3) to 5 Nm (3.7 lb ft).
Install the valve cover on the engine using a new gasket
and tighten the retaining nuts to 25 Nm (18.4 lb ft).
BRI4204B 2
CHECK VALVE TAPPET CLEARANCE [23192356]

It is recommended the valve tappet clearance be checked
and adjusted by your authorised dealer as it entails the use
of special tools to rotate the engine crankshaft to the correct
position before the valve lash can be checked.
7 - 55
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHANGE ENGINE COOLANT FLUID [23192194]

During manufacture, the engine cooling system is filled with
a high quality antifreeze and water solution. The antifreeze
contains a chemical inhibitor. This inhibitor increases and
extends the protection offered by conventional antifreezes.
The inhibitor will:
• Increase rust prevention.
• Reduce scale formation.
• Minimise cylinder wall erosion (pitting).
• Reduce foaming of the coolant.
The chemical inhibitor must be replenished, at intervals, to
maintain the optimum protection level. This protection is
provided by draining and flushing the system and refilling
with a 50 % solution of CASE IH AKCELA PREMIUM ANTI-
FREEZE or, where this antifreeze is not available, with a
measured dosage of chemical inhibitor. See the following
text "Using Antifreeze".
Draining and Refilling the Cooling System
WARNING
Burn hazard!
Always remove the recovery tank cap BEFORE
you remove the filler cap. Never remove either
cap while the engine is running or the coolant
is hot. Stop the engine and let the system cool.
Using a thick cloth, loosen the cap slowly and
allow the pressure to escape.
ous injury.
W0361A
WARNING SS11H221 1
Chemical hazard!
Wear protective clothing and a face shield when
working with chemicals. Do not allow chemi-
cals to contact skin or eyes. Always follow the
chemical manufacturer's instructions.
ous injury.
W0052A
When cold the coolant level in the recovery tank (2)

should be above the bottom line (3).
NOTICE: It is essential that an approved pressure cap is
used. If the cap is mislaid or damaged, obtain a replace-
ment from your dealer.
7 - 56
7 - MAINTENANCE
1. Turn the heater control knob to the maximum

heat position (fully clockwise).
BRH3226B 2
2. Remove the recovery tank cap and radiator

cap. This will also increase the drainage rate.
3. Disconnect the radiator lower hose and drain
all the coolant into a suitable container. Dis-
pose of the coolant properly. It may be neces-
sary to remove the guard to gain access to the
hose.
NOTICE: A special hose clamp (1) is used on the engine
coolant hoses, to loosen the clamp it will be necessary to
remove the alloy cap from the head of the screw tensioner.
Using a pair of pliers, carefully pull off the alloy cover, this
will expose a conventional screw head. Turn anti- clock-
wise to loosen. BRJ4917B 3
5. Remove the coolant drain plug (1) located on

the right hand front of the engine block near
the oil filter. Drain all the coolant into a suitable
container. Dispose of the coolant properly.
6. Flush the system with a commercial cooling
system cleaner. Follow the instructions sup-
plied with the cleaner. Drain the cleaner and
let the engine cool.
NOTE: Never put cold coolant in a hot engine. The dif-
ference in temperature could cause the block or head to
crack.
BAIL09MAX024AVA 4
7. Re- install the radiator lower hose.

8. Fill the system with clean water and run the en-
gine for 10 min, then drain all the water. Allow
the engine to cool.
7 - 57
7 - MAINTENANCE
9. Fill the system with a blend of antifreeze and

clean soft water. Add coolant slowly through
the radiator filler neck until the coolant reaches
the bottom of the filler neck.
10. Re- install the radiator cap and top up the sys-
tem through the coolant recovery bottle, re- in-
stall the cap.
NOTE: To avoid trapping air in the system, fill the radiator
as slowly as possible thereby allowing any air pockets to
disperse.
The coolant to be used is dependent upon local availability.
See the following text:
Using Antifreeze
Use a solution of 50 % clean water and 50 % antifreeze.
The inhibitor already in this antifreeze is sufficient to pro-
tect your engine for a further 1200 hours or two years,
whichever occurs first.
NOTE: See page 7-11 for coolant specifications.
Using Plain Water
WARNING
Hazardous chemicals!
Chemical agent may be harmful.
-Avoid contact with eyes, and prolonged/re-
peated skin contact.
-Wear protective goggles when handling.
-Eye contact: Flush with water for 15 minutes.
Seek immediate medical assistance.
-Wash skin with soap and water after handling.
-Keep out of reach of children.
ous injury.
W0370A
If you reside in a country where antifreeze is not available,

use clean water premixed with 5 % chemical inhibitor. The
inhibitor is available from your authorised dealer.
Following the instructions on the container, mix the
recommended quantity of inhibitor with 28.5 l (7.5 US gal)
of clean water. This will provide more coolant mixture
than is actually required. The excess coolant should be
kept in a specially marked container and used for top up
purposes.
7 - 58
7 - MAINTENANCE
After Refilling the System - All Coolant Solutions

1. Inspect cooling system hoses and connections
for leaks.
2. Fill the coolant recovery tank to the cold fill
mark (1) and replace the cap.
3. Start the engine and run it until normal operat-
ing temperature is reached.
NOTE: The coolant level will drop as coolant is pumped
around the system.
SS11H239 5
4. Stop the engine and allow the coolant to cool.

5. Remove the radiator cap (1) and add coolant
to the radiator to bring the level to the bottom
of the filler neck. Re- Install the radiator cap.
Add coolant to the recovery tank as required to
bring the level up to the cold mark.
NOTE: If the engine is not going to be operated immedi-
ately following this coolant change, run the engine for one
hour to ensure that the antifreeze and/ or chemical inhibitor
is dispersed through out the cooling system. Allow the
engine to cool and make a final check to ensure that the
coolant level is satisfactory. Turn the heater control knob
(1) Figure 2 and heater blower fully on to ensure cab has SS11H246 6
hot air coming through and no air locks are in the system.
See pages 7-11 and 7-12 for the correct coolant specifica-
tion and capacity.
For countries where antifreeze is not available view on
page 7-9.
7 - 59
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHANGE AIR BRAKE DRIER RESERVOIR [23192689]

Removing the Protective Guard
1. A protective guard (2) that is fitted over the
drier reservoir will have to be released before
removing the drier reservoir. The guard is re-
tained by a clamp around the axle secured with
two bolts. Loosen the bolts (1) and position the
guard (2) clear of the drier reservoir.
BAIL09MAX035AVA 1
Removing the Drier Reservoir

Before attempting to change the drier reservoir (2), thor-
oughly clean the area around the reservoir to prevent de-
bris from entering the air braking system.
1. Exhaust all air pressure in the system by open-
ing the drain tap on the main air tank/s located
in front of the rear axle.
2. Using a filter release tool, unscrew and remove
the drier reservoir. Dispose of properly accord-
ing to local regulations.
SS11K072 2
Installing a New Drier Reservoir

1. Clean the seal flange on the drier body and the
threaded pin, check for damage to the pin and
the seal contact surface of the flange.
2. Lightly grease the sealing ring on the reservoir
and the threaded pin on the drier body.
3. Screw the reservoir onto the drier body until the
seal touches the contact surface of the flange.
Tighten a further half- turn by hand. DO NOT
overtighten.
4. Pressurise the reservoir and check for leaks.
If further tightening is necessary, depressurise
the system before tightening.
SS11K073 3
5. Re- pressurise the air braking system and
check again for leaks.
7 - 60
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHANGE POLY V-BELTS [28417281]

WARNING
Always stop the engine and engage the parking brake, unless otherwise instructed in this manual,
before checking and/or adjusting any drive belt or chain.
W0097A
Loosen the screws and remove the safety guards.
Air Operated Trailer Brake

Loosen the belt tensioner and remove the belt (3). Check
the tensioner and pulley, if damaged replace them.
Main Poly V- Belt

Loosen the belt tensioner and remove the poly V- belt (1).
Replace the tensioner and the pulleys.
Install the new belts, fix the tensioner correct and install the
engine fan.
Install the safety guards and check the correct operation of
the drive belts.
7 - 61
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHANGE DEF/ AdBlue MAIN FILTER [29141997]

1. The 10 µm main filter is located underneath the DEF/
AdBlue® supply module behind the cover (1).
This filter should be replaced by your authorized
dealer.
SS11H232 1
7 - 62
7 - MAINTENANCE
EVERY 36 MONTHS
SERVICE AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM [23192775]

WARNING
Escaping refrigerant may cause frostbite!
Always wear protective goggles when handling refrigerant. If you get refrigerant in your eye, immedi-
ately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes. Seek medical assistance immediately.
W0339A
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Air-conditioning refrigerant boils at -12 °C (10 °F)!
-NEVER expose any part of the air-conditioning system to a direct flame or excessive heat.
-NEVER disconnect or disassemble any part of the air-conditioning system.
Discharging refrigerant gas into the atmosphere is illegal in many countries.
W0340A
WARNING
Escaping refrigerant may cause frostbite!
If you get refrigerant on your skin:
-Warm the area with your hand or lukewarm water, 32 - 38 °C (90 - 100 °F).
-Cover the area loosely with a bandage to protect the area and the prevent infection.
-Seek medical assistance immediately.
W0341A
After 3 seasons, the performance of the air condition sys-

tem may be reduced. At this time it is recommended to
check the complete system by your authorised dealer using
specialised equipment and if needed replace the receiver/
drier (1).
SS11H235 1
7 - 63
7 - MAINTENANCE

WARNING
W0011A
CAUTION
Heavy parts!
process.
C0050A
(1).
SS11H247 1
ble.
SS11H280 2
7 - 64
7 - MAINTENANCE

SS11H276 3

clamp.
SS11H278 4
source.
7 - 65
7 - MAINTENANCE
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
CLEANING THE TRACTOR [23384602]

WARNING
Fire hazard!
When working with crop materials that may become airborne, frequently check for debris accumula-
tion around the radiator, engine, and exhaust system. Stop the engine and wait for all movement to
stop before clearing debris.
W0294A
Cab Interior
When the soft trim material inside the cab becomes dirty,
it should be wiped clean. Dip a cloth in a warm water/
detergent solution and squeeze out as much of the water
as possible.
The rubber floor covering is designed to allow water to flow
out through the open doors. Wash the covering carefully
and allow to dry naturally. Avoid getting water under the
mat.
BRG3067A 1
NOTE: When operating with chemical sprayers, clean the interior of the cab on a more frequent basis to prevent a
build up of chemical residue.
Cleaning the Seat and Seat Belt

The belt may be sponged with clean, soapy water. Do not
use solvents, bleach or dye on the belt as these chemicals
will weaken the webbing.
Replace the belt when it shows signs of fraying, damage
or general wear.
Do not use solvents to clean the seat. Use only warm water
with a little detergent added or a proprietary brand of au-
tomotive upholstery cleaner. Avoid wetting the seat more
than is absolutely necessary.
7 - 66
7 - MAINTENANCE
Cleaning the Exterior of the Tractor

In the event of abrasions or deep scratches that expose the
metal under the paintwork, the area concerned will need to
be retouched and treated immediately with specified origi-
nal products as follows:
• Rub down the immediate area surrounding the
damage with fine abrasive paper.
• Apply a coat of primer.
• Leave to dry and then rub down with fine abra-
sive paper to ’key’ the surface.
• Apply the paint. For best results apply several
light applications of paint rather than one heavy
coat. Paint and primer are available from your
authorised dealer.
• When fully dry, apply a good quality polish and
buff to a shine.
Maintenance of the paintwork is normally carried out by
washing, at intervals that depend on the conditions of use
and the environment. In areas prone to atmospheric pollu-
tion and coastal zones, washing should be carried out more
frequently, whereas if organic or chemical substances are
present, wash immediately after the tractor is used. Use
a low pressure water spray, sponge down with a solution
of automotive shampoo and water, rinsing the sponge fre-
quently. Rinse the tractor thoroughly and dry off.
Avoid washing the tractor if it is hot or has been standing in
the sun. This will help to protect the shine on the paintwork.
Protect the paintwork by means of periodical polishing with
special products (silicone waxes) which are available from
your authorised dealer. Use wax polish should the paint-
work start to dull as this has a slightly abrasive action.
Pressure Washing the Tractor

Your tractor is fitted with a number of Electronic Control
Units (ECU's) that are linked to various sensors through-
out the vehicle. These units electronically control many
tractor functions including engine, transmission, P.T.O. and
hydraulic systems.
It is very important therefore, when cleaning the tractor
body or chassis with a high pressure water jet, that care
should be taken not to aim the jet directly at any electrical
component, wiring harness or connector.
7 - 67
7 - MAINTENANCE
FUEL SYSTEM PRE- FILTER AND WATER TRAP [23192823]

The fuel system on your tractor is protected by a pre- filter
and water trap. If water appears in the glass bowl of the
pre- filter (1) stop the engine and clean out the filter bowl.
To remove the bowl, loosen the knurled clamp screw (2)
and swing the retaining clip out of the way.
With the retaining clip out of the way, the glass bowl and
filter can be removed by pulling downwards. Empty the
contents of the bowl into a suitable container and dispose
of properly.
Clean the glass bowl and wash the filter gauze in clean fuel
to remove the contaminants. Check the sealing ring in the
filter head for damage and replace if necessary. Refit the
filter into the glass bowl and re- attach the assembly to the
filter head ensuring the raised boss on the filter is correctly BRJ4864B 1
located in the housing.
Re- tighten the knurled clamp screw.
The system should be bleed.
BLEEDING FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [23192852]

To Bleed the Fuel System
It may be necessary after carrying out maintenance work
on the fuel injection system or, after running out of fuel, to
purge the system of air to allow the engine to start.
If the engine fails to start after several turns, after one of
the above situations has occurred, bleed the system using
the following procedure:
1. Ensure the tractor has adequate fuel and the
battery is fully charged.
2. Unscrew the primer pump knob and proceed to
pump until a high resistance is felt when push-
ing the pump downwards.
3. Slowly push the plunger down against the re-
sistance until the pump knob can be screwed
fully home into the filter head.
SS10H007 1
The fuel injectors and fuel injection pump are of the self
bleed type and therefore any air remaining in the system
will be purged as the engine is cranked to start.
7 - 68
7 - MAINTENANCE
CHECK BRAKE PEDAL LATCHING/UNLATCHING [23193096]

WARNING
Uneven brake force can cause an accident!
Before driving the machine, ALWAYS make sure the brake pedal latch works properly. Adjust the brake
pedal latch if necessary.
W0360A
The hydraulically actuated brakes require no adjustment.

However, if any part of the brake pedal linkage or the mas-
ter cylinder assembly is replaced or if the pedal latch will
not readily engage the hole in the right- hand pedal shank,
adjust the pedal as follows:
BRI4093B 1
Adjust the clevis by loosening the locknut. The distance

from the bulk head to the centre of the clevis hole should
be 147 mm (5.8 in). Adjust both pedals and ensure pedal
latch engages properly.
BSE3073A 2
7 - 69
7 - MAINTENANCE
ADJUST CAB SUSPENSION (where fitted) [23193207]

On tractors with a suspended cab the pre- load on the sus-
pension unit (1) may be adjusted to suit heavier or lighter
weights carried in the cab.
NOTE: Depending on track setting, the tractor rear wheel
may need to be removed for easy access to the cab sus-
pension adjuster.
BRI4210B 1
Suspension Setting
The pre- load adjuster is used to set the cab suspension so
it operates in the optimum comfort zone for normal driving
conditions. Position II provides the ideal setting for a 68 kg
(150 lb) operator plus additional equipment weighing 22 kg
(49 lb) carried in the cab.
NOTE: To provide optimum suspension performance, the
weight of any heavy items carried in the cab (tow chains,
linkages, toolboxes etc.) must always be taken into con-
sideration when adjusting the suspension.
The cab suspension adjustment has five pre- load settings
which can be ’clicked’ into position by rotating the upper
pre- load adjuster. Each setting is identified by vertical
markings (2) on the lower collar. When adjusted correctly,
the arrow on the upper collar (1) will align with the vertical
markings on the lower collar.
Select position I for operators having a lighter body weight
than 68 kg (150 lb), positions III and IIII are used for op-
erators with a heavier body weight. With two people in the
cab, positions IIII and IIIII should be used.
NOTICE: For correct suspension operation it is vital that
both suspension units are adjusted to the same setting. An
imbalance in adjustment will cause unnecessary wear on BRG3015B 2
the suspension units.
A ’C’ spanner is included in the tractor tool kit for adjusting
the cab suspension. Engage the ’C’ spanner in the slot of
the pre- load adjuster and rotate to the desired position.
NOTE: Use only the special tool provided to carry out any
pre- load adjustment, using alternative equipment may
damage the adjuster components.
7 - 70
7 - MAINTENANCE
ADJUST AUTOMATICK PICK- UP HITCH [23193126]

Lift Rod Adjustment
Loosen the locknuts (3) and turn the adjuster (2) on each lift
rod equally. Ensure that both hitch lift arms are supporting
the hitch equally at the start of raise.
Check the hitch latches fully support the hitch at (4) when
the hitch is in the working position. Latch and unlatch the
hitch to make sure of smooth operation.
When fully raised ensure that the hydraulic system relief
valve does not blow or that the hitch lift rods are not under
tension. Both these symptoms indicate that the hitch lift
rods are too short.
Tighten the locknuts to 100 Nm (74 lb ft).
NOTE: On hydraulically extending hitches (as shown) en-
sure the drawbar is fully retracted before carrying out any BRJ5324B 1
adjustment procedures.
With the hitch latched in the raised position, adjust the op-
erating cable by means of the adjuster nuts (1) to remove
all slack from the inner cable.
7 - 71
7 - MAINTENANCE
TRANSMISSION CLUTCH CALIBRATION [37569892]

WARNING
The machine could move automatically during calibration. Park on a flat surface, engage the parking
brake, and be sure that the area around the machine is clear before starting the calibration process.
W0300A
Semi- Powershift Transmission

The Semi- Powershift transmission has a number of clutch
packs that may require periodic calibration to compensate
for wear. Calibration of the clutches should be performed
at the 50 Hour Service and thereafter only if a deterioration
in gear shift quality is noted.
NOTICE: During the calibration procedure, the electronic
management system detects precisely the point at which
the clutches start to engage. This engagement causes an
increase in engine torque which results in a very small re-
duction in engine speed. During calibration, it is essential
that no action is taken to cause the engine speed to vary.
Ensure the air conditioner and all electrical equipment is
switched off. BRL6451L 1
Do not operate the P.T.O. or any hydraulic lever or move
the hand or foot throttle.
Preparing the Tractor for Calibration

Clutch calibration should be carried out when the transmis-
sion oil is at the optimal temperature of 80 °C (176 °F).
However, the calibration procedure may be carried out pro-
viding the oil temperature is between 10 °C (50 °F) and 60
°C (140 °F) but ’CL’ will appear in the display .
Park the tractor on level ground away from any obstacles
(in case of unexpected tractor movement).
Place the transmission shuttle lever in neutral and apply
the handbrake. Switch off all electrical equipment and air
conditioning. Lower hydraulic equipment to the ground,
place all remote levers in neutral and stop the engine.
With the operator in the seat, depress and hold down the
clutch pedal. With key start in the off position depress and
hold the transmission upshift control (1) and start the en-
gine. Within 3 s depress and release the downshift control
(2), Figure 1 to enter the calibration mode.
NOTE: During the automatic calibration sequence the seat

switch is constantly monitored, if the operator leaves the
seat the sequence will be stopped.
7 - 72
7 - MAINTENANCE
Error Codes for Semi- Powershift Transmission

Code Meaning Code Meaning
U16 Engine RPM dropped too soon during clutch U58 P.T.O. speed sensor open circuit.
calibration
U17 Operator seat switch not activated U59 P.T.O. speed sensor short circuit.
U19 Oil temperature below 10 °C (50 °F) U68 Creeper not engaged
U20 Parking brake not applied. U69 Creeper stuck
U21 Engine RPM below 1100, increase throttle U75 Clutch fill calibration value too high
U22 Engine RPM above 1300, decrease throttle U76 Clutch fill calibration value too low
U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift to forward drive U77 Damper calibration value too high
position
U26 Clutch pedal not fully released U78 Damper calibration value too low
U31 Tractor wheel movement detected. U84 Reverse and high synchroniser solenoid
connector swapped
U36 Maximum allowed clutch calibration value U85 Mid and low synchroniser solenoid connectors
exceeded. swapped
U47 19th gear solenoid not present. U86 Mid/ reverse range synchroniser neutral error
U48 No mid/ reverse range synchroniser movement U87 Low/ high range synchroniser neutral error
sensed
U49 No low/ high range synchroniser movement U88 Mid/ reverse range synchroniser calibration
sensed values out of tolerance
U50 Synchroniser potentiometer connectors swapped. U89 Low/ high range synchroniser calibration
values out of tolerance
U55 P.T.O. engaged.
Upon entering the calibration mode the engine speed will

automatically be set to the correct speed required for the
calibration procedure (1200 +/- 100 rpm) and the upper
LCD will change to show the transmission oil temperature.
NOTE: If the value of the oil temperature is far too low or
far too high check for a fault with the remperature sensor. If
the value of the oil temperature displayed is -30 °C (-22 °F)
then this may indicate an open circuit on the oil temperature
sensor.
NOTE: While in calibration mode the transmission drive
is disabled however it is possible some tractor movement
may occur.
BAIL06CCM721AVA 2
Push down the clutch pedal, put the shuttle lever into for-
ward and release the clutch pedal.
Pressing the upshift or downshift button again will change
the display to show the transmission oil temperature sensor
status. If U19 is displayed, calibration will not be possible
and the oil will have to be warmed before proceeding. If
the start up procedure was incorrect, or the oil is at an
incorrect temperature a ‘U’ code will be displayed. See ‘U’
code listing
7 - 73
7 - MAINTENANCE
If ‘CL’ 10 - 60 °C (50 - 140 °F) or ‘CH’ (above 105 °C (221

°F) is displayed, after 4 s the display will return to oil tem-
perature and the tractor may be operated to obtain the cor-
rect transmission oil temperature. If it is not practical to wait
for the oil temperature to change, press either the upshift
or downshift button while ‘CL’ or ‘CH’ is being displayed.
The display will then show ‘dt’ and calibration can proceed.
If the oil temperature is within the correct range for calibra-
tion the display will show ‘dt’ and calibration can proceed.
The transmission is now ready for calibration.
BAIL08CCM059AVA 3
To calibrate clutches automatically

When the display shows ’dt’, press the transmission FIELD
(2) or ROAD (1) AUTO FUNCTION button on the armrest
control panel. This will start the automatic calibration se-
quence.
The twist sensors and clutches will be calibrated one
by one without the need to keep the downshift button
depressed.
When the clutch calibration sequence is complete, ’End’
will appear in the upper display and the engine speed will
reduce to idle.
BAIL09MAX081AVA 4
WARNING
Improper gear functioning can cause a vehicle
accident.
The machine can still be driven even if calibra-
tion has not been completed. PAY ATTENTION
when the machine is in this condition, as ma-
chine movements could be jerky or sluggish.
Be very careful when hitching or unhitching a
trailer or other equipment.
ous injury.
W0359A
BAIL08CCM061AVA 5
If an error occurs while in this auto mode, the sequence
is stopped and the relevant code displayed. Press the
field or road auto function or the upshift/ downshift buttons
to clear the error.
Key off the engine and wait for 10 s to allow the calibration
to be stored in the memory. The tractor is now ready for
normal operation.
NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, hand-
brake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly mon-
itored. Calibration can not proceed unless the tractor is
stationary and the clutch pedal released.
NOTICE: Do not operate the steering wheel, footbrakes,
P.T.O. or any hydraulic lever or move the hand or foot throt-
tle.
7 - 74
7 - MAINTENANCE
HEADLIGHT AND WORKLAMP ADJUSTMENT [23193245]

Headlights
To avoid blinding on coming drivers, adjust the angle of the
headlight beams.
Each headlight is adjusted by rotating the two adjusters (1)
clockwise or counter- clockwise according to the amount of
correction required.
NOTE: The hood mounted worklamps are non- adjustable.
SS10K063 1
Worklamps
Dependant upon model and specification, adjustable work-
lamps may be installed on the front and rear of the cab roof,
on the grab rails at the front of the cab or on the ’C’ pillars
facing rearwards.
Non- adjustable worklamps are mounted incorporated in
the front lamp assemblies adjacent to the headlights.
The front cab roof mounted worklamps are adjusted by
moving the protruding lever (1) backwards or forwards.
BSF3909A 2
The rear cab roof mounted worklamps are fully adjustable

by moving the light unit on its fixing axis (1) downwards,
upwards or sideways.
BAIL08CCM013AVA 3
7 - 75
7 - MAINTENANCE
BULB REPLACEMENT [23193280]

Headlights and Hood- mounted Worklamps
NOTICE: All headlights and worklamps have halogen
bulbs. Never touch a halogen bulb with the fingers. Natural
moisture in the skin may cause the bulb to fail prematurely
when switched on. Always use a clean cloth or tissue
when handling halogen bulbs.
SS10J183 1
The headlights and two non- adjustable worklamps are

mounted in a moulded unit attached to the front hood as-
sembly. All bulbs are accessible from the rear of the lamp
unit inside the hood area.
To remove the bulb from the integral worklamp simply ro-
tate the bulb holder assembly (1) anti- clockwise approx-
imately 20 ° and remove it. Then by pressing the bulb in
and rotating it, the bulb can now be carefully removed mak-
ing sure to use a clean cloth or tissue.
To remove the bulb from the front head light assembly push
the retaining clip (2) upwards and remove the protective
cap (3) from the rear of the light unit.
Withdraw the wiring connector (5) from the rear of the bulb
and detach the retaining spring (4) by pulling rearwards and
moving to the side of the light aperture. Carefully remove
the bulb making sure to use a clean cloth or tissue.
BRI4200B 2
Grabrail mounted worklamps

To replace the bulbs on the grabrail mounted worklamps,
remove the two retaining screws. Pull out the lens housing
from the main lamp housing. Squeeze together the ends of
the wire retaining clip (1) and pull the bulb holder from the
assembly. Remove the bulb making sure to use a clean
cloth or tissue.
BSE3505A 3
7 - 76
7 - MAINTENANCE
Cab front roof mounted worklamps

Remove the two retaining screws (1) and lower the lamp
assembly from the roof. Rotate the bulb holder counter-
clockwise and pull from the lamp housing. Rotate the bulb
counter- clockwise and remove from the bulb holder mak-
ing sure to use a clean cloth or a tissue.
BSE3507A 4
Cab rear pillar mounted worklamps

To replace the bulbs on the rear pillar mounted worklamps,
remove the two retaining screws. Pull out the lens housing
from the main lamp housing. Squeeze together the ends
of the wire retaining clip (1) and pull the bulb holder from
the assembly. Remove from the bulb holder making sure
to use a clean cloth or a tissue.
BAIL08CCM017AVA 5
Turn/ Position Lights

To gain access to the rear turn and position/ brake lamp
bulbs remove the four retaining screws and take off the
lens. To remove the bulbs (1) rotate counter- clockwise
and extract from the holder.
NOTE: To gain access to the bulbs, slide out the dividing
reflector between the upper and lower lamps.
BRJ5020B 6
7 - 77
7 - MAINTENANCE
The front turn/ position lamps are located on the grabrails.

Remove the two retaining screws and take off the lens. To
remove the turn indicator bulb (2) or the position bulb (3)
rotate counter- clockwise. When refitting the lens ensure
the sealing rubber (1) is seated correctly in the lamp hous-
ing.
BRJ4909B 7
Puddle Lights
The light unit is retained by spring clips (1) one located
each side. With a flat tool ease the complete unit out from
its housing. The bulb housing (2) can then be removed by
rotating it counter clockwise giving access to the bulb which
can also be removed by rotating it counter clockwise.
BAIL08CCM014AVA 8
Rocker Switch Bulbs

A number of rocker switches are internally illuminated. The
bulbs are not replaceable.
Rocker switch assemblies are retained by a sprung tag (1)
at either end. Use a small screwdriver to pry one end of
the rocker switch from its housing and withdraw the switch
assembly.
Should the light fail the rocker switch assembly should be
replaced.
BAIL08CCM023AVA 9
7 - 78
7 - MAINTENANCE
Rear Number Plate Lights

The light unit is retained by spring clips (1) one located each
side. It can easily be removed by gripping the unit firmly
and pulling assembly out from its housing. The bulb hous-
ing (2) can then be removed by rotating it counter clockwise
giving access to the bulb which can also be removed by ro-
tating it counter clockwise.
BAIL08CCM018AVA 10
Interior Light
To replace the bulb the lens is clipped in each side of its
housing. It can be eased out giving access to the bulb.
To change the bulb turn it anti clockwise to remove. When
removing the bulb form the holder, make sure to use a
clean cloth or a tissue.
BAIL08CCM019AVA 11
7 - 79
7 - MAINTENANCE
FUSES AND RELAYS [23384546]

The relays and fuses are located together in the lower right
hand front console just above floor level behind a panel on
the front side.
To check or change the relays or fuses, remove the two
screws (1) securing the panel to the console, pull it out-
wards then slide it to the left to remove the two tongues (2)
on the right hand side. The fuses and relays are shown
diagrammatically in Figure 3. In addition to the main fuses
there are additional ‘maxi’ fuses which are provided to pro-
tect the main fuses and electrical circuit.
BAIL08CCM031AVA 1
There is provision for fuses although they may not all be

fitted to your tractor. In addition, certain items of equipment
may not be installed on your tractor. However, the fuses for
these features are still fitted and may be used as spares.
NOTICE: Do not replace a blown fuse with another of a
different rating.
BAIL08CCM051AVA 2
The fuses are numbered and colour- coded. Their position

and ratings are shown in the charts on the following pages.
7 - 80
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fuse and Relay Locations
SS11A101 3
Mini Fuses
No. Amps Circuit No. Amps Circuit
1 10 A Interior and Puddle Lights + Heated 38 15 A 6 Worklamps Roof Front
Mirrors
2 25 A Cigar Lighter + Power Studs 39 - Not Used
3 10 A A/C Clutch 40 10 A Radio
4 10 A Power Studs 41 - Not Used
5 30 A Blower Motor 42 - Not Used
6 10 A Radio KAM + Worklamp ECU 43 10 A Electronic Engine Module Ign.
7 20 A Main Lights + Hazard Switch 44 25 A Front Implement Power Socket
8 20 A Starter Switch 45 25 A 8 A Socket C- Pillar LH
9 25 A Loader Power 46 15 A Electronic Engine Module (ECM) B+
10 30 A Rear Accessory Socket 47 - Not Used
11 15 A Front Windscreen Wiper 48 5A SCR System
12 10 A Rear Windscreen Wiper + Front and 49 - Not Used
Rear Windscreen Washer
13 15 A Stop Lamps 50 15 A Reversible Fan
14 15 A Head Light Switch + Flasher Unit 51 25 A Electronic Park Brake
15 20 A Stop Lamp Switch + Pedal Latch 52 10 A Instrument Cluster Supply Ignition
16 15 A Electronic Park Brake, Trailer Brake 53 15 A Transmission Control Supply Ign.
7 - 81
7 - MAINTENANCE
No. Amps Circuit No. Amps Circuit

17 25 A IGN + to Accessory Sockets 54 10 A PTO Rear
18 15 A Blower Motor, Seat, Armrest Adjust 55 10 A Supply Ignition for Fast Steering
System, A/C Pressure Switch, Auto
Guidance, Rear Hitch Switch, EHR
External Fender Switch
19 15 A Heated Mirrors 56 15 A Supply for P.T.O. front Armrest Unit
and EHRs
20 10 A Radar Socket + Integrated control unit 57 - Not Used
+ Radar
21 15 A Water In Fuel Sensor + Brake Fluid 58 - Not Used
Level Switch
22 15 A Sidelamps RH 59 - Not Used
23 15 A Sidelamps LH + Licence Plate Light 60 10 A Timer Relay Battery Isolator
24 10 A Illumination ICU, Cigar Lighter, VT, 61 5A Universal Controller (UCM)
Heated Mirror Switch, EHR- Lock
Switch
25 15 A Dip Beam Headlamps, Follow Me 62 - Not Used
Home
26 15 A Main Beam Headlamps 63 10 A Universal Controller (UCM)
27 30 A Front Worklamps (Hood) 64 20 A Universal Controller (UCM)
28 20 A Worklamp Roof Rear 65 7.5 A Universal Controller (UCM)
29 30 A Worklamp Roof Front + Grabrail 66 10 A Universal Controller (UCM)
30 15 A Worklamps C- Pillar 67 10 A Universal Controller (UCM)
31 15 A Beacon ECU 68 10 A Universal Controller (UCM)
32 15 A Flasher Unit 69 10 A Universal Controller (UCM)
33 25 A Diagnostic Connector 1 70 5A Universal Controller (UCM)
34 10 A Instrument Cluster + Handbrake 91 10 A Non Isolator Keep Alive Memory
Switch
35 10 A Electronic controller (Potential 30) 92 10 A Battery Isolator Control
36 15 A 4 Worklamps Roof Front
NOTE: Fuse numbers 91 and 92 are used as a link and are identified on the chart as fuses L1 and L2. Only one fuse
will be fitted depending on tractor specification.
Relay Descriptions
No. Function No. Function
K1 Front Windscreen Wiper Module K2 Rear Windscreen Wiper Module
K3 Ignition Relay K4 Side Lamps and Lighting
K5 Starter K6 Blower Motor
K7 Dip Beam Headlights K8 Stop Lamps
K9 Main Beam Headlights K10 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Power Supply
K11 Electronic Park Brake K12 Pneum. Trailer Brake Power Supply
K14 Follow Me Home K15 Worklamp Hood
K16 Worklamp C- Pillar K17 Power Supply Ign. ECU's
K18 Electr. Battery Isolator K19 A/C Clutch
K20 Power Supply EHR's K21 Battery Isolator 4 min Timer
K22 Heated Mirror Timer K44 Front Heated Screen
K45 Rear Heated Screen
7 - 82
7 - MAINTENANCE
Maxi Fuses
No. Amps Protected Components
MF1 80 A Supply to F9, F10, F11, F12, F13, F14, F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21, F45, F48, F50
MF2 30 A Supply to F6, F7, F8, F36, F37, F38
MF3 80 A Supply to F29, F30, F46, F47, F91, K5
MF4 80 A Supply to F27, F28
MF5 80 A Supply to F25, F26, F31, F32, F51
MF6 80 A Supply to F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F44
MF7 30 A Supply Heated Wind Screen Front
MF8 20 A Supply Heated Wind Screen Rear
Mega and Power Fuses

In addition to the fuses in the internal fuse box, there are
also extra fuses located on the starter motor and/ or battery
tray. The ‘MEGA‘ fuse (PF1) protects the main electrical
system, the (PF2) fuse protects the cab electronics and the
(PF9) fuse protects the SCR system.
The (F100) fuse, protects the keep- alive memory (K.A.M.)
circuit. This circuit provides power for electronic memory
functions when the battery power isolator is used. The
(F101) is a reserve fuse.
SS10M259 4
Fuse Amps Protected Supply

No.
F100 10 A Keep Alive Memory (K.A.M.)
F101 10 A Reserve
PF1 250 A Power B + Main Supply
PF2 30 A Power B + Electronic Supply
PF9 30 A Power B + SCR System
To access the fuses in Figure 4, remove the cover (2) from

the starter motor. Loosen and remove the nut (1) then lift
the cover from the starter motor.
After replacing a fuse ensure the cover and nut are re-
placed to prevent a build up of dust or debris around the
fuses.
BRL6350C 5
7 - 83
7 - MAINTENANCE
ISO BUS Power Fuses (where fitted)

The fuses PF4 and PF5 protect the rear implement ISO
BUS circuit (where fitted). Provision is made to fit a further
2 MEGA fuses to protect the front lift electrical system ISO
should this option be fitted.
Fuse Amps Protected Supply

No.
PF4 30 A ISO BUS Implement socket Rear
PF5 30 A ISO BUS Implement socket Rear
PF6 30 A ISO BUS Implement socket Front
PF7 30 A ISO BUS Implement socket Front
PF4 and PF5 are for the rear ISO BUS implement circuit
plug (where fitted). Provision for 2 more ISO BUS imple-
ment circuit plug fuses (PF6 and PF7) are provided should
the option for the front ISO BUS circuits be required.
SS10K096 6
7 - 84
7 - MAINTENANCE
PROTECTING ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING

BATTERY CHARGING OR WELDING [23384571]
Precautions
To avoid damage to the electronic/ electrical systems, always observe the following:
1. Never make or break any of the charging circuit connections, including the battery connections, when the
engine is running.
2. Never short any of the charging components to earth.
3. Do not use a slave battery of higher than 12 V nominal voltage.
4. Always observe correct polarity when installing the batteries or using a slave battery to jump start the engine.
Follow the instructions in the operator’s manual when jump starting the tractor. Connect positive to positive
and negative to negative.
5. Always disconnect the earth cable from the batteries before carrying out arc welding on the tractor or on
any implement attached to the tractor.
6. Position the welder earth cable clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
7. If welding is to be carried out in close proximity to a computer module, then the module should be removed
from the tractor. It is recommended that this procedure be carried out by an authorised dealer.
8. Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while
welding is in progress.
9. Always disconnect the negative cable from the batteries when charging the batteries in the tractor with
a battery charger.
WARNING
Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain
sulfuric acid.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. An-
tidote (external): Flush with water. Antidote
(eyes): flush with water for 15 minutes and seek
medical attention immediately. Antidote (inter-
nal): Drink large quantities of water or milk. Do
not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention
immediately.
ous injury.
W0111A
NOTICE: Failure to disconnect the two earth cable connec-

tions at the battery prior to charging the batteries or welding
on the tractor or attached implement will result in damage
to the electronic and electrical systems.
7 - 85
7 - MAINTENANCE
BATTERY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION [41210504]

WARNING
W0011A
CAUTION
Heavy parts!
process.
C0050A

(1).
SS11H247 1
ble.
SS11H280 2

SS11H276 3
7 - 86
7 - MAINTENANCE

clamp.
SS11H278 4
5. To refit the battery, reverse the above procedure. En-

sure battery leads and cables are positioned so they
do not become trapped or chafed on sharp edges.
7 - 87
7 - MAINTENANCE
STORAGE
TRACTOR STORAGE [23784698]

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Carefully read and observe all the precautionary advice contained in this manual.
W0044A
Before storing the tractor for an extended period, the following precautions should be taken:
- Clean the tractor.
- Drain the engine and transmission/ rear axle and refill with clean oil.
- Drain the fuel tank(s) and pour approximately 8 l (2 US gal) of special calibrating fuel into the tank. Run the
engine for at least 10 min to ensure complete distribution of the calibrating fuel throughout the injection
system. See the next item before running the engine.
- Check the radiator coolant level. If the coolant is within 200 hours of the next change, drain, flush and refill the
system, see on page 7-56. Run the engine for one hour to disperse the coolant throughout the system.
- Lubricate all grease fittings.
- Using the tractor hydraulic system in Position Control, raise the 3- point hitch and support the lift arms
in the raised position.
- Lightly coat all exposed hydraulic piston rods with petroleum jelly, e.g., power steering cylinder rams, lift
assist rams, spool valves, etc.
- Remove the batteries and store in a warm, dry atmosphere. Recharge periodically.
- Raise the tractor and place supports under the axles to take the weight off the tyres.
- Cover the exhaust pipe opening.
PREPARATION FOR USE AFTER STORAGE [23785121]

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Carefully read and observe all the precautionary advice contained in this manual.
W0044A
After extended storage, prepare the tractor for further use, as follows:
- Inflate the tyres to the correct pressure and lower the tractor to the ground.
- Refill the fuel tank(s).
- Check the radiator coolant level.
- Check all oil levels.
- Install fully charged batteries.
- Remove the exhaust pipe covering.
- Start the engine and check that all instruments and controls are functioning correctly. Using the tractor
hydraulic system in Position Control, fully raise the 3- point hitch and remove the supports.
- Check operation of heating and air conditioning systems (where fitted).
- Drive the tractor without a load to ensure that it is operating satisfactorily.
7 - 88
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
FAULT CODE RESOLUTION
The following information is intended as a guide to assist
in identifying and correcting possible tractor malfunctions
and fault conditions.
ERROR CODES
Your tractor makes extensive use of electronics to control
and monitor major components within the driveline, elec-
trical and hydraulic systems. In the unlikely event of a
fault occurring in one of these areas, the malfunction will
be identified with a symbol and a four or five digit error
code in the Dot Matrix Display on the instrument panel.
The first digit(s) of each number provide the general loca-
tion of the fault and the subsequent numbers confirm the SS11K038 1
exact nature of the fault.
The code indicates the faulty circuit or sensor and the type
of fault, e.g., open circuit, short circuit, etc. Each error
code will be supported by the relevant symbol displayed
above the number.

abled, an error code will be displayed in the instrument
panel. If this should happen and you are unable to rectify
the fault yourself, contact your authorised dealer and re-
port the error code displayed.
8-1
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
ALARM(S)
FAULT CODES AND SYMBOLS [24754256]

FAULT
DMD LAMP AREA of FAULT ACTION
CODE
- 1--- Electronical hitch control
- 2--- Transmission
- 3--- Engine
- 4--- Rear electronic remote valves
- 45-- Front electronic remote valves
- 5--- Rear PTO system

The system fault symbols relate to
an operational fault in one or more of
- 6--- Front wheel drive the tractors main components, either
electrical, mechanical or hydraulic.
The appearance of a fault symbol
may be accompanied by a four digit
- 7--- Rear differential lock fault code.
Consult your authorised dealer.
- 8--- Front PTO system
- 9--- Front 3- point hitch
- 10-- Front suspension
- 13-- Universal Control Module (UCM)
- 15-- Turn Assist system
- 16-- Cab auto temperature control
- 18-- Armrest controller
- 19-- Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)
8-2
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
FAULT
DMD LAMP AREA of FAULT ACTION
CODE
- 140- Instrument cluster
- 140- Electronic system malfunction
- 140- Data network system
The system fault symbols relate to

- 141- Steering sensor an operational fault in one or more of
the tractors main components, either
electrical, mechanical or hydraulic-
- 140- 5 V supply voltage. The appearance of a fault symbol
may be accompanied by a four digit
- 140- Starter motor power supply. fault code.
Consult your authorised dealer.
- 140- Fuel level sensor.
- 140- Air brake system fault.
- 141- Alternator lamp not working.

141-
143- Electronic locking park brake
149-
149- SWCD missing (VA)
149- Configuration error
Colour monitor present but not

141- Configure to 'ON LINE' status.
configured 'ON LINE'
8-3
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM(S)
ENGINE [42832956]
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Engine will not start or is Incorrect starting procedure. Review starting procedure.
difficult to start
Low or no fuel. Check fuel level.
Air in fuel lines. Bleed fuel system.
Low ambient temperature. Use cold starting aid.
Contaminated fuel system. Clean and bleed fuel system.
Clogged fuel filter(s). Replace fuel filter element(s)
Malfunctioning fuel pump or injectors. See your authorised dealer.
Malfunctioning fuel solenoid or solenoid re- See your authorised dealer.
lay.
Incorrect engine oil viscosity. Use correct viscosity oil.
Incorrect fuel for operating temperature. Use correct type fuel for temperature con-
ditions.
Slow starter speed. See slow starter speed in Electrical.
Engine runs roughly and/ Clogged fuel filter(s) Replace fuel filter element(s).
or stalls
Contaminated fuel system. Clean and bleed fuel system.
Fuel solenoid incorrectly adjusted. See your authorised dealer.
Fuel cap vent blocked. Wash cap in clean fuel oil.
Engine lacks power Engine overloaded. Shift to lower gear, reduce draft load or bal-
last carried.
Air cleaner restricted. Service air cleaner.
Low engine operating temperature. Check thermostats.
Engine overheats. See Engine overheats.
Clogged fuel filter(s). Replace fuel filter element(s).
Incorrect fuel. Use correct type fuel.
Malfunctioning fuel injectors. See your authorised dealer.
Malfunctioning fuel injection pump. See your authorised dealer.
Maximum 'no- load' speed set too low See your authorised dealer.
Leaking air intake boost pipes or exhaust Check and rectify or see your authorised
manifold. dealer.
Turbocharger malfunctioning. See your authorised dealer.
Implement incorrectly adjusted. See implement Operator's Manual..
Engine knocks Fuel injection pump timing. See your authorised dealer.
Low engine oil level. Add oil, as required.
Low engine oil pressure. See your authorised dealer.
Low engine operating temperature. Check thermostats.
Engine overheats. See Engine overheats.
Engine overheats. Low engine oil level. Add oil, as required.
Low engine coolant level. Fill coolant recovery tank. Check cooling
system for leaks.
Defective thermostat(s). Check thermostat(s).
Dirty/ blocked radiator core. Clean.
Excessive engine overload. Shift to lower gear, reduce draft load or bal-
last carried.
Faulty radiator pressure cap. Replace cap.
Cooling system blocked. Flush cooling system.
Loose or worn fan belt. Check tension, adjust or replace belt if
worn.
Leaking hose or connection. Tighten connection and/ or replace hose.
Malfunctioning temperature gauge or See your authorised dealer.
sender.
Malfunctioning vistronic fan. See your authorised dealer.
Low engine oil pressure Low oil level. Add oil, as required.
8-4
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Wrong oil grade or viscosity. Drain and refill with oil of the correct spec-
ification.
Excessive engine oil Engine oil level too high. Reduce oil level, as required.
consumption.
Wrong oil grade or viscosity. Drain and refill with oil of the correct spec-
ification.
Malfunctioning turbocharger. See your authorised dealer.
External oil leaks. Repair leaks.
Worn valve guides/ seals. See your authorised dealer.
Excessive fuel Low engine operating temperature. See Low engine operating temperature.
consumption
Malfunctioning turbocharger. See your authorised dealer.
Engine overloaded. Shift to lower gear, reduce draft load or bal-
last carried.
Air cleaner restricted. Service air cleaner.
Incorrect fuel. Use correct type fuel.
Malfunctioning fuel injectors. See your authorised dealer.
Malfunctioning fuel injection pump. See your authorised dealer.
Leaking air intake or exhaust manifold. Check and rectify or see your authorised
dealer.
Implement incorrectly adjusted. See implement Operator's Manual.
TRANSMISSION [24806603]
Tractor does not drive in Error code will indicate source of malfunc- Recalibrate the transmission or see your
any gear tion. authorised dealer.
Gear shift sequence Error code will indicate source of malfunc- Recalibrate the transmission or see your
incorrect or gears missing tion. authorised dealer.
Jumping out of gear or Worn synchronisers/ couplers. Recalibrate the transmission or see your
holding in gear authorised dealer.
Poor inching control Transmission clutches require calibration. Perform transmission clutch calibration
when using inching pedal procedure or see your authorised dealer.
(clutch pedal) or jerky
gear shifting
High transmission Low oil level. Add oil, as required.
operating temperature
Incorrect oil grade/ viscosity. Drain and refill with oil of the correct spec-
ification.
Dirty or blocked transmission oil cooler. Clean.
Low transmission oil Low oil level. Add oil, as required.
pressure
ification.
Blocked transmission oil filter. Replace filter.
Noisy transmission Low oil level. Add oil, as required.
ification.
Worn bearings or failed parts. See your authorised dealer.
HYDRAULICS [24826001]
Hydraulic system does Error code will indicate source of malfunc- See your authorised dealer.
not operate tion.
Hydraulics oil level very low. Add oil, as required.
Blocked hydraulic oil filter(s). Replace oil filter(s).
Hydraulic oil overheats Hydraulics oil level too low or too high. Adjust oil level, as required.
Hydraulics oil cooler blocked. Clean.
8-5
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Blocked hydraulic oil filter(s). Replace oil filter(s).
Flow control incorrectly adjusted. Allow to cool, adjust flow control before op-
erating again.
Hydraulic load not matched to tractor. See your authorised dealer.
Remote control valve Detent release pressure set too low. Adjust detent pressure or see your autho-
detent disengages rised dealer.
prematurely
Remote equipment Flow control incorrectly set. Adjust flow control.
cylinder operates too
fast or too slowly
Remote equipment does Hoses not correctly connected. Attach hoses correctly.
not operate
Load exceeds system capacity. Reduce load or use correct size cylinder
(see your authorised dealer).
Remote control valve lever movement re- Adjust cables or see your authorised
stricted. dealer.
THREE POINT HITCH [24826285]

3- point hitch does not Error code will indicate source of malfunc- See your authorised dealer.
move when Hitch Position tion.
Control knob is moved
Hitch not in phase with the Position Control Put Position Control knob back in phase
knob. with lower links.
Fast raise switch in external control posi- Put switch in correct position.
tion.
Height limit control incorrectly positioned. Adjust height limit control.
External power lift control Fast raise switch not on external control po- Centralise switch (external control posi-
does not operate sition. tion).
3- point hitch does not Height limit control incorrectly positioned. Adjust height limit control.
raise fully
3- point hitch drops slowly Drop rate control incorrectly positioned. Adjust drop rate control.
3- point hitch slow to Position/ draft control incorrectly adjusted. Adjust position/ draft control.
respond to draft loads
Drop rate too slow. Adjust drop rate control.
Implement not functioning properly. See implement operator's manual.
3- point hitch too Position/ draft control incorrectly adjusted. Adjust position/ draft control.
responsive to draft loads
3- point hitch status light Position/ draft control incorrectly adjusted. Adjust position/ draft control.
flashes continually
BRAKES [24862421]
Pedal(s) feel spongy Air in system. System requires bleeding. See your autho-
rised dealer.
Excessive brake pedal Brake piston seal leaking. See your authorised dealer.
travel
Brake bleed valve leaking. See your authorised dealer.
Leakage in brake valve(s). See your authorised dealer.
Worn brake discs. See your authorised dealer.
CAB [24862502]
Dust enters the cab Improper seal around filter element(s). Check seal condition.
Blocked filter(s). Clean or replace filters.
8-6
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Detective filter. Replace filter.
Damaged seals around doors/ windows or Replace seal(s).
roof hatch.
Low pressuriser air flow Blocked filter(s). Clean or replace filters.
Heater or evaporator core blocked. See your authorised dealer.
Air conditioner does not Heater control turned on. Turn temperature control knob fully anti-
produce cool air clockwise.
Condenser blocked. Clean radiator, condenser and oil cooler.
Drive belt slipping, worn or damaged. Check automatic belt tensioner and belt
condition.
Low refrigerant level. See your authorised dealer.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM [24862607]

Electrical system Battery Isolator Switch open Switch ON the Battery Isolator Switch.
completely inoperative Check connections.
Loose or corroded battery connections. Clean and tighten connections.
Sulphated batteries. Check battery open circuit voltage for min-
imum 12.6 V. Check electrolyte level and
specific gravity.
Starter speed slow - Loose or corroded battery connections. Clean and tighten connections.
engine cranks slowly
Low battery output. Check battery open circuit voltage for min-
specific gravity.
Incorrect viscosity engine oil. Use correct viscosity oil for ambient tem-
perature.
Starter inoperative Loose or corroded battery or starter motor Clean and tighten connections.
connections.
Dead battery. Charge or replace batteries.
Starter safety switch(es) operative. Place all gear shift levers in neutral and fully
depress clutch pedal.
Alternator light stays on Low engine idle speed. Increase engine idle speed.
with engine running
Broken/ loose drive belt. Check belt and automatic belt tensioner.
Malfunctioning batteries. Check battery open circuit voltage for min-
specific gravity.
Malfunctioning alternator. Have alternator checked by your autho-
rised dealer.
Batteries will not charge Malfunctioning alternator Have alternator checked by your autho-
rised dealer.
Loose or corroded terminals. Clean and tighten connections.
Loose or worn drive belt. Check belt and automatic belt tensioner.
Replace belt, if required.
Malfunctioning batteries. Check battery open circuit voltage for min-
specific gravity.
8-7
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
8-8
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL DIMENSIONS [40760422]
SS10J149 1
NOTE: The following dimensions are based on standard tractors fitted with tyre size as shown. Allowance must be
made for tyres of larger or smaller dimensions:

110 120 130 115 125 140
4WD (Standard and Suspension Axles)

The following dimensions are based on tractors with tyre
Front 14.9 R24 14.9 R28
sizes:
Rear 16.9 R38 18.4 R38
A. Width across rear fenders

Narrow fenders 2170 mm (85.4 in)
Wide fenders 2350 mm (92.5 in)
Wide fenders extensions 2474 mm (97.4 in)
B. Ground clearance below front axle 420 mm (16.5 in) 470 mm (18.5 in)
Ground clearance below rear axle 480 mm (18.9 in) 505 mm (19.9 in)
Ground clearance middle 520 mm (20.5 in) 545 mm (21.5 in)
Ground clearance below swinging drawbars 431 mm (17.0 in) 456 mm (18.0 in)
Ground clearance Tow hooks/ K80 ball/ biton 431 mm (17.0 in) 456 mm (18.0 in)
Ground clearance automatic pick up hitch 355 mm (14.0 in) 380 mm (15.0 in)
9-1
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
C. Front track setting (with adjustable wheels)

Class 3 1325 - 2285 mm (52.2 - 90.0 in)
Class 4 1335 - 2295 mm
( 52.6 - 90.4 in )
NOTE: The fitment of dual wheels to the front axle is not recommended.
D. Rear track setting (with adjustable wheels)

- with flange axle 1530 - 2134 mm (60.2 - 84.0 in)
- with 98 in bar axle 1530 - 2574 mm (60.2 - 101.3 in)
E. Height to top of exhaust 2775 mm (109.3 in) 2800 mm (110.2 in)
F. Height to:
- Top of standard cab with High Roof 2880 mm (113.4 in) 2900 mm (114.2 in)
- Top of suspended cab with High Roof 2920 mm (115.0 in) 2945 mm (115.9 in)
- Top of standard cab with Low Roof 2775 mm (109.3 in) 2800 mm (110.2 in)
- Top of suspended cab with Low Roof 2815 mm (110.8 in) 2840 mm (111.8 in)
G. Max. overall length to end of lower links

Standard front axle 4205 mm (165.6 in)
Suspended front axle 4257 mm (167.6 in)
NOTE: If your tractor has tyres of a different size then the above dimensions will vary due to the difference in the
rolling radius and section width of the tyres fitted.
H. Overhang front projection (hitch in working position)

Standard front axle 1315 mm (51.8 in)
Suspended front axle 1315 mm (51.8 in)
J. Wheelbase
Standard front axle 2387 mm (94.0 in) 2627 mm (103.4 in)
Suspended front axle 2439 mm (96.0 in) 2679 mm (105.5 in)
K. Max. overhang rear hitch 1180 mm (46.5 in)
9-2
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
MINIMUM TURN RADIUS [41332172]

Minimum Turn Radius
(L) SAE Turning Radius. Measured from the centre point
of the circle to the centre of the tread on the outside front
tyre.
(M) Turnaround Diameter. Measured from the centre

point of the axle, in line with the drawbar.
BRJ5305B 1

110 120 130 115 125 140
L. Turning Radius
- without brakes at 60 in track setting (14.9R28 tyres) 6.15 m (20.18 ft)
- without brakes at 72 in track setting (420/70R28 tyres) 4.7 m (15.4 ft)
M. Turnaround Diameter
- without brakes at 72 in track setting (420/70R28 tyres) 5.88 m (19.3 ft)
NOTE: All turn radius figures are measured without front fenders and steering stops adjusted to provide 20 mm (0.79
in) wheel to chassis clearance on full lock with 0 ° front axle oscillation.
NOTE: If your tractor has tyres of a different size then the above dimensions will vary due to the difference in the
rolling radius and section width of the tyres fitted.
9-3
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
AXLE DIMENSION [41332310]

Axle Width - Flange to Flange
Front axle (4WD)
110 120 130 115 125 140
- Class 3 1890 mm (74.4 in)

- Class 4 1900 mm (74.8 in)
Rear axle
- Flange type 1770 mm (69.7 in)
- 98 in bar axle 1770 - 2210 mm (69.7 - 87.0 in)
Hub Dimensions
A Stud number, dimension and torque
B Diameter of clearance hole (hub)
C Stud to stud diameter (centre to centre)
SS11H285 1
Front axle (4WD)

4 cylinder 6 cylinder
A 8x M16 x 1.5 - 210 Nm (154.9 lb ft)

- Class 3 B 290 mm (11.4 in)
- Class 4 B 362 mm (14.3 in)
- Class 3 C 330 mm (13.0 in)
- Class 4 C 405 mm (15.9 in)
Rear axle
- Flange axle A 8x M18 x 1.5 - 250 Nm (184.4 lb ft)
B 139.6 mm (5.5 in)
C 203.2 mm (8.0 in)
- Bar axle A 8x M18 x 1.5 - 250 Nm (184.4 lb ft)

B 221 mm (8.7 in)
C 275 mm (10.8 in)
9-4
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
MAXIMUM OPERATING ANGLE [40936006]

110 120 130 115 125 140
Front end up 35 °
Rear end up 35 °
Right side up 35 °
Left side up 35 °
9-5
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
MAXIMUM OPERATING WEIGHTS [40862925]

110 120 130 115 125 140
4WD – with cab
On front axle
- Class 3 4100 kg (9039 lb)
- Class 4 4900 kg (10803 lb)
On rear axle 7300 kg (16094 lb)
Total weight 9000 kg (19842 lb)
9-6
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
VEHICLE TRACTOR WEIGHTS [40934516]

110 120 130 115 125 140
Minimum Weights
5010 kg (11045 lb) 5020 kg
with cab and standard axle 4890 kg (10781 lb)
(11067 lb)
5310 kg (11707 lb) 5320 kg
with cab and suspended axle 5190 kg (11442 lb)
(11729 lb)
Typical Weights
Minimum 5000 kg (11023 lb) 5230 kg (11530 lb)
5830 kg (12853 lb) 6150 kg
Average 5620 kg (12390 lb) (13558
lb)
6430 kg (14176 lb) 6485 kg
Maximum 5920 kg (13051 lb) (14297
lb)
NOTE: The above weights are based on standard production tractors with full fuel tank, but without driver, ballast or
additional equipment.
9-7
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
CAPACITIES [24712143]
110 120 130 115 125 140
FUEL TANK 175 l (46.2 US gal) 227 l (60.0 US gal)
DEF/ AdBlue® TANK 37 l (9.8 US gal)
25 l
COOLING SYSTEM 21 l (5.5 US gal)
( 6.6 US gal )
ENGINE (including filter) 10 l (2.64 US gal) 15 l (3.96 US gal)
TRANSMISSION / REAR AXLE / HYDRAULICS

16x16 62 l (16.4 US gal)
24x24 65.5 l (17.3 US gal)
4WD FRONT AXLE - DIFFERENTIAL 9 l (2.38 US gal)
4WD FRONT HUBS

1.25 l (0.33 US gal)
4WD FRONT HUBS

3.0 l (0.79 US gal)
4WD FRONT HUBS

4WD FRONT HUBS

FRONT P.T.O. 0.5 l (0.13 US gal)
9-8
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
ENGINE [40873204]
110 120 130 115 125 140
Engine power (unboosted) 81 kW 89 kW 96 kW 85 kW 92 kW 103 kW

at rated speed, (ECE R120) (110 Hp) (121 Hp) (131 Hp) (116 Hp) (125 Hp) (140 Hp)
Engine power (boosted) 96 kW 103 kW 110 kW 103 kW 111 kW 122 kW
at rated speed, (ECE R120) (131 Hp) (140 Hp) (150 Hp) (140 Hp) (151 Hp) (166 Hp)
Valves per cylinder 4 valves
Aspiration Turbocharged and intercooled
Bore 104 mm (4.1 in)
Stroke 132 mm (5.2 in)
Displacement 4485 cm³ (274 in³) 6728 cm³ (411 in³)
Compression ratio 17.5 : 1
Firing order 1.3.4.2 1.5.3.6.2.4
Rated engine speed 2200 RPM
Low Idle Speed 650 - 850 RPM
High Idle Speed 2350 RPM
Valve tappet clearance (cold)

- Intake 0.25 mm (0.010 in)
- Exhaust 0.51 mm (0.020 in)
9-9
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
FUEL SYSTEM [40892214]

110 120 130 115 125 140
Electronically controlled, high pressure

Type
common rail
Diesel Fuel EN590 standards

The usage of Diesel Fuel with Sulfur Content
> 10 mg/kg is NOT recommended.
Approved for 20 % Bio- Diesel fuels

Bio- Diesel Fuel
conforming to EN590 or EN14214 standards
DEF/ AdBlue® DEF/ AdBlue® to standard ISO22241
Fuel injection pump Rotary – Bosch
9 - 10
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
AIR CLEANER SYSTEM [40896040]

110 120 130 115 125 140
Type Multi stage Paper Element
Canister diameter 229 mm (9.0 in) 259 mm (10.2 in)
Spin tube pre- cleaner Option
9 - 11
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
COOLING SYSTEM [40896928]

110 120 130 115 125 140
Type Pressurised, with full flow bypass and recovery tank
Fan
- Coupling type Viscous
- Number of blades 9
- Diameter 550 mm (21.7 in)
Thermostat
- Begins to open at 81 °C (178 °F)
- Fully open at 96 °C (205 °F)
Radiator pressure cap 1 bar (14.5 psi)
9 - 12
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
TRANSMISSION [40896971]
110 120 130 115 125 140
Semi- Powershift
16x16 35 km/h (21.7 mph)
16x16 40 km/h (24.9 mph)
17x16 Economy 40 km/h (24.9 mph)
17x16 50 km/h (31.1 mph)
24x24 30 km/h (18.6 mph)
24x24 40 km/h (24.9 mph)
Clutch Type
Oil immersed disc, No. of plates 10 friction plates + 10 steel plates
Creeper Gear Operation

16x16 Transmission All Models (option) – Electronic Switch
9 - 13
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
REAR POWER TAKE-OFF [40899072]

110 120 130 115 125 140
Type
- Standard 540/ 540E/ 1000 shiftable, independent
- Optional 540/ 540E/ 1000E shiftable, independent
P.T.O. speed @ Engine speed (3 Speed Shiftable Standard)

- 540 1969 RPM
- 540E 1546 RPM
- 1000 1893 RPM
P.T.O. speed @ Engine speed (3 Speed Shiftable Option)

- 540E 1592 RPM
- 1000 1893 RPM
- 1000E 1621 RPM
Maximum P.T.O. power at Rated Engine Speed TBC after testing
Fender mounted P.T.O. controls Standard
Groundspeed P.T.O. Optional with 3- speed shiftable P.T.O.

P.T.O. shaft revolutions per wheel revolution
540 RPM @ 1 wheel revolution 9.934 :1
540E RPM @ 1 wheel revolution 12.652 : 1
1000 RPM @ 1 wheel revolution 19.140 : 1
9 - 14
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
FRONT POWER TAKE OFF [40899185]

110 120 130 115 125 140
Type Single speed, fully independent

- Shaft 6 or 21 Spline 39.4 mm (1.551 in)
- Actuation Electro- hydraulic
- Direction of rotation Anti- clockwise (viewed from the front)
P.T.O. speed @ Engine speed

- 1000 only 1895 RPM
Maximum power output

@ 30 °C (86 °F) ambient 65 kW (88 Hp)
@ 0 °C (32 °F) ambient 80 kW (109 Hp)
9 - 15
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM [40899221]

110 120 130 115 125 140
System Operation Electronic Hitch Control
Type
- fixed displacement gear pump Standard not applicable
- variable displacement piston pump Option Standard
Flow at rated engine speed

80 l/min (21.1 US
- fixed displacement gear pump
gpm)
- variable displacement piston pump 113 l/min (29.9 US gpm)
Maximum system pressure at rated engine speed

190 bar +/- 5
- fixed displacement gear pump
( 2755 psi +/- 73)
- variable displacement piston pump 210 bar +/- 5 ( 3045 psi +/- 73)
9 - 16
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
THREE POINT HITCH [40928517]

110 120 130 115 125 140
Linkage Category
- with EDC, Standard Category II/ III w/quick attach link ends
- with EDC, Optional Category II/ III w/flexible link ends
Manufacturers’ figures to OECD criteria – maximum lift capacity, 610 mm (24 in) behind link ends through full lift
range at 90 % of maximum hydraulic pressure:
with 2 x 80 mm assist rams

– with Flexible link ends 4371 kg (9636 lb)
– with Quick attach link ends 4123 kg (9090 lb)

Manufacturers’ figure to OECD criteria – maximum lift capacity at link ends at maximum hydraulic pressure:


NOTE: All lift capacity values are theoretical
Manufacturers’ figures to SAE J283/ASAE – maximum lift capacity, 610 mm (24 in) behind link ends through full lift
range at 90 % of maximum hydraulic pressure:


Manufacturers’ figures to SAE J283/ASAE – maximum lift capacity at link ends at maximum hydraulic pressure:


NOTE: All lift capacity values are theoretical.
9 - 17
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
THREE POINT HITCH FRONT [40932620]

110 120 130 115 125 140
Linkage Category Category II (ISO 8759/2)
Lift capacity through full lift range:

@ ball ends 2803 kg (6180 lb)
@ 610 mm in front of ball ends 2548 kg (5617 lb)
9 - 18
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
REMOTE CONTROL VALVES [40930326]

110 120 130 115 125 140
with mechanical remote valves

Standard 2 non- configurable (NC) valves
Option 2 configurable (C) valves
Option 1 NC + 2 C valves
Option 2 NC + 2 C valves
ISO Power beyond couplers Compatible with electronic valves
Maximum pressure at rated engine speed 210 bar +/- 5 ( 3045 psi +/- 72)
Maximum flow through one valve at rated engine speed

with mechanical remote valves 95 l/min +/- 5 ( 25 US gpm +/- 1.3)
9 - 19
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
FRONT REMOTE VALVE COUPLERS [40932797]

110 120 130 115 125 140
with mechanical rear mount remote valves

Option Dealer installed accessory.
Maximum flow through one valve at rated engine speed

with mechanical rear mount remote valves 95 l/min +/- 5 ( 25 US gpm +/- 1.3)
9 - 20
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
BRAKES [40933481]
110 120 130 115 125 140
Service brake Self adjusting, oil immersed disc acting on

differential shafts
Number of discs per side 1 friction and

1 steel
Front brakes (option) Oil immersed disc in each hub

Number of discs per side 1 friction and
1 steel
Handbrake Oil immersed discs acting on bevel pinion

shaft
- Engagement Mechanical lever
- Number of discs 4discs
9 - 21
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
STEERING [40933576]
110 120 130 115 125 140
Type Hydrostatic with tilt/ telescoping steering

wheel
Turn from lock to lock
- Standard/ Suspended axles Class 3 4.2 turns
- Standard/ Suspended axles Class 4 5.1 turns
- with Turn Assist 10 ° left or right from the straight ahead
position
Maximum angle of turn

- Standard axle 55 °
- Suspension axle 55 °
Front wheel alignment 0 mm +/- 3 ( 0 in +/- 0.12)
9 - 22
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT [40933962]

110 120 130 115 125 140
Alternator
- Standard 12 V, 120 A
- Optional 12 V, 150 A
Battery
- Standard Minimum maintenance 12 V 140 Ah (800 cca)
Minimum maintenance 12 V 176 Ah (1300
- Optional
cca)
- Isolator, electronic Optional
Starting motor Positive engagement, solenoid operated 4.2
kW - geared reduction
Cold starting aid Optional inlet manifold grid heater and fuel
heater
Bulb rating and type
- headlights 60 W/ 55 W - H4
- parking lights (front) 5 W - R 5W
- parking lights (rear) 5 W - P 21/5W
- work lights (hi- mount rear, on C- pillar and grabrail) 12 V 55 W - H3
- turn indicators (front) 21 W - PY 21W
- turn indicators (rear) 21 W - R21 W or PY 21W
- stop lights 21 W - P 21/5W
- licence plate lights 5 W - R 5W
- rotating beacon 55 W - H1
- interior/ step light 12 V R 10 W
- HID Xenon work lights rear roof, front grabrail HID DIS 12 V 35 W
- work lights hood 12 V 50 W - GE886
- roof front work lights 12.8 V 50 W - 885
9 - 23
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
GROUND SPEED CHART SEMI POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION

[40992982]
The ground speed of your tractor may be displayed on the NOTICE: The gear speeds shown in the charts are ap-
instrument panel. If your tractor is equipped with radar proximate and will vary depending on the make of tyre,
then the ground speed displayed will be a true reading. pressure and load.
Tractors without radar will display a ground speed that is
subject to minor inaccuracies due to the effects of wheel If tyres of a different size are fitted to your tractor, ensure
slip, tyre pressures, change of tyre size, etc. the Ground Speed Calibration procedure has been car-
ried out to provide an accurate ground speed in the in-
The charts on the following pages show the ground strument panel display (see page Instrument panel Ana-
speeds in km/h and MPH. To find the road speed for your logue-digital instrument cluster - Adjust).
tractor in any given gear ratio, use the column with your
rear tyre size in the heading.
Calculating P.T.O. Speeds

The gear speeds shown in the ground speed charts are For example, to determine the ground speed at 540 RPM
calculated at a rated engine speed of 2200 RPM. To de- P.T.O. speed in gear B2 ( 6.4 km/h) use the following
termine the ground speeds for P.T.O. operations divide calculation:
the ground speeds in the chart by the rated engine speed
and multiply by the P.T.O. engine speed. 6.4 km/h ÷ 2200 (rated speed) x 1970 ( P.T.O. erpm) =
5.73 km/h
GROUND SPEEDS in km/h and MPH at 2200 RPM Rated Engine Speed for 50 km/h 40 km/h
35 km/h
17x16 Heavy Duty Rear Axle – 18.4–38
50.0 km/h (31.1 Range Gear
Forward Reverse
mph)
1 2.3 km/h (1.4 mph) 2.2 km/h (1.4 mph)
2 2.8 km/h (1.7 mph) 2.7 km/h (1.7 mph)
Low
3 3.4 km/h (2.1 mph) 3.3 km/h (2.1 mph)
4 4.2 km/h (2.6 mph) 4.1 km/h (2.5 mph)
Field
5 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph) 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph)
6 8.5 km/h (5.3 mph) 6.5 km/h (4.0 mph)
High
7 8.0 km/h (5.0 mph) 7.9 km/h (4.9 mph)
8 9.8 km/h (6.1 mph) 9.6 km/h (6.0 mph)
1 8.9 km/h (5.5 mph) 8.8 km/h (5.5 mph)
2 10.9 km (6.8 miles) 10.7 km/h (6.6 mph)
Low
3 13.2 km/h (8.2 mph) 13.1 km/h (8.1 mph)
4 16.2 km/h (10.1 mph) 16.0 km/h (9.9 mph)
5 20.8 km/h (12.9 mph) 20.6 km/h (12.8 mph)
Road
6 25.5 km/h (15.8 mph) 25.2 km/h (15.7 mph)
7 31.1 km/h (19.3 mph) 30.7 km/h (19.1 mph)
High
8 35.0 km/h (21.7 mph) 34.6 km/h (21.5 mph)
45.8 km/h (28.5 mph)/ 40.0
9.
km/h (24.9 mph)
9 - 24
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

40 km/h (24.9 Range Gear
Forward Reverse
mph)
1 2.3 km/h (1.4 mph) 2.2 km/h (1.4 mph)
2 2.8 km/h (1.7 mph) 2.7 km/h (1.7 mph)
Low
3 3.4 km/h (2.1 mph) 3.3 km/h (2.1 mph)
4 4.2 km/h (2.6 mph) 4.1 km/h (2.5 mph)
Field
5 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph) 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph)
6 8.5 km/h (5.3 mph) 6.5 km/h (4.0 mph)
High
7 8.0 km/h (5.0 mph) 7.9 km/h (4.9 mph)
8 9.8 km/h (6.1 mph) 9.6 km/h (6.0 mph)
1 8.9 km/h (5.5 mph) 8.8 km/h (5.5 mph)
2 10.9 km (6.8 miles) 10.7 km/h (6.6 mph)
Low
3 13.2 km/h (8.2 mph) 13.1 km/h (8.1 mph)
4 16.2 km/h (10.1 mph) 16.0 km/h (9.9 mph)
Road
5 20.8 km/h (12.9 mph) 20.6 km/h (12.8 mph)
6 25.5 km/h (15.8 mph) 25.2 km/h (15.7 mph)
High
7 31.1 km/h (19.3 mph) 30.7 km/h (19.1 mph)
8 38.1 km/h (23.7 mph) 37.7 km/h (23.4 mph)
1 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
2 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
Low
3 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
4 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
Field Creeper
5 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph)
6 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph) 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph)
High
7 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph) 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph)
8 1.0 km/h (0.6 mph) 1.0 km/h (0.6 mph)
1 0.9 km/h (0.6 mph) 0.9 km/h (0.6 mph)
2 1.1 km/h (0.7 mph) 1.1 km/h (0.7 mph)
Low
3 1.3 km/h (0.8 mph) 1.3 km/h (0.8 mph)
4 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph) 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph)
Road Creeper
5 2.1 km/h (1.3 mph) 2.0 km/h (1.2 mph)
6 2.5 km/h (1.6 mph) 2.5 km/h (1.6 mph)
High
7 3.1 km/h (1.9 mph) 3.1 km/h (1.9 mph)
8 3.8 km/h (2.4 mph) 3.8 km/h (2.4 mph)

mph) Forward Reverse
Japan
1 2.3 km/h (1.4 mph) 2.2 km/h (1.4 mph)
2 2.8 km/h (1.7 mph) 2.7 km/h (1.7 mph)
Low
3 3.4 km/h (2.1 mph) 3.3 km/h (2.1 mph)
4 4.2 km/h (2.6 mph) 4.1 km/h (2.5 mph)
Field
5 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph) 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph)
6 8.5 km/h (5.3 mph) 6.5 km/h (4.0 mph)
High
7 8.0 km/h (5.0 mph) 7.9 km/h (4.9 mph)
8 9.8 km/h (6.1 mph) 9.6 km/h (6.0 mph)
1 8.9 km/h (5.5 mph) 8.8 km/h (5.5 mph)
2 10.9 km (6.8 miles) 10.7 km/h (6.6 mph)
Low
3 13.2 km/h (8.2 mph) 13.1 km/h (8.1 mph)
4 16.2 km/h (10.1 mph) 16.0 km/h (9.9 mph)
Road
5 20.8 km/h (12.9 mph) 20.6 km/h (12.8 mph)
6 25.5 km/h (15.8 mph) 25.2 km/h (15.7 mph)
High
7 31.1 km/h (19.3 mph) 30.7 km/h (19.1 mph)
8 35.0 km/h (21.7 mph) 34.6 km/h (21.5 mph)
9 - 25
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

mph) Forward Reverse
Japan
1 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
2 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
Low
3 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
4 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
Field Creeper
5 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph)
6 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph) 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph)
High
7 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph) 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph)
8 1.0 km/h (0.6 mph) 1.0 km/h (0.6 mph)
1 0.9 km/h (0.6 mph) 0.9 km/h (0.6 mph)
2 1.1 km/h (0.7 mph) 1.1 km/h (0.7 mph)
Low
3 1.3 km/h (0.8 mph) 1.3 km/h (0.8 mph)
4 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph) 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph)
Road Creeper
5 2.1 km/h (1.3 mph) 2.0 km/h (1.2 mph)
6 2.5 km/h (1.6 mph) 2.5 km/h (1.6 mph)
High
7 3.1 km/h (1.9 mph) 3.1 km/h (1.9 mph)
8 3.8 km/h (2.4 mph) 3.8 km/h (2.4 mph)

40 km/h (24.9 Hi – Lo
Forward Reverse
mph)
Lo 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph) 1.7 km/h (1.1 mph)
Hi 2.0 km/h (1.2 mph) 2.1 km/h (1.3 mph)
Lo 2.4 km/h (1.5 mph) 2.5 km/h (1.6 mph)
Hi 2.9 km/h (1.8 mph) 3.0 km/h (1.9 mph)
Low
Lo 3.4 km/h (2.1 mph) 3.5 km/h (2.2 mph)
Hi 4.2 km/h (2.6 mph) 4.3 km/h (2.7 mph)
Lo 5.0 km/h (3.1 mph) 5.2 km/h (3.2 mph)
Hi 6.1 km/h (3.8 mph) 6.3 km/h (3.9 mph)
Lo 4.1 km/h (2.5 mph) 4.3 km/h (2.7 mph)
Hi 5.0 km/h (3.1 mph) 5.2 km/h (3.2 mph)
Lo 6.0 km/h (3.7 mph) 6.2 km/h (3.9 mph)
Hi 7.4 km/h (4.6 mph) 7.6 km/h (4.7 mph)
Medium
Lo 8.6 km/h (5.3 mph) 8.9 km/h (5.5 mph)
Hi 10.5 km/h (6.5 mph) 10.9 km/h (6.8 mph)
Lo 12.5 km/h (7.8 mph) 13.0 km/h (8.1 mph)
Hi 15.3 km/h (9.5 mph) 15.9 km/h (9.9 mph)
Lo 10.0 km/h (6.2 mph) 10.3 km/h (6.4 mph)
Hi 12.2 km/h (7.6 mph) 12.6 km/h (7.8 mph)
Lo 14.6 km/h (9.1 mph) 15.1 km/h (9.4 mph)
Hi 17.9 km/h (11.1 mph) 18.5 km/h (11.5 mph)
High
Lo 20.9 km/h (13.0 mph) 21.6 km/h (13.4 mph)
Hi 25.5 km/h (15.8 mph) 26.4 km/h (16.4 mph)
Lo 30.4 km/h (18.9 mph) 31.4 km/h (19.5 mph)
Hi 37.2 km/h (23.1 mph) 38.4 km/h (23.9 mph)
Lo 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
Hi 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
Lo 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph) 0.2 km/h (0.1 mph)
Hi 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph)
Low Creeper
Lo 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.4 km/h (0.2 mph)
Hi 0.4 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.4 km/h (0.2 mph)
Lo 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph)
Hi 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph) 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph)
9 - 26
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

40 km/h (24.9 Hi – Lo
Forward Reverse
mph)
Lo 0.4 km/h (0.2 mph) 0.4 km/h (0.2 mph)
Hi 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph)
Lo 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph) 0.6 km/h (0.4 mph)
Hi 0.7 km/h (0.4 mph) 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph)
Medium Creeper
Lo 0.9 km/h (0.6 mph) 0.9 km/h (0.6 mph)
Hi 1.0 km/h (0.6 mph) 1.1 km/h (0.7 mph)
Lo 1.2 km/h (0.7 mph) 1.3 km/h (0.8 mph)
Hi 1.5 km/h (0.9 mph) 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph)
Lo 1.0 km/h (0.6 mph) 1.0 km/h (0.6 mph)
Hi 1.2 km/h (0.7 mph) 1.3 km/h (0.8 mph)
Lo 1.5 km/h (0.9 mph) 1.5 km/h (0.9 mph)
Hi 1.8 km/h (1.1 mph) 1.8 km/h (1.1 mph)
High Creeper
Lo 2.1 km/h (1.3 mph) 2.1 km/h (1.3 mph)
Hi 2.5 km/h (1.6 mph) 2.6 km/h (1.6 mph)
Lo 3.0 km/h (1.9 mph) 3.1 km/h (1.9 mph)
Hi 3.7 km/h (2.3 mph) 3.8 km/h (2.4 mph)
NOTE: Maximum gear speeds are electronically regulated.
9 - 27
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
TRANSMISSION Power Shuttle - General specification [42368124]

GROUND SPEEDS at Rated Engine Speed ( 2200 RPM ) with 40 km/h (24.9 mph) Transmission (24 x 24),
Creeper Speeds and 18.4R - 38
Hi – Lo Main lever Forward Reverse
Lo 1 1.64 km/h (1.02 mph) 1.70 km/h (1.06 mph)
Hi 1 2.01 km/h (1.25 mph) 2.08 km/h (1.29 mph)
Lo 2 2.40 km/h (1.49 mph) 2.49 km/h (1.55 mph)
Hi 2 2.94 km/h (1.83 mph) 3.04 km/h (1.89 mph)
Low
Lo 3 3.43 km/h (2.13 mph) 3.55 km/h (2.21 mph)
Hi 3 4.20 km/h (2.61 mph) 4.34 km/h (2.70 mph)
Lo 4 4.99 km/h (3.10 mph) 5.17 km/h (3.21 mph)
Hi 4 6.11 km/h (3.80 mph) 6.32 km/h (3.93 mph)
Lo 1 4.12 km/h (2.56 mph) 4.26 km/h (2.65 mph)
Hi 1 5.04 km/h (3.13 mph) 5.21 km/h (3.24 mph)
Lo 2 6.04 km/h (3.75 mph) 6.24 km/h (3.88 mph)
Hi 2 7.39 km/h (4.59 mph) 7.64 km/h (4.75 mph)
Medium
Lo 3 8.62 km/h (5.36 mph) 8.92 km/h (5.54 mph)
Hi 3 10.5 km/h (6.52 mph) 10.9 km/h (6.77 mph)
Lo 4 12.5 km/h (7.77 mph) 13.0 km/h (8.08 mph)
Hi 4 15.3 km/h (9.51 mph) 15.9 km/h (9.88 mph)
Lo 1 10.0 km/h (6.21 mph) 10.3 km/h (6.40 mph)
Hi 1 12.2 km/h (7.58 mph) 12.6 km/h (7.83 mph)
Lo 2 14.6 km/h (9.07 mph) 15.1 km/h (9.38 mph)
Hi 2 17.9 km/h (11.1 mph) 18.5 km/h (11.5 mph)
High
Lo 3 20.9 km/h (13.0 mph) 21.6 km/h (13.4 mph)
Hi 3 25.5 km/h (15.8 mph) 26.4 km/h (16.4 mph)
Lo 4 30.4 km/h (18.9 mph) 31.4 km/h (19.5 mph)
Hi 4 37.2 km/h (23.1 mph) 38.4 km/h (23.9 mph)
Lo 1 0.16 km/h (0.10 mph) 0.17 km/h (0.11 mph)
Hi 1 0.20 km/h (0.12 mph) 0.21 km/h (0.13 mph)
Lo 2 0.24 km/h (0.15 mph) 0.25 km/h (0.16 mph)
Hi 2 0.29 km/h (0.18 mph) 0.30 km/h (0.19 mph)
Low Creeper
Lo 3 0.34 km/h (0.21 mph) 0.35 km/h (0.22 mph)
Hi 3 0.42 km/h (0.26 mph) 0.43 km/h (0.27 mph)
Lo 4 0.50 km/h (0.31 mph) 0.51 km/h (0.32 mph)
Hi 4 0.61 km/h (0.38 mph) 0.63 km/h (0.39 mph)
Lo 1 0.41 km/h (0.25 mph) 0.42 km/h (0.26 mph)
Hi 1 0.50 km/h (0.31 mph) 0.52 km/h (0.32 mph)
Lo 2 0.60 km/h (0.37 mph) 0.62 km/h (0.39 mph)
Hi 2 0.73 km/h (0.45 mph) 0.76 km/h (0.47 mph)
Medium Creeper
Lo 3 0.86 km/h (0.53 mph) 0.89 km/h (0.55 mph)
Hi 3 1.05 km/h (0.65 mph) 1.08 km/h (0.67 mph)
Lo 4 1.25 km/h (0.78 mph) 1.29 km/h (0.80 mph)
Hi 4 1.53 km/h (0.95 mph) 1.58 km/h (0.98 mph)
Lo 1 0.99 km/h (0.62 mph) 1.03 km/h (0.64 mph)
Hi 1 1.21 km/h (0.75 mph) 1.26 km/h (0.78 mph)
Lo 2 1.45 km/h (0.90 mph) 1.50 km/h (0.93 mph)
Hi 2 1.78 km/h (1.11 mph) 1.84 km/h (1.14 mph)
High Creeper
Lo 3 2.08 km/h (1.29 mph) 2.15 km/h (1.34 mph)
Hi 3 2.54 km/h (1.58 mph) 2.63 km/h (1.63 mph)
Lo 4 3.02 km/h (1.88 mph) 3.12 km/h (1.94 mph)
Hi 4 3.69 km/h (2.29 mph) 3.82 km/h (2.37 mph)
9 - 28
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Lo 1 1.73 km/h (1.07 mph) 1.79 km/h (1.11 mph)
Hi 1 2.12 km/h (1.32 mph) 2.19 km/h (1.36 mph)
Lo 2 2.54 km/h (1.58 mph) 2.63 km/h (1.63 mph)
Hi 2 3.11 km/h (1.93 mph) 3.21 km/h (1.99 mph)
Low
Lo 3 3.63 km/h (2.26 mph) 3.75 km/h (2.33 mph)
Hi 3 4.44 km/h (2.76 mph) 4.59 km/h (2.85 mph)
Lo 4 5.28 km/h (3.28 mph) 5.46 km/h (3.39 mph)
Hi 4 6.45 km/h (4.01 mph) 6.67 km/h (4.14 mph)
Lo 1 4.35 km/h (2.70 mph) 4.50 km/h (2.80 mph)
Hi 1 5.33 km/h (3.31 mph) 5.51 km/h (3.42 mph)
Lo 2 6.38 km/h (3.96 mph) 6.60 km/h (4.10 mph)
Hi 2 7.80 km/h (4.85 mph) 8.07 km/h (5.01 mph)
Medium
Lo 3 9.11 km/h (5.66 mph) 9.42 km/h (5.85 mph)
Hi 3 11.1 km/h (6.90 mph) 11.5 km/h (7.15 mph)
Lo 4 13.3 km/h (8.26 mph) 13.7 km/h (8.51 mph)
Hi 4 16.2 km/h (10.1 mph) 16.8 km/h (10.4 mph)
Lo 1 10.5 km/h (6.52 mph) 10.1 km/h (6.28 mph)
Hi 1 12.9 km/h (8.02 mph) 13.3 km/h (8.26 mph)
Lo 2 15.4 km/h (9.57 mph) 16.0 km/h (9.94 mph)
Hi 2 18.9 km/h (11.7 mph) 19.5 km/h (12.1 mph)
High
Lo 3 22.1 km/h (13.7 mph) 22.8 km/h (14.2 mph)
Hi 3 27.0 km/h (16.8 mph) 27.9 km/h (17.3 mph)
Lo 4 32.1 km/h (19.9 mph) 33.2 km/h (20.6 mph)
Hi 4 39.3 km/h (24.4 mph) 40.6 km/h (25.2 mph)
Lo 1 0.17 km/h (0.11 mph) 0.18 km/h (0.11 mph)
Hi 1 0.21 km/h (0.13 mph) 0.22 km/h (0.14 mph)
Lo 2 0.25 km/h (0.16 mph) 0.26 km/h (0.16 mph)
Hi 2 0.31 km/h (0.19 mph) 0.32 km/h (0.20 mph)
Low Creeper
Lo 3 0.36 km/h (0.22 mph) 0.37 km/h (0.23 mph)
Hi 3 0.44 km/h (0.27 mph) 0.46 km/h (0.29 mph)
Lo 4 0.52 km/h (0.32 mph) 0.54 km/h (0.34 mph)
Hi 4 0.64 km/h (0.40 mph) 0.66 km/h (0.41 mph)
Lo 1 0.43 km/h (0.27 mph) 0.45 km/h (0.28 mph)
Hi 1 0.53 km/h (0.33 mph) 0.55 km/h (0.34 mph)
Lo 2 0.63 km/h (0.39 mph) 0.66 km/h (0.41 mph)
Hi 2 0.78 km/h (0.48 mph) 0.80 km/h (0.50 mph)
Medium Creeper
Lo 3 0.91 km/h (0.57 mph) 0.94 km/h (0.58 mph)
Hi 3 1.11 km/h (0.69 mph) 1.15 km/h (0.71 mph)
Lo 4 1.32 km/h (0.82 mph) 1.36 km/h (0.85 mph)
Hi 4 1.61 km/h (1.00 mph) 1.67 km/h (1.04 mph)
Lo 1 1.05 km/h (0.65 mph) 1.08 km/h (0.67 mph)
Hi 1 1.28 km/h (0.80 mph) 1.33 km/h (0.83 mph)
Lo 2 1.54 km/h (0.96 mph) 1.59 km/h (0.99 mph)
Hi 2 1.88 km/h (1.17 mph) 1.94 km/h (1.21 mph)
High Creeper
Lo 3 2.19 km/h (1.36 mph) 2.27 km/h (1.41 mph)
Hi 3 2.68 km/h (1.67 mph) 2.77 km/h (1.72 mph)
Lo 4 3.19 km/h (1.98 mph) 3.30 km/h (2.05 mph)
Hi 4 3.90 km/h (2.42 mph) 4.04 km/h (2.51 mph)
9 - 29
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Lo 1 1.64 km/h (1.02 mph) 1.70 km/h (1.06 mph)
Hi 1 2.01 km/h (1.25 mph) 2.08 km/h (1.29 mph)
Lo 2 2.39 km/h (1.49 mph) 2.47 km/h (1.53 mph)
Hi 2 2.92 km/h (1.81 mph) 3.02 km/h (1.88 mph)
Low
Lo 3 3.24 km/h (2.01 mph) 3.35 km/h (2.08 mph)
Hi 3 3.96 km/h (2.46 mph) 4.10 km/h (2.55 mph)
Lo 4 4.99 km/h (3.10 mph) 5.17 km/h (3.21 mph)
Hi 4 6.11 km/h (3.80 mph) 6.32 km/h (3.93 mph)
Lo 1 3.72 km/h (2.31 mph) 3.84 km/h (2.39 mph)
Hi 1 4.55 km/h (2.83 mph) 4.70 km/h (2.92 mph)
Lo 2 5.41 km/h (3.36 mph) 5.59 km/h (3.47 mph)
Hi 2 6.62 km/h (4.11 mph) 6.84 km/h (4.25 mph)
Medium
Lo 3 7.34 km/h (4.56 mph) 7.59 km/h (4.72 mph)
Hi 3 8.98 km/h (5.58 mph) 9.29 km/h (5.77 mph)
Lo 4 11.3 km/h (7.02 mph) 11.7 km/h (7.27 mph)
Hi 4 13.8 km/h (8.57 mph) 14.3 km/h (8.89 mph)
Lo 1 8.19 km/h (5.09 mph) 8.47 km/h (5.26 mph)
Hi 1 10.0 km/h (6.21 mph) 10.4 km/h (6.46 mph)
Lo 2 11.9 km/h (7.39 mph) 12.3 km/h (7.64 mph)
Hi 2 14.6 km/h (9.07 mph) 15.1 km/h (9.38 mph)
High
Lo 3 16.2 km/h (10.1 mph) 16.7 km/h (10.4 mph)
Hi 3 19.8 km/h (12.3 mph) 20.5 km/h (12.7 mph)
Lo 4 24.9 km/h (15.5 mph) 25.8 km/h (16.0 mph)
Hi 4 30.5 km/h (19.0 mph) 31.5 km/h (19.6 mph)
Lo 1 0.16 km/h (0.10 mph) 0.17 km/h (0.11 mph)
Hi 1 0.20 km/h (0.12 mph) 0.21 km/h (0.13 mph)
Lo 2 0.24 km/h (0.15 mph) 0.25 km/h (0.16 mph)
Hi 2 0.29 km/h (0.18 mph) 0.30 km/h (0.19 mph)
Low Creeper
Lo 3 0.32 km/h (0.20 mph) 0.33 km/h (0.21 mph)
Hi 3 0.39 km/h (0.24 mph) 0.41 km/h (0.25 mph)
Lo 4 0.50 km/h (0.31 mph) 0.51 km/h (0.32 mph)
Hi 4 0.61 km/h (0.38 mph) 0.63 km/h (0.39 mph)
Lo 1 0.37 km/h (0.23 mph) 0.38 km/h (0.24 mph)
Hi 1 0.45 km/h (0.28 mph) 0.47 km/h (0.29 mph)
Lo 2 0.54 km/h (0.34 mph) 0.56 km/h (0.35 mph)
Hi 2 0.66 km/h (0.41 mph) 0.68 km/h (0.42 mph)
Medium Creeper
Lo 3 0.73 km/h (0.45 mph) 0.75 km/h (0.47 mph)
Hi 3 0.89 km/h (0.55 mph) 0.92 km/h (0.57 mph)
Lo 4 1.12 km/h (0.70 mph) 1.16 km/h (0.72 mph)
Hi 4 1.38 km/h (0.86 mph) 1.42 km/h (0.88 mph)
Lo 1 0.81 km/h (0.50 mph) 0.84 km/h (0.52 mph)
Hi 1 1.00 km/h (0.62 mph) 1.03 km/h (0.64 mph)
Lo 2 1.19 km/h (0.74 mph) 1.23 km/h (0.76 mph)
Hi 2 1.45 km/h (0.90 mph) 1.50 km/h (0.93 mph)
High Creeper
Lo 3 1.61 km/h (1.00 mph) 1.66 km/h (1.03 mph)
Hi 3 1.97 km/h (1.22 mph) 2.03 km/h (1.26 mph)
Lo 4 2.48 km/h (1.54 mph) 2.56 km/h (1.59 mph)
Hi 4 3.03 km/h (1.88 mph) 3.14 km/h (1.95 mph)
9 - 30
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
MINIMUM HARDWARE TIGHTENING TORQUES [25157350]

INCH NON-FLANGED HARDWARE AND LOCKNUTS
NOMINAL SAE GRADE 5 BOLT and SAE GRADE 8 BOLT and LOCKNUT GrB LOCKNUT GrC
SIZE NUT NUT W/ Gr5 BOLT W/ Gr8 BOLT
UNPLATED PLATED UNPLATED PLATED
or PLATED W/ZnCr or PLATED W/ZnCr
SILVER GOLD SILVER GOLD
9.7 Nm (85.9 13 Nm (115.1 14 Nm (123.9 18 Nm (159.3 6.9 Nm (61.1 lb 9.8 Nm (86.7 lb
1/4
lb in) lb in) lb in) lb in) in) in)
20 Nm (177.0 26 Nm (230.1 28 Nm (247.8 37 Nm (327.5 14 Nm (123.9 lb 20 Nm (177.0 lb
5/16
lb in) lb in) lb in) lb in) in) in)
35 Nm (26 lb 46 Nm (34 lb 50 Nm (37 lb 65 Nm (48 lb
3/8 26 Nm (19 lb ft) 35 Nm (26 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
57 Nm (42 lb 73 Nm (54 lb 80 Nm (59 lb 104 Nm (77 lb
7/16 41 Nm (30 lb ft) 57 Nm (42 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
87 Nm (64 lb 113 Nm (83 123 Nm (91 159 Nm (117
1/2 61 Nm (45 lb ft) 88 Nm (65 lb ft)
ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft)
125 Nm (92 163 Nm (120 176 Nm (130 229 Nm (169
9/16 88 Nm (65 lb ft) 125 Nm (92 lb ft)
lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft)
174 Nm (128 224 Nm (165 244 Nm (180 316 Nm (233 172 Nm (127 lb
5/8 122 Nm (90 lb ft)
lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) ft)
306 Nm (226 397 Nm (293 432 Nm (319 560 Nm (413 305 Nm (225 lb
3/4 217 Nm (160 lb ft)
495 Nm (365 641 Nm (473 698 Nm (515 904 Nm (667 494 Nm (364 lb
7/8 350 Nm (258 lb ft)
742 Nm (547 960 Nm (708 1048 Nm (773 1356 Nm 739 Nm (545 lb
1 523 Nm (386 lb ft)
lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) (1000 lb ft) ft)
IDENTIFICATION
Inch Bolts and free-spinning nuts
20083682 1
Grade Marking Examples
SAE Grade Identification

1 Grade 2 - No Marks 4 Grade 2 Nut - No Marks
2 Grade 5 - Three Marks 5 Grade 5 Nut - Marks 120 ° Apart
3 Grade 8 - Five Marks 6 Grade 8 Nut - Marks 60 ° Apart
9 - 31
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Inch Lock Nuts, All Metal (Three optional methods)
20090268 2
Grade Identification
Grade Corner Marking Method (1) Flats Marking Method (2) Clock Marking Method (3)
Grade A No Notches No Mark No Marks
Grade B One Circumferential Notch Letter B Three Marks
Grade C Two Circumferential Notches Letter C Six Marks
METRIC NON-FLANGED HARDWARE AND LOCKNUTS

NOMINAL CLASS 10.9 BOLT and CLASS 10 LOCKNUT CL.8
SIZE CLASS 8.8 BOLT and CLASS 8 NUT NUT W/CL8.8 BOLT
UNPLATED PLATED W/ZnCr UNPLATED PLATED W/ZnCr
3.4 Nm (30.1 lb 4.8 Nm (42.5 lb 1.8 Nm (15.9 lb
M4 2.6 Nm (23.0 lb in) 3.7 Nm (32.7 lb in)
in) in) in)
6.3 Nm (55.8 lb
M6 8.9 Nm (78.8 lb in) 12 Nm (106 lb in) 13 Nm (115 lb in) 17 Nm (150 lb in)
in)
M8 22 Nm (195 lb in) 28 Nm (248 lb in) 31 Nm (274 lb in) 40 Nm (354 lb in) 15 Nm (133 lb in)
M10 43 Nm (32 lb ft) 56 Nm (41 lb ft) 61 Nm (45 lb ft) 79 Nm (58 lb ft) 30 Nm (22 lb ft)
138 Nm (102 lb
M12 75 Nm (55 lb ft) 97 Nm (72 lb ft) 107 Nm (79 lb ft) 53 Nm (39 lb ft)
ft)
240 Nm (177 lb 344 Nm (254 lb
M16 186 Nm (137 lb ft) 266 Nm (196 lb ft) 131 Nm (97 lb ft)
ft) ft)
485 Nm (358 lb 671 Nm (495 lb
ft) ft)
839 Nm (619 lb 1160 Nm (856 lb
ft) ft)
9 - 32
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
IDENTIFICATION
Metric Hex head and carriage bolts, classes 5.6 and up
20083680 3
1. Manufacturer's Identification 2. Property Class
Metric Hex nuts and locknuts, classes 05 and up
20083681 4
1. Manufacturer's Identification
2. Property Class
3. Clock Marking of Property Class and Manufacturer's Identification (Optional), i.e. marks 60 ° apart indicate
Class 10 properties, and marks 120 ° apart indicate Class 8.
9 - 33
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
9 - 34
10 - ACCESSORIES
10 - ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL REAR VIEW MIRRORS [21952462]
With mech. adjusted Mirrorhead
Move the mirror arm, as required, to obtain the best rear-
ward view. When the knob (1) is loosened, the telescopic
arm may be extended, as shown. This feature will be ben-
eficial when towing wide trailers or equipment. To adjust
the angle of the mirror head, loosen the knob (2). Ensure
both knobs are fully tightened when the mirror is correctly
positioned. The mirror arm may be swivelled forward to
clear obstructions if necessary.
BRI4091B 1
With electr. adjusted Mirrorhead

With the optional electr. adjusted mirrors the position of
the mirror head may be adjusted electrically.
Select the mirror to be adjusted by moving the switch (1)

to the left or right. Then using the 4- way control (2) move
it sideways to adjust the lateral view or up and down to
adjust the vertical position.
With the selector switch (1) in the mid position the power
adjustment function will be de- activated.
BRI3983B 2
Move the mirror arm, as required, to obtain the best rear-

ward view. When the knob (2) is loosened, the telescopic
arm may be extended or retracted.
To make initial adjustment to the vertical position of the

mirror assembly, remove the four self- tapping screws and
take off the rear cover.
Loosen the clamp screws (1) reposition the mirror head
and re- tighten the screws. Replace the cover.
BRJ5362B 3
The power adjust mirrors are also electrically heated. Mo-

mentarily depress the switch to turn on the heating ele-
ment. The mirror heater will automatically switch off after
12 - 14 min.
BRJ4978J 4
10 - 1
10 - ACCESSORIES
AUXILIARY HEADLIGHTS [24754884]

A set of additional dipping headlights are available for use
with front mounted equipment. Located on the upper right
and left- hand grab rails, the headlight beams pass over
front mounted equipment to illuminate the road ahead.
BRJ5349A 1
To turn on the auxiliary headlights, depress the switch (2)

on the right- hand 'C' pillar in the cab. When switched on
the auxiliary headlight beams may be dipped using the
multi- function switch on the left of the steering column.
SS10K093 2
10 - 2
11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

Service record 1st 50 hour, Owner copy [24915292]
CHECK AND ADJUST, AS REQUIRED
INOPERATIVE SERVICE CHECKS OPERATIVE SERVICE CHECKS
1. Check engine oil level All operative checks are to be performed with the tractor
at normal operating temperature.
2. Tyre pressures and condition 1. Lights and instruments for proper operation
3. Radiator coolant level and specific gravity 2. Windscreen wipe/ wash operation
4. Inspect engine Poly V- belt 3. Fluid and oil leaks
Inspect air compressor Poly V- belt (air Maximum no- load speed and idle speed
5. 4.
operated trailer brakes and air conditioner) adjustments and fuel shut off
6. Change hydraulics/ transmission filters 5. P.T.O. operation
7. Check transmission/ rear axle oil level 6. Hydraulic System:
8. Check front axle differential and hub oil levels Draft Position Control operation
9. Check brake pedal equalization Flow control operation

10 Remote control valve operation
Check and adjust parking brake
.
11 Wheel- to- rim clamp bolts and lock nuts for Joystick operation
. tightness
7. Calibrate transmission clutches
12
Wheel disc- to- hub nuts for tightness
.
13 PERFORMANCE SERVICE CHECKS
Front end weight clamp bolts for tightness
.
Engine operation including throttle and
14 1.
Front wheel track alignment governor operation
.
15 2. Transmission, including clutch
Lubricate all grease fittings
.
3. Steering control
16
Clean air cleaner primary element
. Differential lock engagement and
4.
17 Check air intake and intercooler hose disengagement
. connections 5. Brake action
18
Check cooling system hose connections
. 6. All optional equipment and accessories
19
Check torque of exhaust manifold bolts 7. SCR- System
.
SAFETY ITEMS CHECKS
1. Cab or frame mounting bolt torque

2. Neutral start switches operative
3. Seat belt and coupling
SERVICE PERFORMED
TRACTOR MODEL NO: TRACTOR SERIAL NO:
OWNER SIGNATURE: DEALER SIGNATURE:
DATE: DATE:
11 - 1
11 - 2
Service record 1st 50 hour, Dealer copy [24915272]

CHECK AND ADJUST, AS REQUIRED
INOPERATIVE SERVICE CHECKS OPERATIVE SERVICE CHECKS
1. Check engine oil level All operative checks are to be performed with the tractor
at normal operating temperature.
2. Tyre pressures and condition 1. Lights and instruments for proper operation
3. Radiator coolant level and specific gravity 2. Windscreen wipe/ wash operation
4. Inspect engine Poly V- belt 3. Fluid and oil leaks
Inspect air compressor Poly V- belt (air Maximum no- load speed and idle speed
5. 4.
operated trailer brakes and air conditioner) adjustments and fuel shut off
6. Change hydraulics/ transmission filters 5. P.T.O. operation
7. Check transmission/ rear axle oil level 6. Hydraulic System:
8. Check front axle differential and hub oil levels Draft Position Control operation
9. Check brake pedal equalization Flow control operation

10 Remote control valve operation
Check and adjust parking brake
.
11 Wheel- to- rim clamp bolts and lock nuts for Joystick operation
. tightness
7. Calibrate transmission clutches
12
Wheel disc- to- hub nuts for tightness
.
13 PERFORMANCE SERVICE CHECKS
Front end weight clamp bolts for tightness
.
Engine operation including throttle and
14 1.
Front wheel track alignment governor operation
.
15 2. Transmission, including clutch
Lubricate all grease fittings
.
3. Steering control
16
Clean air cleaner primary element
. Differential lock engagement and
4.
17 Check air intake and intercooler hose disengagement
. connections 5. Brake action
18
Check cooling system hose connections
. 6. All optional equipment and accessories
19
Check torque of exhaust manifold bolts 7. SCR- System
.
SAFETY ITEMS CHECKS
1. Cab or frame mounting bolt torque

2. Neutral start switches operative
3. Seat belt and coupling
SERVICE PERFORMED
TRACTOR MODEL NO: TRACTOR SERIAL NO:
OWNER SIGNATURE: DEALER SIGNATURE:
DATE: DATE:
11 - 3
11 - 4
Index
ACCESS TO OPERATOR'S PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

CAB AIR FILTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
CAB AIR PRESSURISATION MONITOR (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
CABLE AND WIRING ROUTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
IMPLEMENT MONITOR INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
IN CAB STORAGE (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
MOBILE TELEPHONE USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
AUXILIARY HEADLIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
EXTERNAL REAR VIEW MIRRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
ALARM(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
FAULT CODES AND SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
AUXILIARY POWER CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-151

DIAGNOSTIC SOCKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-151
ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152
EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154
INTERNAL POWER CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152
TRAILER SOCKET ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-151
BALLASTING AND TYRES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140

BALLASTING AND TYRES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140
IRON WEIGHTS (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-143
LIQUID BALLAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-146
TYRE INFLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-148
TYRE PRESSURES AND PERMISSIBLE LOADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-149
COMMISSIONING THE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

TRACTOR REFUELLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
ACCESSING STORED ERROR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
AIR SUSPENSION SEAT (where fitted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
AIR SUSPENSION SEAT DELUXE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
ALARM FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
ANALOGUE/ DIGITAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
CAB AIR FILTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
CAB AIR PRESSURISATION MONITOR (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
CABLE AND WIRING ROUTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
CLIMATE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
CLUTCH/ INCHING PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
FAST STEERING SYSTEM (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
FOLLOW ME HOME LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
FOOT BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
FOOT THROTTLE PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
GAUGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
GROUND SPEED CALIBRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
HAND THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
HANDBRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
HAZARD WARNING LIGHT SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
IMPLEMENT MONITOR INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
IN CAB STORAGE (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
INDICATOR AND WARNING LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
INSTRUCTIONAL SEAT (where fitted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
INTERIOR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
KEY- START SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
KEYPAD ENHANCED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
LIGHT-/ TURN LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
MECHANICAL SEAT DELUXE (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
MOBILE TELEPHONE USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
PERFORMANCE MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
RADIO (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
SELECTING OR CHANGING THE DISPLAY SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
STEERING COLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
SWITCH PANEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
SWITCH PANEL WORKLIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
SWITCHES ON C-PILLAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
WARNING AND ADVISORY SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
DRAWBARS AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106

AUTOMATIC PICK-UP HITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111
DRAWBARS AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106
REAR TOW HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-113
SWINGING DRAWBARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-109
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-87

EXTERNAL EHR CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-89
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL WHEN USING REMOTE HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-90
JOYSTICK OPERATION WITH A FRONT LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-87
EVERY 10 HOURS OR EACH DAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

CHECK ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
CHECK REMOTE CONTROL VALVE DRAIN BOTTLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
CHECK WINDSCREEN WASHER RESERVOIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
DRAIN AIR RESERVOIR ON AIR OPERATED TRAILER BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
EVERY 100 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32

INSPECT COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
INSPECT POLY V-BELT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
EVERY 1200 HOURS OR ANNUALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45

CHANGE 4WD DIFFERENTIAL OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
CHANGE 4WD PLANETARY HUB OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
CHANGE CAB AIR FILTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
CHANGE FRONT P.T.O. GEARBOX OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
CHANGE MAIN OIL FILTER CARTRIDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
CHANGE TRANSMISSION/ REAR AXLE AND HYDRAULIC OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
EVERY 1200 HOURS OR EVERY 2 YEARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51

CHANGE AIR BRAKE DRIER RESERVOIR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
CHANGE DEF/ AdBlue INLINE FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
CHANGE ENGINE AIR CLEANER INNER ELEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
CHANGE ENGINE BREATHER FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
CHANGE ENGINE COOLANT FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
CHANGE POLY V-BELTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
CHECK BATTERY FLUID LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
CHECK VALVE TAPPET CLEARANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
EVERY 300 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33

ADJUST HANDBRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
CHECK 4WD FRONT AXLE DIFFERENTIAL AND HUBS OIL LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
CHECK FRONT P.T.O. GEARBOX OIL LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
CHECK TRANSMISSION/REAR AXLE AND HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
EVERY 36 MONTHS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63

SERVICE AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
EVERY 3600 HOURS OR EVERY 2 YEARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62

CHANGE DEF/ AdBlue MAIN FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
EVERY 50 HOURS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
ALL GREASE FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
CHECK FRONT AND REAR WHEEL NUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
CHECK TYRE PRESSURES AND TYRE CONDITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
CLEAN CAB AIR FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
CLEAN COOLER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
EVERY 600 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38

CHANGE CHARGE PUMP OIL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
CHANGE ENGINE AIR CLEANER OUTHER ELEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
CHANGE ENGINE OIL AND FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
CHANGE FUEL PRE-FILTER AND FUEL FILTER ELEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
CHECK ENGINE AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
CHECK TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER PIPE COUPLINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
CLEAN DEF/ AdBlue INLINE FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
FAULT CODE RESOLUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
FIRST 50 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

SERVICE OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
FORMS AND DECLARATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Service record 1st 50 hour, Dealer copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Service record 1st 50 hour, Owner copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
FORWARD CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

CLUTCH/ INCHING PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
FOLLOW ME HOME LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
FOOT BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
FOOT THROTTLE PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
HAND THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
HAZARD WARNING LIGHT SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
KEY- START SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
LIGHT-/ TURN LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
STEERING COLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
FRONT HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67

AUXILIARY FRONT COUPLERS (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
EXTERNAL HITCH CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74
HITCH OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
FRONT POWER TAKE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54

P.T.O. OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

BEFORE OPERATING THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
CAB IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
CE DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
DRIVELINE IDENTIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
ENGINE IDENTIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
INSTRUCTOR'S SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
INTERNATIONAL SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
MACHINE STABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
METRIC AND IMPERIAL UNITS ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
NOISE LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION PLATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
PROGRAMMING TRACTOR FUNCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION (SCR) SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
TO THE OWNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
VIBRATION LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

AUTOMATED HEADLAND FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
CONSTANT ENGINE SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
QUICK GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
RE-PLAYING A SEQUENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
RECORDING A SEQUENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
RECORDING AND RE-PLAYING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
VARIABLE ENGINE POWER MANAGEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

BIODIESEL FUEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
CAPACITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
ENGINE OIL CHANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
FUEL REQUIREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
LUBRICANTS AND COOLANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
PROTECTIVE DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
TRACTOR JACKING POINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
GENERAL MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66

ADJUST AUTOMATICK PICK- UP HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
ADJUST CAB SUSPENSION (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
BATTERY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
BLEEDING FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
BULB REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
CHECK BRAKE PEDAL LATCHING/UNLATCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
CLEANING THE TRACTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
FUEL SYSTEM PRE- FILTER AND WATER TRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
FUSES AND RELAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
HEADLIGHT AND WORKLAMP ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
PROTECTING ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY CHARGING OR
WELDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
TRANSMISSION CLUTCH CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
HYDRAULIC POWER BEYOND PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-92

HYDRAULIC POWER BEYOND FOR EXTERNAL SERVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-92
HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75

CONNECTING REMOTE CYLINDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-79
OPERATING WITH REMOTE VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81
REMOTE CONTROL VALVES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75
INSTRUCTOR'S SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

INSTRUCTIONAL SEAT (where fitted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

ACCESSING STORED ERROR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
ALARM FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
ANALOGUE/ DIGITAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
GAUGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
GROUND SPEED CALIBRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
INDICATOR AND WARNING LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
KEYPAD ENHANCED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
PERFORMANCE MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
SELECTING OR CHANGING THE DISPLAY SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
WARNING AND ADVISORY SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
LEFT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

HANDBRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
ADJUST AUTOMATICK PICK- UP HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
ADJUST CAB SUSPENSION (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
ADJUST HANDBRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
ALL GREASE FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
BATTERY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
BIODIESEL FUEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
BLEEDING FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
BULB REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
CAPACITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
CHANGE 4WD DIFFERENTIAL OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
CHANGE 4WD PLANETARY HUB OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
CHANGE AIR BRAKE DRIER RESERVOIR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
CHANGE CAB AIR FILTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
CHANGE CHARGE PUMP OIL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
CHANGE DEF/ AdBlue INLINE FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
CHANGE DEF/ AdBlue MAIN FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
CHANGE ENGINE AIR CLEANER INNER ELEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
CHANGE ENGINE BREATHER FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
CHANGE ENGINE COOLANT FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
CHANGE ENGINE OIL AND FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
CHANGE FRONT P.T.O. GEARBOX OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
CHANGE FUEL PRE-FILTER AND FUEL FILTER ELEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
CHANGE MAIN OIL FILTER CARTRIDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
CHANGE POLY V-BELTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
CHANGE TRANSMISSION/ REAR AXLE AND HYDRAULIC OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
CHECK 4WD FRONT AXLE DIFFERENTIAL AND HUBS OIL LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
CHECK BRAKE PEDAL LATCHING/UNLATCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
CHECK ENGINE AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
CHECK ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
CHECK FRONT AND REAR WHEEL NUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
CHECK FRONT P.T.O. GEARBOX OIL LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
CHECK REMOTE CONTROL VALVE DRAIN BOTTLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
CHECK TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER PIPE COUPLINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
CHECK TRANSMISSION/REAR AXLE AND HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
CHECK TYRE PRESSURES AND TYRE CONDITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
CHECK VALVE TAPPET CLEARANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
CHECK WINDSCREEN WASHER RESERVOIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
CLEAN CAB AIR FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
CLEAN COOLER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
CLEAN DEF/ AdBlue INLINE FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
CLEANING THE TRACTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
DRAIN AIR RESERVOIR ON AIR OPERATED TRAILER BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
DRAIN FUEL SYSTEM WATER SEPARATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
ENGINE OIL CHANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
FUEL REQUIREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
FUEL SYSTEM PRE- FILTER AND WATER TRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
FUSES AND RELAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
HEADLIGHT AND WORKLAMP ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
INSPECT COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
INSPECT POLY V-BELT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
LUBRICANTS AND COOLANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Maintenance Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
PREPARATION FOR USE AFTER STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
PROTECTING ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY CHARGING OR
WELDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
PROTECTIVE DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
SERVICE AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
SERVICE OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
TRACTOR JACKING POINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
TRACTOR STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
TRANSMISSION CLUTCH CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
MAINTENANCE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14

Maintenance Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
MOVING THE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

LOW IDLE SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
OPERATING IN COLD TEMPERATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

AUTOMATIC ENGINE SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
AUTOMATIC ENGINE SHUTDOWN WITH ENHANCED KEYPAD (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
BOOSTING THE BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
COOLANT IMMERSION HEATER (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
FUEL HEATER (where fitted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
GRID HEATER COLD START AID (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
LOW IDLE SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
OPERATING IN COLD TEMPERATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
STOPPING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
TRACTOR REFUELLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
TRANSMISSION OIL HEATER (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
OPERATOR'S SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

AIR SUSPENSION SEAT (where fitted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
AIR SUSPENSION SEAT DELUXE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
MECHANICAL SEAT DELUXE (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
OVERHEAD CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

INTERIOR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
RADIO (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
SWITCH PANEL WORKLIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
PREPARING FOR ROAD TRANSPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

CARRYING THE TRACTOR ON A TRANSPORTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
SECURE THE HIGH VISIBILITY ROOF PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
REAR HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56

ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
REAR POWER TAKE-OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41

ATTACHING P.T.O. DRIVEN EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
AUTO P.T.O. OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
CHANGING THE P.T.O. OUTPUT SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
EXTERNAL P.T.O. CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
GROUND DRIVE P.T.O. (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
P.T.O. OPERATING PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
P.T.O. OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
THREE-SPEED P.T.O. SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
REARWARD CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
CLIMATE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
FAST STEERING SYSTEM (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
SWITCHES ON C-PILLAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
RECOVERY TRANSPORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

TOWING THE TRACTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

SWITCH PANEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

BEFORE DRIVING THE TRACTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
DIESEL FUEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
DRIVING THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
FIRE EXTINGUISHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
INTENDED USE STATEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
OPERATING THE EXTERNAL CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
OPERATING THE P.T.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
OPERATING THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
PREVENTION OF FIRE OR EXPLOSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
PROTECTION OFFERED BY THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
SAFETY ASPECTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
SAFETY DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
SERVICING THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
AIR CLEANER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
AXLE DIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
CAPACITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
FRONT POWER TAKE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
FRONT REMOTE VALVE COUPLERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
FUEL SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
GENERAL DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
GROUND SPEED CHART SEMI POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
MAXIMUM OPERATING ANGLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
MAXIMUM OPERATING WEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
MINIMUM HARDWARE TIGHTENING TORQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
MINIMUM TURN RADIUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
REAR POWER TAKE-OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
THREE POINT HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
THREE POINT HITCH FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
TRANSMISSION Power Shuttle - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
VEHICLE TRACTOR WEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
STARTING THE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

BOOSTING THE BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
COOLANT IMMERSION HEATER (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
FUEL HEATER (where fitted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
GRID HEATER COLD START AID (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
TRANSMISSION OIL HEATER (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
STOPPING THE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

AUTOMATIC ENGINE SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
AUTOMATIC ENGINE SHUTDOWN WITH ENHANCED KEYPAD (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
STOPPING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
PREPARATION FOR USE AFTER STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
TRACTOR STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
SYMPTOM(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
HYDRAULICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
THREE POINT HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
THREE POINT HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95

ATTACHING THREE-POINT HITCH EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95
FLEXIBLE LINK END ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100
LIFT ROD ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-97
LINKAGE STABILISER ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103
QUICK HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-101
TOP LINK ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99
TRAILER BRAKING SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-119
AIR-OPERATED TRAILER BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-119
AIR-OPERATED TRAILER BRAKES (Italy only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-122
AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY CONNECTOR (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-123
HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-124
HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKES (Italy only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-125
TRAILER BRAKE BIAS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-123
TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
AUTO SHIFT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
AUTO SHIFTING IN FIELD MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
AUTO SHIFTING IN ROAD MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
AUTO TAKE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
CREEPER GEARS (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
ERROR CODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
ERROR CODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
PROGRAMMING REVERSE GEAR RATIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
SEMI POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
SETTING THE SHARP SHUTTLE FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
SHUTTLE LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
SHUTTLE MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
SPEED MATCHING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
TRANSMISSION CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
TRANSMISSION DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
TRANSMISSION OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
TRANSPORT OPERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

CARRYING THE TRACTOR ON A TRANSPORTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
SECURE THE HIGH VISIBILITY ROOF PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
TOWING THE TRACTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
FAULT CODES AND SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
HYDRAULICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
THREE POINT HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-126

BAR TYPE AXLE (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-136
FLANGE TYPE AXLE (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-133
FRONT AXLE OSCILLATION STOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-130
FRONT FENDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-131
FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129
FRONT WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-126
REAR WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-133
STEERING STOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-130
WHEN THE WARNING LAMP LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
DRAIN FUEL SYSTEM WATER SEPARATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
WORKING OPERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

AIR-OPERATED TRAILER BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-119
AIR-OPERATED TRAILER BRAKES (Italy only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-122
ATTACHING P.T.O. DRIVEN EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
ATTACHING THREE-POINT HITCH EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95
AUTO P.T.O. OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
AUTO SHIFT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
AUTO SHIFTING IN FIELD MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
AUTO SHIFTING IN ROAD MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
AUTO TAKE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
AUTOMATED HEADLAND FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
AUTOMATIC PICK-UP HITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111
AUXILIARY AIR SUPPLY CONNECTOR (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-123
AUXILIARY FRONT COUPLERS (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72
BALLASTING AND TYRES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140
BAR TYPE AXLE (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-136
CHANGING THE P.T.O. OUTPUT SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
CONNECTING REMOTE CYLINDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-79
CONSTANT ENGINE SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
DIAGNOSTIC SOCKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-151
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
DRAWBARS AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106
ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
ERROR CODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
ERROR CODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
EXTERNAL EHR CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-89
EXTERNAL P.T.O. CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154
FLANGE TYPE AXLE (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-133
FLEXIBLE LINK END ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
FRONT AXLE OSCILLATION STOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-130
FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
FRONT FENDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-131
FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129
FRONT WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-126
GROUND DRIVE P.T.O. (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
HITCH OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
HYDRAULIC POWER BEYOND FOR EXTERNAL SERVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-92
HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-124
HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKES (Italy only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-125
INTERNAL POWER CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152
IRON WEIGHTS (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-143
LIFT ROD ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-97
LINKAGE STABILISER ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103
LIQUID BALLAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-146
OPERATING WITH REMOTE VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81
P.T.O. OPERATING PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
P.T.O. OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
P.T.O. OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
PROGRAMMING REVERSE GEAR RATIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
QUICK GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
QUICK HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-101
RE-PLAYING A SEQUENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
REAR TOW HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-113
REAR WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-133
RECORDING A SEQUENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
RECORDING AND RE-PLAYING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
SEMI POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
SETTING THE SHARP SHUTTLE FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
SHUTTLE LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
SHUTTLE MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
SPEED MATCHING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
STEERING STOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-130
SWINGING DRAWBARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-109
THREE-SPEED P.T.O. SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
TOP LINK ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99
TRAILER BRAKE BIAS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-123
TRAILER SOCKET ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-151
TRANSMISSION CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
TRANSMISSION DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
TRANSMISSION OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
TYRE INFLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-148
TYRE PRESSURES AND PERMISSIBLE LOADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-149
VARIABLE ENGINE POWER MANAGEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN FRANCE
© 2011 CNH GLOBAL N.V.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
CASE IH AGRICULTURE policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification
or equipment at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your CASE IH AGRICULTURE Dealer.
CNH Österreich GmbH Steyrerstraße 32 4300 St. Valentin Austria

EN

Case IH MAXXUM 110 EP 115 EP 120 EP 125 E Operator Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Case IH MAXXUM 110 EP 115 EP 120 EP 125 E Operator Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OPERATOR'S MANUAL

MAXXUM 110 EP , MAXXUM 115 EP , MAXXUM 120 EP , MAXXUM 125 EP ,

LEFT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS

RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS

STARTING THE UNIT

STOPPING THE UNIT

MOVING THE UNIT

REAR POWER TAKE-OFF

FRONT POWER TAKE OFF

HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES

ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES (where fitted)

THREE POINT HITCH

DRAWBARS AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS

TRAILER BRAKING SYSTEMS

WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT

BALLASTING AND TYRES

AUXILIARY POWER CONNECTIONS

WHEN THE WARNING LAMP LIGHTS

EVERY 10 HOURS OR EACH DAY

EVERY 100 HOURS

EVERY 300 HOURS

EVERY 1200 HOURS OR ANNUALLY

EVERY 1200 HOURS OR EVERY 2 YEARS

EVERY 3600 HOURS OR EVERY 2 YEARS

11 FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

• ISO 26322-1 part 1 or

HEALTH AND SAFETY RELATED STANDARDS APPLIED TO YOUR TRACTOR

METRIC AND IMPERIAL UNITS ABBREVIATIONS [25014842]

Area (Land area)

Typical applications Metric unit Imperial unit

Temperature (other than Thermodynamic)

TO THE OWNER [25014964]

CLEANING THE TRACTOR SERVICE PARTS

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION [22301066]

Tractor identification data must be supplied to the dealer

The following provides the locations of the identification

Vehicle Identification Plate

ENGINE IDENTIFICATION [22301086]

Engine Serial No.__________

The engine serial number is repeated on the information

Further information relating to engine adjustments and

DRIVELINE IDENTIFICATION [22301516]

This number is repeated on the vehicle identification plate.

Semi Powershift Transmission

CAB IDENTIFICATION [22301568]

Cab Serial No.__________ SS10K102 1

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION PLATE [25060852]

The figures shown are the maximum permissible vehicle

ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT [25014984]

The following are recommendations which may be of assistance:

NOISE LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET [22300863]

40 km/h 40 km/h 50 km/h

* Test results are in accordance with directive 2009/76/EC Annex II.

** Test results are in accordance with directive 2009/63/EC Annex VI.

PROGRAMMING TRACTOR FUNCTIONS [24301940]

If you key- off and key- on again too quickly as data is

BEFORE OPERATING THE TRACTOR [24301725]

RUNNING- IN PROCEDURE After completing the daily maintenance operations, per-

INTERNATIONAL SYMBOLS [25008928]

Thermostart Roof Draft

Alternator Keep alive Transmission Accessory

Automatic Turn signals Slow or %age

Engine speed Turn signals Fast or high Hitch raise